Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Komatsu PC400LC-7L A86001 TEST

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 408

20 TESTING, ADJUSTING AND

TROUBLESHOOTING

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2


STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
TESTING AND ADJUSTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-101
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-201
TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR CODES IN MONITOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-301
TROUBLESHOOTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (E-MODE). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-501
TROUBLESHOOTING OF HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEM (H-MODE) . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-601

Remark
TROUBLESHOOTING OF ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (S-MODE) IS IN THE ENGINE SHOP
MANUAL.
Note the following when making judgements using the standard value tables for testing, adjusting, or
troubleshooting.

1. The standard value for a new machine given in the table is the value used when shipping the machine from the
factory and is given for reference. It is used as a guideline for judging the progress of wear after the machine has
been operated, and as a reference value when carrying out repairs.

2. The service limit value given in the tables is the estimated value for the shipped machine based on the results of
various tests. It is used for reference together with the state of repair and the history of operation to judge if there
is a failure.

3. These standard values are not the standards used in dealing with claims.

WARNING! When carrying out testing, adjusting, or troubleshooting, park the machine on
level ground, insert the safety pins, and use blocks to prevent the machine from
moving.

WARNING! When carrying out work together with other workers, always use signals and do
not let unauthorized people near the machine.

WARNING! When checking the water level, always wait for the water to cool down. If the
radiator cap is removed when the water is still hot, the water will spurt out and
cause burns.

WARNING! Be careful not to get caught in the fan, fan belt or other rotating parts.

PC400LC-7L 20-1 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ENGINE

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR ENGINE


12

Engine SAA6D125E-3
Item Measurement condition Unit Standard value Permissible value
High idling 1,930 ± 50 1,930 ± 50
Engine speed Low idling rpm 1,000 ± 25 1,000 ± 25
Rated speed 1,850 1,850
kPa
Intake air pressure At rated output {mmHg} Min 107 {Min. 800} 87 {650}
Exhaust gas pressure All speed range (intake air temp: 20 C) C Max. 700 Max. 700
At sudden acceleration Bosch Max. 4.0 6.0
Exhaust gas color At high idling index Max. 1.0 2.0
Valve clearance Intake valve mm 0.33 ---
(normal temperature) Exhaust valve 0.71 ---
Compression Oil temperature: 40-60×C MPa {kg/cm2} Min. 2.9 {Min. 30} 2.0 {20}
pressure (Engine speed) (rpm) (150-200) (150-200)
(Coolant temperature: within operating kPa
Blow-by pressure range) At rated output {mmH2O} Max. 1.18 {Max. 120} 1.96 {200}
(Coolant temperature: within operating
range) 0.39-0.69 {4.0- 7.0} 0.21 {2.1}
At high idling (SAE30) MPa 0.34-0.64 {3.5-6.5} 0.18 {1.8}
Oil pressure At high idling (SAE10W) Min. 0.15 {Min. 1.5} 0.08 {0.8}
{kg/cm2}
At low idling (SAE30) Min. 0.1 {Min. 1.0} 0.07 {0.7}
At low idling (SAE10W)
Oil temperature All speed range (inside oil pan) C 90-120 120
Fan, alternator belt Deflection when pressed with finger
mm Approximately 13 Approximately 13
tension force of Approximately 58.8 N {6 kg}
Air conditioner Deflection when pressed with finger mm 14-16 14-16
compressor belt tension force of approximately 58.8 N {6 kg}
For further detailed information, refer to Engine Shop Manual

20-2 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS


12

Cate Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value Permissible value


gory
Engine water temperature: Within
operating range
2 pumps at relief Hydraulic oil temperature: Within 1,930 ± 100 1,930 ± 100
operating range
Engine at high idling
Arm in relief condition
Engine water temperature: Within
operating range
Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
At 2-pump relief + one rpm
operating range 1,830 ± 100 1,830 ± 100
touch power up
Engine at high idling
Arm relief + One-touch power max.
switch in ON condition
Engine at high idling
Speed when auto Auto-deceleration switch in ON
deceleration is condition 1,300 ± 100 1,300 ± 100
operated All control levers in NEUTRAL
condition
Boom control valve
Arm control valve
Bucket control valve mm 9.5 ± 0.5 9.5 ± 0.5
Swing control valve
Travel control valve

Boom control lever Engine stopped 85 ± 10 85 ± 10


Arm control lever 85 ± 10 85 ± 10
Bucket control lever At center of control lever grip 85 ± 10 85 ± 10
Max. reading up to stroke end mm
Swing control lever (excepting lever play in NEUTRAL 85 ± 10 85 ± 10
Travel control lever 115 ± 12 115 ± 12
Play of control levers position) Max. 10 Max. 15

Boom control lever 15.7 ± 4.9 Max. 24.5


{1.6 ± 0.4} {Max. 2.5}

Arm control lever 15.7 ± 4.9 Max. 24.5


{1.6 ± 0.4} {Max. 2.5}
Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
operation range 12.7 ± 2.9 Max. 21.6
Bucket control lever Engine at high idling {1.3 ± 0.3} {Max. 2.2}
Hydraulic oil temperature: Within N {kg}
Swing control lever operating range 12.7 ± 2.9 Max. 21.6
At center of control lever grip {1.3 ± 0.3} {Max. 2.2}
Max. reading up to stroke end
Travel control: Lever 24.5 ± 5.9 Max. 39.2
{2.5 ± 0.6} {Max. 4.0}
74.5 ± 18.6 Max. 107.6
Travel control: Pedal
{7.6 ± 1.9} {Max. 11}

PC400LC-7L 20-3 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

12
Cate-
gory Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value Permissible value

Hydraulic oil temperature: Within


operation range
Engine at high idling 4.2 ± 1.0 4.2 ± 1.0
Unload pressure Working mode: A mode {42 ± 10} {42 ± 10}
Hydraulic pump output pressure with all
control levers in NEUTRAL position

34.81+1.47 33.34-36.77
-0.98
(37.27+1.47 )
-0.98
RAISE (35.79-39.23)
{355+15
-10
(380+15)} {340-375 (365- 400)}
Boom -10

At low-
Hydraulic oil pressure 18.14 ± 0.98 16.67-19.61
temperature: {185 ± 10} {170-200}
setting
Within operation
range At high-
31.38 ± 1.47 29.2-33.34
Engine at high pressure
{320 ± 15} {300-340}
idling setting
Working mode: A mode 34.81+1.47
Hydraulic pump output pressure with all -0.98
33.34-36.77
measurement circuits relieved (37.27+1.47 )
Values inside parenthesis: Hydraulic oil -0.98
Arm pressure with one-touch power max. (35.79-39.23)
{355+15
switch in ON mode (reference only) -10
+15
(380 )} {340-375 (365- 400)}
-10

MPa 34.81+1.47 33.34-36.77


-0.98
{kg/cm2}
(37.27+1.47 )
-0.98
Bucket (35.79-39.23)
{355+15
-10
+15
(380 )} {340-375 (365- 400)}
-10

30.89+1.47
Swing
-2.45 27.95-32.85
{315+15} {285-335}
- -25

37.27+2.94
-0.98 35.79-40.70
Travel {365-415}
{380+30}
-10

Hydraulic oil temperature: Within


operation range
Control circuit source Engine at high idling 3.24 ± 0.2 2.84-3.43
pressure Self-reducing pressure valve output {33 ± 2} {29-35}
pressure with all control levers in
NEUTRAL position
Hydraulic oil tem- When all
perature: Within control levers 4.2 ± 1.0 4.2 ± 1.0
operation range in NEUTRAL {42 ± 10} {42 ± 10}
Engine at high idling position
LS differential pressure Working mode: A mode When trav-
Traveling speed: Hi eling at half 2.65 ± 0.1 2.65 ± 0.1
Hydraulic oil pump stroke {27 ± 1} {27 ± 1}
pressure-LS pressure (without load)

20-4 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

12
Cate-
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value Permissible value
gory

Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating deg.


Swing brake angle Max. 130 Max. 160
range (mm)
Bucket: Empty
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode
Swing circle misalignment amount when
stopping after one turn

90 3.7 ± 0.4 Max. 4.6

Time taken to start Hydraulic oil temperature: Within


swing sec.
operation range
Bucket: Empty
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode 180 5.4 ± 0.5 Max. 6.4
Time required for passing points 90
and 180 degrees from starting point

Time taken to swing Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating sec. 33.0 ± 3.3 Max. 38
range
Bucket: Empty
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode
Time required for 5 more turns after making
initial one turn

Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operation


Hydraulic drift of range mm 0 0
swing Engine stopped
Keeping upper structure transverse on slope of
15 degrees
Notching a mating mark on inner and outer
races of swing circle
Mating mark misalignment amount during 5
minutes

PC400LC-7L 20-5 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

12

Cate- Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value Permissible value


gory
Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
operation range
Leakage from swing Engine at high idling L/min Max. 5.5 Max. 11
motor Swing lock switch: ON
Leakage amount for one minute during
swing relief

Lo 67.3 ± 13.5 45.0-84.5

Mi 48.1 ± 7.2 34.0-58.0


Travel speed Hydraulic oil temperature: sec.
(Idle travel) Within operation range
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode
Time required for track shoes to Hi 36.7 ± 3.6 32.0-44.0
make 5 turns after making one
initial idle turn

Lo 24.0 ± 4.8 18.9-31.0

Travel speed Hydraulic oil temperature: Mi sec.


(Actual travel) Within operation range 17.1 ± 2.6 14.4-21.0
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode
Flat ground
Time required for traveling 20 m Hi 13.1 ñ 1.3 11.7-15.1
after 10 m trial run

Hydraulic oil temperature: Within


operation range
Engine at idling
Travel deviation Working mode: A mode mm Max. 200 Max. 300
Travel speed: Lo
Solid and flat ground
Swerving amount while traveling 20 m
(X) after initial 10 m trial run.

20-6 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

12
Cate-
Item Measurement conditions Unit Standard value Permissible value
gory

Hydraulic drift of travel Hydraulic oil temperature: Within mm 0 0


operating range
Engine stopped
Parking machine on slope 12 degrees
with sprocket facing upslope
Sliding distance for 5 minutes
Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
operating range
Leakage of travel Engine at high idling
motor Travel: Lock sprocket. L/min Max. 20 Max. 40
Oil leakage amount for one minute with
traveling in relief condition
Whole work equipment Max. 600 Max. 900
(tooth tip fall amount)
Boom cylinder (cylinder Max. 25 Max. 38
retraction amount)
Arm cylinder (cylinder Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
extension amount) operation range Max. 85 Max. 128
Flat and level ground
Work equipment in measurement mm
posture as illustrated above
Bucket load: 3,060 kg (6746.15 lb)
Bucket cylinder (cylinder Engine stopped
Work equipment control lever in Max. 30 Max. 45
retraction amount)
NEUTRAL position
Fall amount for 15 minutes as measured
every 5 minutes starting immediately
after initial setting

PC400LC-7L 20-7 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

12

Cate Standard value for


- Item Measurement conditions Unit new machine Service limit value
gory

4.0 ± 0.4 Max. 4.8

Boom Hydraulic oil temperature: Within


operation range
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode 2.9 ± 0.3 Max. 3.4
Time required from raise stroke
end till bucket touches ground

4.3 ± 0.4 Max. 5.0

Arm
Hydraulic oil temperature: Within sec.
operation range
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode 3.6 ± 0.4 Max. 4.3
Time required from dumping
stroke end to digging stroke end

3.6 ± 0.4 Max. 4.3

Bucket Hydraulic oil temperature: Within


operation range
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode 2.9 ± 0.3 Max. 3.5
Time required from dumping
stroke end to digging
stroke end

20-8 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

12

Cate- Item Measurement Condition Unit Standard value Permissible value


gory

Boom Max. 3.0 Max. 3.6


Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operation
range
Engine at low idling
Working mode: A mode
Time required from raise stroke end till bucket
touches ground and pushes up machine front

Arm sec. Max. 3.0 Max. 3.6


Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operation
range
Engine at low idling
Working mode: A mode
Time required from dumping stroke end till
bucket stops momentarily after control lever is
tilted to digging and starts to move again

Bucket Max. 3.0 Max. 5.0


Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operation
range
Engine at low idling
Working mode: A mode
Time required from dumping stroke end till
bucket stops momentarily after control lever is
tilted to digging and starts to move again
Cylinders Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operation
4.5 20
range
Engine at high idling
Leakage amount for one minute with cylinder cc/min
Center swivel or travel to be measured in relief condition 10 50
joint

PC400LC-7L 20-9 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

12

Cate- Item Measurement Condition Unit Standard value Permissible value


gory
Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
operation range
Engine at high idling
Working mode: A mode
Traveling speed: Lo
Flat and level ground
Swerving amount in Swerving amount (X) when traveling
simultaneous operation 20 m after initial trial run of 10 m mm Max. 400 Max. 440
of work equipment and
travel

Hydraulic pump
delivery See next page L/min See next page

20-10 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

12

Cate- Item Measurement Condition Unit Standard value Permissible


gory value

Test pump discharge Discharge pressure Average pressure Standard value for
pressure of other pump Judgement standard lower
Check point discharge amount Q limit Q (L/min)
(MPa {kg/cm 2}) (MPa {kg/cm2}) (MPa {kg/cm2}) (L/min)

P1+P2
As desired P1 P2 See graph See graph
2

As far as possible, bring pump discharge pressure P1 and P2 as close as possible to the average pressure when measuring.
The error is large near the point where the graph curves, so avoid measuring at this point.
When measuring with the pump mounted on the machine, if it is impossible to set the engine speed to the specified speed with
the fuel control dial, take the pump discharge amount and the engine speed at the point of measurement, and use them as a
base for calculating the pump discharge amount at the specified speed.

PC400LC-7L 20-11 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING STANDARD VALUE TABLE FOR CHASSIS

12

MEMORANDUM

20-12 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING

12
SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-102
MEASURING ENGINE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-104
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
FUEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
BLEEDING AIR FROM FUEL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
FUEL PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
HANDLING FUEL SYSTEM DEVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
INSPECTION OF FUEL CIRCUIT FOR LEAKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
RELEASING RESIDUAL FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
ADJUSTING ENGINE SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
BLOW-BY PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
COMPRESSION PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
ENGINE SPEED SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
EXHAUST GAS COLOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
INTAKE AIR PRESSURE (BOOST PRESSURE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-105
FAN BELT AND ALTERNATOR BELT TENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-106
AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR BELT TENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-107
SWING CIRCLE BEARING CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-108
TRACK SHOE TENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-109
WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-110
CONTROL CIRCUIT - BASIC PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-115
PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-116
PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-120
SOLENOID VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-125
PPC VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-128
WORK EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE - PLAY ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130
SWING PPC VALVE - PLAY ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-130
WORK EQUIPMENT - HYDRAULIC DRIFT - CAUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-131
RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-133
MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-134
BLEEDING AIR FROM EACH PART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-137
DIODE TESTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-140
MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-141
HANDLING OF HIGH-VOLTAGE CIRCUIT OF ENGINE CONTROLLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-167
PREPARATION WORK FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-168
PM CLINIC SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-170
UNDERCARRIAGE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-176

PC400LC-7L 20-101 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SERVICE TOOLS

SERVICE TOOLS
12

Testing/Adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks

Measuring intake air pressure (boost pressure) A 799-201-2202 Boost gauge kit 1 -101 - 200 kPa {-760 - 1,500 mmHg}
Measuring exhaust temperature B 799-101-1502 Digital thermometer 1 -99.9 - 1,299×C
1 799-201-1502 Handy smoke meter 1 Pollution level: 0 - 70 % (With
Measuring exhaust gas color C Commercially standard color) (Pollution level x 1/10
2 Smoke meter 1 Bosch index)
available
Commercially Air intake side: 0.35 mm, Exhaust side:
Adjusting valve clearance D available Feeler gauge 1 0.57 mm
1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge 1 0 - 6.9 MPa {0 - 70 kg/cm2}
795-471-1410 Adapter 1
Measuring compression pressure E 2 For 125E-3 engine
6217-71-6112 Gasket
3 795-799-1170 Puller 1
Measuring blow-by pressure F 799-201-1504 Blow-by checker 1
(Pressure gauge): 2.5, 5.9, 39.2, 58.8
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
MPa {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
1
(Pressure gauge): 58.8 MPa {600 kg/
Measuring engine oil pressure G 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
cm2}
(Pressure gauge): 0.98MPa {10 kg/
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1
cm2}
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1
Measuring fuel pressure H 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1 Same as G
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1
Commercially
Measuring clearance of swing circle bearing J available Dial gauge 1 with magnet
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1 Same as G
Measuring and adjusting oil pressures in work 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
equipment, swing, and travel circuits K
799-101-5220 Nipple 2
2 (Size): 10 x 1.25 mm
07002-11023 O-ring 2
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1 Same as G1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
Measuring basic pressure in control circuit L
799-101-5220 Nipple 2
2 Same as K2
07002-11023 O-ring 2
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1 Same as G
Testing and adjusting oil pressure in pump PC M 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
control circuit 799-101-5220 Nipple 4
2
07002-11023 O-ring 4

20-102 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SERVICE TOOLS

12

Testing/Adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks

799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1


1 Same as G1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
Testing and adjusting pressure in pump LS
N 799-101-5220 Nipple 4
control circuit 2 Same as M2
07002-11023 O-ring 4
3 799-401-2701 Differential pressure gauge 1
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 Same as G1
1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
Measuring solenoid valve output pressure P
799-401-3100 Adapter 1 (Size): 02
2
799-401-3200 Adapter 1 (Size): 03
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1
1 Same as G1
Measuring PPC valve output pressure Q 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester 1
2 970-301-1740 Joint 1 (Size): PF1/4 + PT1/4
Commercially
Measuring oil leakage R available Measuring cylinder 1
Testing wear of sprocket --- 799-627-1120 Wear gauge 1
Measuring water temperature and oil temperature --- 799-101-1502 Digital thermometer 1 Same as B
79A-264-0021 Push-pull scale 1 0 - 294 N {0 - 30 kg}
Measuring operating effort and pressing force ---
79A-264-0091 Push-pull scale 1 0 - 490 N {0 - 50 kg}
Commercially
Measuring stroke and hydraulic drift --- available Scale 1
Commercially
Measuring work equipment speed --- available Stopwatch 1

Measuring voltage and resistance --- Commercially Tester 1


available
For the model names and part Nos. of the T-adapters and boxes used for troubleshooting for the monitor panel, controllers,
sensors, actuators, and wiring harnesses, see TROUBLESHOOTING, Layout of connectors and electric circuit diagram of
each system.

PC400LC-7L 20-103 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MEASURING ENGINE SPEED

MEASURING ENGINE SPEED


12

1. Turn the starting switch ON and set the monitor panel to “Monitoring”.
For the operating method, see “Special functions of monitor panel”.
Monitoring code: 01002 Engine Speed
01006 Engine Speed
Code 01002 is information of the engine controller and code 01006 is information of the pump controller. The engine
speed can be measured with either of those codes.
The engine speed is displayed in rpm.

2. Run the engine and raise the engine water temperature and hydraulic
oil temperature to the operating range.

3. Measure the engine speed under each measurement condition.

A. Measuring low idling speed:

i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the low idling
position (MIN).

ii. Set the work equipment control, swing control, and travel
levers in neutral and measure the engine speed.

B. Measuring high idling speed:

i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idling position (MAX).

ii. Set the working mode switch in the A-mode position.

iii. Turn the auto-decelerator switch OFF.

iv. Set the work equipment control, swing control, and travel levers in neutral.

C. Measuring 2-pump relief speed:

i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idling position (MAX).

ii. Set the working mode switch in the A-mode position.

iii. Relieve the arm circuit by moving the arm in.

D. Measuring 2-pump relief + one-touch power maximizing speed (near rated speed):

i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idling position (MAX).

ii. Set the working mode switch in the A-mode position.

iii. While relieving the arm circuit by moving the arm in, keep pressing the one-touch power maximizing switch.
The one-touch power maximizing function is reset automatically in about 8.5 seconds even if the switch is kept
held. Accordingly, measure the engine speed in that period.

E. Measuring auto-deceleration speed

i. Start the engine and set the fuel control dial in the high idling position (MAX).

ii. Turn the auto-deceleration switch ON.

iii. Set the work equipment control and swing control levers in neutral.
The engine speed lowers to a certain level about 5 seconds after all the levers are set in neutral. This level is the
auto-deceleration speed.

20-104 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING ENGINE

ENGINE
12

Remark
To tune, test and troubleshoot the following procedures you must refer to the ENGINE SHOP MANUAL for the
SAA6D125E-3 series engine, Section 12, for the tool requirements and proper procedures.

FUEL
BLEEDING AIR FROM FUEL CIRCUIT
FUEL PRESSURE
HANDLING FUEL SYSTEM DEVICES
INSPECTION OF FUEL CIRCUIT FOR LEAKAGE
RELEASING RESIDUAL FUEL SYSTEM PRESSURE

ADJUSTING ENGINE SPEED SENSOR

ADJUSTING VALVE CLEARANCE

BLOW-BY PRESSURE

COMPRESSION PRESSURE

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE

ENGINE SPEED SENSOR

EXHAUST GAS COLOR

EXHAUST TEMPERATURE

INTAKE AIR PRESSURE (BOOST PRESSURE)

PC400LC-7L 20-105 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING FAN BELT AND ALTERNATOR BELT TENSION

FAN BELT AND ALTERNATOR BELT TENSION


12

TESTING
1. Open the engine hood and remove belt protection covers (2 pieces).

2. Press the intermediate point between alternator pulley and fan pulley
with a finger and measure deflection “a” of the belt.
Deflection “a” when pressing force is approximately 58.8 N
{approximately 6 kg}: 13 mm

ADJUSTING
If the deflection is abnormal, adjust it according to the following
procedure.

1. Loosen bolts and nuts (1), (2), and (3).

2. Turn nut (4) to move alternator (5) and adjust the belt tension.
If nut (4) is:
tightened clockwise, the belt tension is decreased.
loosened counterclockwise, the belt tension is increased.
Check breakage of the pulleys, wear of the V-grooves and V-belts,
and contact of the belts and V-grooves.
If a belt is lengthened to the adjustment limit, cut, or cracked, replace it new one.

3. Tighten nuts and bolts (3), (2), and (1).


If a V-belt is replaced, adjust its tension again after 1 operating hour.

20-106 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR BELT TENSION

AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR BELT TENSION


12

TESTING
1. Open the engine hood and remove belt protection covers (2 pieces).

2. Press the intermediate point between air conditioner compressor


pulley and crank pulley with a finger and measure deflection “a” of the
belt.
Deflection “a” when pressing force is approximately 58.8 N
{approximately 6 kg}: 14 mm - 16 mm

ADJUSTING
If the deflection is abnormal, adjust it according to the following
procedure.

1. Loosen bolts (1) and (2).

2. Move compressor (3) to adjust the belt tension.


Check breakage of the pulleys, wear of the V-grooves and V-belts,
and contact of the belts and V-grooves.
If a belt is lengthened to the adjustment limit, cut, or cracked,
replace it new one.

3. Tighten bolts (2) and (1).


If a V-belt is replaced, adjust its tension again after 1 operating hour.

PC400LC-7L 20-107 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SWING CIRCLE BEARING CLEARANCE

SWING CIRCLE BEARING CLEARANCE


12

Measuring instrument for clearance of swing circle bearing.


When measuring the clearance of the swing circle bearing on the Symbol Part Number Part Name
actual machine, observe the following procedure. Commercially
J Dial gauge
WARNING! While measuring, do not put your hands or available
foot under the undercarriage.

1. Fix dial gauge J to outer race (1) or inner race (2) of the swing circle
and apply the probe to the end face of inner race (2) or outer race (1)
on the opposite side.
Set dial gauge J on the front or at rear side of the machine.

2. Set the work equipment in the maximum reach position and set the
bucket tip at the height of the revolving frame bottom.
At this time, the front end of the upper structure lowers and the
rear end rises.

3. Set the dial gauge to 0 point.

4. Set the arm at almost right angle to the ground and lower the boom
until the track shoe at the front end of the machine rises.
At this time, the front end of the upper structure rises and the rear
end lowers.

5. Under this condition, read dial gauge J.


Dial gauge J indicates the clearance of the bearing.

6. Return the machine to the position of step 2 and check that dial gauge
J indicates 0 again.
If dial gauge J does not indicate 0, repeat steps 3 - 5.

20-108 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING TRACK SHOE TENSION

TRACK SHOE TENSION


12

TESTING
1. Run the engine at low idling and move the machine forward by the
length of track on ground and stop slowly.

2. Place square bar [1] on the track shoe between idler (1) and 1st carrier
roller (2).
As the square bar [1], use an L-shape steel, etc. which will be
deflected less.

3. Measure maximum distance “a” between square bar [1] and track
shoe.
Standard maximum distance “a”: 10 - 30 mm

ADJUSTING
If the track shoe tension is abnormal, adjust it according to the
following procedure.

1. When tension is too high


Loosen valve (3) to discharge the grease.
WARNING! Since the valve may jump out because of
the high-pressure grease, do not loosen it
more than 1 turn.

2. When tension is low


Add grease through valve (3).
If the track shoe is not tensed well, drive the machine forward and in reverse slowly.

PC400LC-7L 20-109 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS

WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS


12

Testing and adjusting instruments for oil pressure in work equipment,


swing, and travel circuits.
Symbol Part Number Part Name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester
K
799-101-5220 Nipple (10x1.25 mm)
2
07002-11023 O-ring

The oil pressure in work equipment, swing, and travel circuits can be
checked with the monitoring function of the monitor panel (For the
operating method, see “Special functions of monitor panel”).
Monitoring code: 01100 F Pump Pressure
01101 R Pump Pressure
The pump oil pressure is displayed in 1 kg/cm2 (1 psi).

MEASURING
1. Preparation work
WARNING! Lower the work equipment to the ground
and stop the engine. Operate the control
levers several times to release the residual
pressure in the piping, and then loosen the
oil filler cap of the hydraulic tank slowly to
release the internal pressure of the
hydraulic tank.

A. Open the pump room cover and remove oil pressure pick-up
plugs (1) and (2).
(1): Front pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(2): Rear pump discharge pressure pickup plug.

B. Install nipple K2 and connect it to oil pressure gauge [1] of


hydraulic tester K1.
Use the oil pressure gauges of 600 kg/cm2, (8534 psi).

C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range.

20-110 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS

12
2. Combination of pump, actuator, and valve
When the oil from the pumps is divided, the front pump and rear pump act independently on each actuator. Note that
different actuators relieve different valves.
When the work equipment circuit or swing circuit is relieved singly, the oils of the pumps are merged. When the
travel circuit is relieved singly, the oils of the pumps are divided.
The actuators in the table are arranged in the order when the
control valve is seen from the front of the machine (and an
Pump Actuator Valve relieved
attachment is installed to the service valve).
(F unload valve) (F main relief valve)
3. Measuring unload pressure Service Safety valve for service
Boom Hi
F main relief valve
A. Start the engine. Arm Hi
Front Bucket F main relief valve
B. Run the engine at high idling and set all the control levers in Left travel F main relief valve
neutral and measure the oil pressure.
RAISE: F main relief
The pressure measured when the unload valve is unloaded is valve
indicated. Boom LOWER: Safety-suction
valve
4. Measuring work equipment circuit relief pressure (Pump merge-divider valve) (Travel junction valve)
(Self-pressure reducing valve)
A. Start the engine and move the cylinder to be measured to the Swing Swing motor safety valve
stroke end.
Rear Right travel R main relief valve
B. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the cylinder and measure Arm Lo R main relief valve
the oil pressure. (R unload valve) (R main relief valve)
The pressure measured when the main relief valve is relieved (Centralized safety valve) (Back pressure valve)
is indicated.
If the one-touch power maximizing switch is released, the
valve is relieved at low pressure. If the former is pressed, the lower is relieved at high pressure.
If the swing lock switch is turned ON, the 2-stage relief valve is kept turned ON and the valve is relieved at high
pressure. Accordingly, keep the swing lock switch turned OFF.

5. Measuring swing circuit relief pressure

A. Start the engine and turn the swing lock switch ON.

B. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the swing circuit and measure the oil pressure.
The pressure measured when the swing motor safety valve is relieved is indicated.
The swing motor relief pressure is lower than the main relief valve.

6. Measuring travel circuit relief pressure

A. Start the engine and lock the travel mechanism.


WARNING! Set pin [2] between the sprocket and track
frame to lock the travel mechanism
securely.

B. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the travel circuit and
measure the oil pressure.
The pressure measured when the main relief valve is relieved
is indicated. The travel circuit is always relieved at high
pressure.

PC400LC-7L 20-111 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS

12
ADJUSTING
The unload valve cannot be adjusted.

1. Adjusting main relief pressure


If the relief pressure of the work equipment circuit and/or travel
circuit is abnormal, adjust main relief valves (3) and (4) according
to the following procedure.
(3): Front main relief valve
(4): Rear main relief valve
When adjusting the main relief valve on the front pump side,
remove the control valve top cover.
When adjusting the main relief valve on the rear pump side,
remove the control valve undercover (if the covers are installed).
Adjust only the low relief pressure of the main relief valve. (If the
low relief pressure is adjusted, the high relief pressure is adjusted
automatically.)
The low relief pressure is the pressure applied when the 2-stage
relief solenoid valve is turned OFF and the pilot pressure is not
applied to the selector port.

A. Disconnect pilot hose (5).

B. Fixing holder (6), loosen locknut (7).

C. Turn holder (6) to adjust the pressure.


If the holder is:
turned to the right, the pressure rises.
turned to the left, the pressure lowers.
Quantity of adjustment per turn of holder: Approximately 209 kg/cm2, (2972 psi)

D. Fixing holder (6), tighten locknut (7).


Locknut: 49.0 - 58.8 Nm (36.1 - 43.3 lbf ft)

E. Connect pilot hose (5).

F. After finishing adjustment, check again that the pressure is normal according to the procedure for measurement
described above.

2. Adjustment of boom LOWER relief pressure (High-pressure setting


side)
If the high relief pressure of the boom LOWER circuit is abnor-
mal, adjust the high pressure setting side of boom LOWER safety
suction valve (8) according to the following procedure.
The high relief pressure is the pressure applied when the machine
push-up switch is turned ON and the pilot pressure is not applied
to the selector port.

A. Disconnect pilot hose (9).

B. Fixing holder (10), loosen locknut (11).

20-112 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS

12
C. Turn holder (10) to adjust the pressure.
If the holder is
turned to the right, the pressure rises.
turned to the left, the pressure lowers.
Quantity of adjustment per turn of holder: Approximately 258 kg/cm2 (3669 psi).

D. Fixing holder (10), tighten locknut (11).


Locknut: 93 - 123 Nm (68.59 - 90.72 lbf ft)

E. Connect pilot hose (9).

F. After finishing adjustment, check again that the pressure is normal


according to the procedure for measurement described above.
If the high pressure setting side is adjusted, the low pressure
setting side changes. Accordingly, adjust the low pressure
setting side.

3. Adjustment of boom LOWER relief pressure (Low-pressure setting


side)
If the low relief pressure of the boom LOWER circuit is abnormal or the high pressure setting side was adjusted,
adjust the low pressure setting side of boom LOWER safety-suction valve according to the following procedure.
The low relief pressure is the pressure applied when the machine push-up switch is turned OFF and the pilot pressure
is applied to the selector port.

A. Disconnect pilot hose (9).

B. Fixing holder (12), loosen locknut (13).

C. Turn holder (12) to adjust the pressure.


If the holder is:
turned to the right, the pressure rises.
turned to the left, the pressure lowers.
Quantity of adjustment per turn of holder: Approximately 258 kg/cm2 (3669 psi)

D. Fixing holder (12), tighten locknut (13).


Locknut: 78 - 93 Nm (57.5 - 68.5 lbf ft)

E. Connect pilot hose (9).

F. After finishing adjustment, check again that the pressure is normal according to the procedure for measurement
described above.

4. Adjusting swing relief pressure


If the relief pressure of the swing circuit is abnormal, adjust swing
motor safety valve (14) according to the following procedure.

A. Fixing adjustment screw (15), loosen locknut (16).

B. Turn adjustment screw (15) to adjust the pressure.


If the adjustment screw is:
turned to the right, the pressure rises.
turned to the left, the pressure lowers.
Quantity of adjustment per turn of adjustment screw:
47.9 kg/cm2 (681 psi).

PC400LC-7L 20-113 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING, AND TRAVEL OIL CIRCUITS

12
C. Fixing adjustment screw (15), tighten locknut (16).
Locknut: 147 - 196 Nm (108.4 - 144.5 lbf ft)

D. After finishing adjustment, check again that the pressure is normal


according to the procedure for measurement described above.

20-114 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING CONTROL CIRCUIT - BASIC PRESSURE

CONTROL CIRCUIT - BASIC PRESSURE


12

Measuring instruments for basic pressure in control circuit


Symbol Part No. Part Name
799-101-1502 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester
L
799-101-5220 Nipple (10 x 1.25 mm)
2
07002-11023 O-ring
WARNING! Lower the work equipment to the ground and stop the engine. Operate the control levers
several times to release the residual pressure in the piping, and then loosen the oil filler
cap of the hydraulic tank slowly to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.

1. Remove the control valve top cover and remove control circuit basic
pressure pick-up plug (1).
The figure shows the control valve seen from inside of the pump
room.

2. Install nipple L2 and connect it to oil pressure gauge [1] of hydraulic


tester L1.
Use the oil pressure gauges of 60 kg/cm2 (853.4 psi)

3. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the operating
range.

4. Run the engine at high idling and set all the control levers in neutral
and measure the oil pressure.

5. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and


return the removed parts.

The relief valve for the control circuit basic pressure is not
adjustable.

PC400LC-7L 20-115 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT

PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT


12

Testing and adjusting instruments for oil pressure in pump PC control circuit
Symbol Part No. Part Name
799-101-1502 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester
M
799-101-5220 Nipple (10 x 1.25 mm)
2
07002-11023 O-ring

MEASURING
Before measuring the oil pressure in the pump PC control circuit, check that the oil pressure in the work equipment,
swing, and travel circuits and the basic pressure in the control circuit are normal.
WARNING! Lower the work equipment to the ground and stop the engine. Operate the control levers
several times to release the residual pressure in the piping, and then loosen the oil filler
cap of the hydraulic tank slowly to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.

1. Measuring PC valve output pressure (servo piston inlet pressure)


Measure the PC valve output pressure (servo piston inlet pressure) and pump discharge pressure at the same time and
compare them.

A. Open the pump room cover and remove oil pressure pick-up plugs
(1), (2), (3), and (4).
(1): Front pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(2): Rear pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(3): Front PC valve output pressure pickup plug.
(4): Rear PC valve output pressure pickup plug.

B. Install nipple M2 and connect it to oil pressure gauge [1] of


hydraulic tester M1.
Use the oil pressure gauges of 600 kg/cm2 (8534 psi).
The figure shows the pump discharge pressure side.

20-116 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT

12 The figure shows the PC valve output pressure side.

C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range.

D. Run the engine at high idling and measure the pump discharge pressure and PC valve output pressure (servo piston
inlet pressure) at the same time under the following condition.
Working mode: A
Swing lock switch: ON (2-stage relief solenoid valve is turned ON and oil is relieved at high pressure)
Work equipment, swing, and travel circuits: Relieve by moving arm IN.
Judging method: If the pump discharge pressure and PC valve output pressure (servo piston output pressure) are
as follows, they are normal.
Measured pressure Pressure ratio
Pump discharge pressure 1
PC valve output pressure Approximately 0.6 (3/5)
If the PC valve or servo piston is abnormal, the PC valve output pressure (servo piston output pressure) becomes
“the same as the pump discharge pressure” or “almost 0”.

E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.

PC400LC-7L 20-117 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT

12
2. Measuring PC-EPC valve output pressure

A. Open the pump room cover and remove PC-EPC valve output
pressure pick-up plug (5).

B. Install nipple M2 and connect it to oil pressure gauge [1] of


hydraulic tester M1.
Use the oil pressure gauges of 60 kg/cm2 (853.4 psi).

C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range.

D. Set all the control levers in neutral and measure the oil pressure while running the engine at low idling and high
idling.
If the PC-EPC valve output pressure changes as shown below, it is normal.
Engine Control lever Oil pressure
Low idling 30 kg/cm2
(426.7 psi)
Neutral
High idling 0 kg/cm2
(0 psi)

E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.

20-118 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP PC CONTROL CIRCUIT

12
ADJUSTING
If any of the following phenomena occurs and the PC valve seems to be defective, adjust PC valves (6) and (7) according
to the procedure shown below.
When the working load is increased, the engine speed lowers largely.
The engine speed is normal but the work equipment speed is low.
(6): Front pump PC valve.
(7): Rear pump PC valve.
The width across flats of the locknut for the PC valve is 13 mm
and that of the adjustment screw (inside width) is 4 mm. Do not
turn any other locknut or adjustment screw since it has effects on
the hydraulic pumps.

1. Loosen locknut (8).


Before loosening the locknut, make match marks at the adjustment screw end so that you can see the position of the
locknut before the adjustment (and you can return the locknut to its original position after turning it in reverse).

2. Turn adjustment screw (9) to the right or left to adjust.


Turn the adjustment screw in the following directions.
If the work equipment speed is low, turn the adjustment screw to the right (to increase the pump absorption
torque).
If the engine speed lowers, turn the adjustment screw to the left (to decrease the pump absorption torque).
The adjustable range of the adjustment screw is as follows.
Counterclockwise: Max. 1 turn.
Clockwise: Max. 1 turn.

3. Tighten locknut (8).


Locknut: 27.5 - 34.3 Nm (20.2 - 25.2 lbf ft)

4. After finishing adjustment, check that the PC valve output pressure


(servo piston inlet pressure) is normal according to the procedure for
measurement described above.

PC400LC-7L 20-119 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT

PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT


12

Testing and adjusting instruments for oil pressure in pump LS control circuit
Symbol Part No. Part Name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester
N 799-101-5220 Nipple (10 Þ 1.25 mm)
2
07002-11023 O-ring
3 799-401-2701 Differential pressure gauge

MEASURING
Before measuring the oil pressure in the pump LS control circuit, check that the oil pressure in the work equipment,
swing, and travel circuits and the basic pressure in the control circuit are normal.
WARNING! Lower the work equipment to the ground and stop the engine. Operate the control levers
several times to release the residual pressure in the piping, and then loosen the oil filler
cap of the hydraulic tank slowly to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.

1. Measuring LS valve output pressure (servo piston inlet pressure)


Measure the LS valve output pressure (servo piston inlet pressure) and pump discharge pressure at the same time and
compare them.

A. Open the pump room cover and remove oil pressure pick-up plugs
(1), (2), (3), and (4).
(1): Front pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(2): Rear pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(3): Front LS valve output pressure pickup plug.
(4): Rear LS valve output pressure pickup plug.

B. Install nipple N2 and connect it to oil pressure gauge [1] of


hydraulic tester N1.
Use the oil pressure gauges of 600 kg/cm2 (8534 psi).
The figure shows the pump discharge pressure side.

20-120 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT

12 The figure shows the LS valve output pressure side.

C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range and push up the track shoe on the side to be
measured with the work equipment.
When measuring front circuit: Left track shoe.
When measuring rear circuit: Right track shoe.
WARNING! Since the track shoe pushed up will be
driven idle for measurement, secure
sufficient work area.

D. Run the engine at high idling and measure the pump discharge
pressure and LS valve output pressure (servo piston inlet pressure)
at the same time under the following condition.
Working mode: A
Work equipment, swing, and travel control levers: Measure
with all the levers in neutral and measure with only the travel
lever operated halfway (with the track shoe on one side
driven idle).
Check the safety around the machine, drive the track shoe
pushed up idle.
Judging method:
If the pump discharge pressure and LS valve output pressure
(servo piston output pressure) are as follows, they are normal.
Pressure ratio
Measured pressure All levers Travel lever operated
in neutral halfway
Pump discharge pressure Almost 1
LS valve output pressure same Approximately 0.6 (3/5)

E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.

2. Measuring LS differential pressure


Measure the pump discharge pressure and LS pressure (actuator
load pressure) at the same time and calculate the difference
between them.

A. Open the pump room cover and remove oil pressure pick-up plugs
(1), (2), (5), and (6).
(1): Front pump discharge pressure pickup plug.
(2): Rear pump discharge pressure pickup plug.

PC400LC-7L 20-121 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT

12 (5): Front LS valve output pressure pickup plug.


(6): Rear LS valve output pressure pickup plug.

B. Install nipple N2 and connect it to differential pressure gauge N3


or the oil pressure gauge of hydraulic tester N1.
When using differential pressure gauge: Connect the pump
discharge pressure to the high pressure side (back side) and
connect the LS pressure to the low pressure side (lower side).
Since the differential pressure gauge needs a 12-V power
source, connect it to a battery.
When using oil pressure gauge: Use the oil pressure gauge of
600 kg/cm2 (8534 psi). Since the differential pressure is about
30 kg/cm2 (427 psi) at maximum, measure it by installing the
same gauge to the pick-up plugs alternately.
The figure shows the pump discharge pressure side.

The figure shows the LS valve output pressure side.

C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range and push up the track shoe on the side to be
measured with the work equipment.
When measuring front circuit: Left track shoe.
When measuring rear circuit: Right track shoe
WARNING! Since the track shoe pushed up will be
driven idle for measurement, secure
sufficient work area.

D. Run the engine at high idling and measure the pump discharge
pressure and LS pressure (actuator load pressure) at the same time
under the following condition.
Working mode: A
Travel speed: Hi
Work equipment, swing, and travel control levers: Measure with all the levers in neutral and measure with only
the travel lever operated halfway (with the track shoe on one side driven idle).
Check the safety around the machine, drive the track shoe pushed up idle.
Calculation of LS differential pressure (When oil pressure gauge is used): LS differential pressure = Pump
discharge pressure – LS pressure.
If the LS differential pressure is as follows, it is normal.
Operation of lever LS differential pressure
Set all levers in neutral Unload pressure (See standard values table)
Operate travel lever halfway (Run track shoe idle) Specified LS differential pressure (See standard values table)

E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.

20-122 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT

12
3. Measuring LS-EPC valve output pressure.

A. Open the pump room cover and remove LSEPC valve output
pressure pick-up plug (7).

B. Install nipple N2 and connect it to oil pressure gauge [1] of


hydraulic tester N1.
Use the oil pressure gauges of 60 kg/cm2 (853 psi).

C. Run the engine and raise the hydraulic oil temperature to the
operating range.

D. Operate the travel speed switch and travel lever and measure the
oil pressure while running the engine at high idling.
If the LS-EPC valve output pressure changes as shown below,
it is normal.
Travel speed Travel lever Oil pressure
Lo Neutral 30 kg/cm2 (427 psi)
Hi Fine operation (Remark) 0 kg/cm 2 (0 psi)
Remark
Operate the travel lever to a degree that the PPC oil pressure
switch is turned ON (Stop before the machine starts
traveling).

E. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.

PC400LC-7L 20-123 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PUMP LS CONTROL CIRCUIT

12
ADJUSTING
If the LS differential pressure is abnormal, adjust LS valves (8) and (9)
according to the following procedure.
(8): Front pump LS valve.
(9): Rear pump LS valve.

1. Fixing adjustment screw (10), loosen locknut (11).

2. Turn adjustment screw (10) to adjust the differential pressure.


If the adjustment screw is:
turned to the right, the differential pressure rises.
turned to the left, the differential pressure lowers.
Quantity of adjustment (LS differential pressure) per turn of
adjustment screw: Approximately 13.3 kg/cm2 (189 psi).

3. After finishing adjustment, check that the LS pressure is normal


according to the procedure for measurement described above.

20-124 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SOLENOID VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE

SOLENOID VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE


12

Measuring instruments for solenoid valve output pressure


Symbol Part No. Part Name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester
P
799-401-3100 Adapter (Size 02)
2
799-401-3200 Adapter (Size 03)
Before measuring the solenoid valve output pressure, check that the basic pressure in the control circuit is normal.
WARNING! Lower the work equipment to the ground and stop the engine. Operate the control levers
several times to release the residual pressure in the piping, and then loosen the oil filler
cap of the hydraulic tank slowly to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.

1. Remove the control valve top cover and disconnect outlet hose (1) – (7) of the solenoid valve to be removed.
Since the outlet hoses of the PPC lock solenoid valves have quick couplers on the solenoid valve side, measure the
pressure on the PPC valve side (on the back side of the operator’s cab)
.
No. Solenoid valve to be measured
1 2-stage relief solenoid valve
2 Machine push-up solenoid valve
3 Swing holding brake solenoid valve
4 Travel speed selector solenoid valve
5 Merge-divider solenoid valve
6 Travel junction solenoid valve
7 PPC lock solenoid valve

2. Install adapter P2 and connect the disconnected hose again.

3. Install nipple [1] of hydraulic tester P1 and connect it to hydraulic


gauge [2].
Use the oil pressure gauges of 60 kg/cm2 (853.4 psi).
The figure shows the measuring instruments connected to the
outlet hose of the 2-stage relief solenoid valve.

PC400LC-7L 20-125 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SOLENOID VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE

12
4. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating
range.

5. Run the engine at high idling, operate the control levers and switches
to turn the solenoid valve ON or OFF, and measure the oil pressure.
For the conditions for turning the solenoid valve ON and OFF, see
the operations table of each solenoid valve.
The operating condition of the solenoid valve can be checked with
the monitoring function of the monitor panel (For the operating
method, see “Monitor Panel - Special Functions”).

If the output pressure is as follows, the solenoid valve is normal.


Solenoid valve Output pressure
OFF (Deenergized) 0 kg/cm (0 psi)
2

ON (Energized) Almost same as control basic pressure (See standard values table)

6. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.
Operation table of 2nd-stage relief solenoid valve

Operating condition Operation


When overheating No. 1 setting is turned ON
OFF
When all of work equipment, swing, and travel signals are turned OFF
When swing lock switch is turned ON
When travel signal is turned ON
When in L-mode
ON
When boom LOWER signal is turned ON
When signal other than swing single operation signal is turned
When in A/E-mode When left knob switch is turned ON ON
When swing single operation signal is turned ON
OFF
When not under above condition

Operation table of machine push-up solenoid valve

Operating condition Operation


OFF ON
Machine push-up switch
ON OFF

Operation table of swing holding brake solenoid valve

Operating condition Operation


Work equipment, When all are turned OFF OFF
swing, travel signal When one of them is turned ON ON

20-126 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING SOLENOID VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE

12
Operation table of travel speed shifting solenoid valve

Operating condition Operation


When overheating No. 2 setting is turned ON
When fuel control dial is below 1,200 rpm
When travel speed switch is set to Lo
OFF
When travel signal is turned OFF
When F or R pump pressure is above 330 kg/
When travel speed switch is set to Mi or Hi cm2 (4693 psi)
When travel signal is turned ON
When F or R pump pressure is below 190
kg/cm2 (2702 psi) ON
When not under above condition

Operation table of merge-divider solenoid valve

Operating condition Operation


When in B-mode When service signal is turned ON
When travel operation is performed singly
ON
When F or R pump pressure is above 200
kg/cm2 (2844 psi)
When not in L-mode
When F or R pump pressure is below 150
When travel signal is turned When work equipment, OFF
kg/cm2 (2133 psi)
ON switch, and service
signals are turned ON When F or R pump pressure is above 170
ON
kg/cm2 (2418 psi)
When in L-mode
When F or R pump pressure is below 120
OFF
kg/cm2 (1707 psi)
When arm IN and bucket When F or R pump pressure is above 250 ON
CURL PPC pressures are kg/cm (3556 psi)
2
When travel signal is turned When swing signal is
OFF turned OFF above 19.5 kg/cm (277 When F or R pump pressure is below 200
2

psi) kg/cm2 (2844 psi) OFF


When not under above condition

Operation table of travel junction solenoid valve

Operating condition Operation


When travel steering signal is turned ON
When travel system is When F or R pump pressure is above 350 ON
When travel steering signal is turned OFF operated singly kg/cm2 (4978 psi)
When not under above condition OFF

Operation table of PPC lock solenoid valve

Operating condition
Lock OFF
Safety lock lever
Free ON

PC400LC-7L 20-127 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PPC VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE

PPC VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE


12

Measuring instruments for PPC valve output pressure


Symbol Part No. Part Name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
Q 790-261-1203 Digital hydraulic tester
2 790-301-1740 Joint (PF 1/4 + PT 1/8)
WARNING! Lower the work equipment to the ground and stop the engine. Operate the control levers
several times to release the residual pressure in the piping, and then loosen the oil filler
cap of the hydraulic tank slowly to release the internal pressure of the hydraulic tank.

1. Remove the control valve top cover and operator’s cab undercover.

2. Disconnect PPC oil pressure switch or PPC pressure sensor (1) - (10) of the solenoid valve to be removed.
If the starting switch is turned ON while the arm IN or bucket
CURL PPC pressure sensor is disconnected, an electrical
equipment system error is detected. Accordingly, if the pressure
sensor is removed, connect it to the connector again and clamp it
to the nearest bracket, etc.
No. Circuit to be measured No. Circuit to be measured
1 Boom RAISE (S06) 7 Swing LEFT (S07)
2 Boom LOWER (S02) 8 Swing RIGHT (S03)
3 Arm IN (S04) 9 Travel (S30)
4 Arm OUT (S08) 10 Steering (S31)
5 Bucket CURL (S01)
6 Bucket DUMP (S05)

3. Install joint Q2 and nipple [1] of hydraulic tester Q1 and connect them
to oil pressure gauge [2].
Use joint Q2 only when measuring the pressure at the pressure
sensor mounting part.
Use the oil pressure gauges of 60 kg/cm2 (853 psi)
The figure shows the measuring instruments installed to the
mounting part of the arm IN PPC pressure sensor.

20-128 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PPC VALVE - OUTPUT PRESSURE

12
4. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating
range.

5. Run the engine at high idling and measure the oil pressure while the control lever of the measured circuit is in neutral and
while it is operated to the stroke end.
If the PPC valve output pressure is as follows, the solenoid valve is normal.
Operation of lever Output pressure
In neutral 0 kg/cm2 (0 psi)
Operated to stroke end Almost same as control basic
pressure (See standard values table)

6. After finishing measurement, remove the measuring instruments and return the removed parts.

PC400LC-7L 20-129 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE - PLAY ADJUSTMENT

WORK EQUIPMENT PPC VALVE - PLAY ADJUSTMENT


12

SWING PPC VALVE - PLAY ADJUSTMENT


If the work equipment and swing levers have large play, adjust them according to the following procedure.

1. Remove the work equipment and swing PPC valve assembly.

2. Remove bellows (1).

3. Loosen locknut (2) and tighten disc (3) until it touches the heads of 4
pistons (4).
Do not move the piston at this time.

4. Fix disc (3) and tighten locknut (2) to the specified torque.
Locknut: 98 - 127 Nm (73 - 93 lbf ft)

5. Install bellows (1).

6. Install the work equipment and swing PPC valve assembly.

20-130 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT - HYDRAULIC DRIFT - CAUSE

WORK EQUIPMENT - HYDRAULIC DRIFT - CAUSE


12

If the work equipment (cylinder) drifts hydraulically, check to see if the cause is on the cylinder packing side or control
valve side according to the following procedure.

1. Testing boom cylinder and bucket cylinder.

A. Set the machine in the position of measuring hydraulic drift and


stop the engine.
Fill the bucket with a rated load or with dirt and sand.

B. When testing the boom cylinder, set the boom control lever in the
RAISE position. When testing the bucket cylinder, set the bucket
control lever in the CURL position.
If the lowering speed is increased at this time, the cylinder
packing is defective.
If the lowering speed does not change at this time, the control
valve is defective.
Operate the control lever while the starting switch is in the
ON position.
If the pressure in the accumulator is lost, run the engine for about 10 seconds to heighten the pressure in the
accumulator.

2. Testing arm cylinder.

A. Stop the arm cylinder about 100 mm before the IN stroke end and
stop the engine.

B. Operate the arm control lever in the IN position.


If the lowering speed is increased at this time, the cylinder
packing is defective.
If the lowering speed does not change at this time, the control
valve is defective.
Operate the control lever while the starting switch is in the
ON position.
If the pressure in the accumulator is lost, run the engine for
about 10 seconds to heighten the pressure in the accumulator.
Remark
Reason why the lowering speed is increased by the above operation when the cylinder packing is the cause of the
hydraulic drift:

A. If the machine is set in the above position (where the holding pressure is applied to the bottom side), the oil leaks
from the bottom side to the head side. Since the volume on the head side is less than that on the bottom side by the
volume of the rod, the pressure in the head side is increased by the oil flowing in from the bottom side.

B. As the pressure in the head side is increased, it is balanced at a certain level (which depends on the leakage), and then
the lowering speed is lowered.

C. If the circuit on the head side is opened to the drain circuit by the above operation of the lever (the bottom side is
closed by the check valve at this time), the oil on the head side flows in the drain circuit. As a result, the pressure is
unbalanced and the lowering speed is increased.

PC400LC-7L 20-131 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING WORK EQUIPMENT - HYDRAULIC DRIFT - CAUSE

12
3. Testing PPC valve.
While the pressure in the accumulator is high, set the safety lock lever in the LOCK/FREE position and measure the
lowering distance.
Operate the control lever while the starting switch is in the ON position.
If the pressure in the accumulator is lost, run the engine for about 10 seconds to heighten the pressure in the
accumulator.
If there is a difference in the lowering distance between the LOCK position and FREE position, the PPC valve is
defective (it has an internal defect).

20-132 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT


12

1. Releasing residual pressure in hydraulic tank.


WARNING! Since the hydraulic tank is enclosed and pressurized, release the residual pressure in it
when removing a hose or a plug connected to it.

A. Lower the work equipment to the ground in a stable position and stop the engine.

B. Loosen oil filler cap (1) of the hydraulic tank gradually to release
the air in the tank.

2. Releasing residual pressure in hydraulic cylinder circuit.


WARNING! When disconnecting a pipe between a
hydraulic cylinder and the control valve,
release the residual pressure in the piping
according to the following procedure.

A. Release the residual pressure in the hydraulic tank. For details, see
RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC
TANK.
Keep the oil filler cap of the hydraulic tank removed.

B. Turn the starting switch ON and set the safety lock lever in the FREE position, and then operate the work equipment
control levers on both sides forward, backward, to the right, and to the left.
The control valve is operated by the pressure in the accumulator. The pressure in the accumulator is used up,
however, after the control valve is operated 2 - 3 times.

C. Run the engine at low idling for 5 seconds to heighten the pressure in the accumulator.
When starting engine, set the safety lock lever in the LOCK position.

D. Repeat steps B and C above 2 - 3 times, and the residual pressure in the piping is released.

3. Releasing residual pressure in swing motor circuit.


The residual pressure in the swing motor circuit can be released by performing the operation for RELEASING
RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC CYLINDER CIRCUIT (Operate the lever in the swing direction only,
however).

4. Releasing residual pressure in travel motor circuit.


Since the control valve spool of the travel motor circuit is open, the pressure in this circuit can be released by
performing RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC TANK.

PC400LC-7L 20-133 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE

MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE


12

Measuring device for oil leakage


Symbol Part No. Part Name
R Commercially available Measuring cylinder

1. Measuring oil leakage from boom cylinder.

A. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating range.

B. Move the boom cylinder to the RAISE stroke end and stop the engine.
WARNING! Release the residual pressure in the piping on the boom cylinder head side. For details,
see RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (Operate the lever in
the boom RAISE direction only, however).

C. Disconnect hose (1) on the cylinder head side and block the hose
side with a plate.
WARNING! Take care not to disconnect the hose on
the cylinder bottom side.
Use the following part to block the hose side. 07379-01044
(Flange #10)

D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the boom circuit by
raising the boom.
WARNING! Take care not to “lower the boom”.

E. Measure the oil leakage for 1 minute after 30 seconds since


relieving is started.

F. After finishing measurement, return the removed parts.

2. Measuring oil leakage from arm cylinder.

A. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating range.

B. Move the arm cylinder to the IN stroke end and stop the engine.
WARNING! Release the residual pressure in the piping on the arm cylinder head side. For details, see
RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (Operate the lever in the
arm IN direction only, however).

C. Disconnect hose (2) on the cylinder head side and block the hose
side with a plate.
WARNING! Take care not to disconnect the hose on
the cylinder bottom side.
Use the following part to block the hose side. 07379-01044
(Flange #10)

D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the arm circuit by
moving the arm IN.
WARNING! Take care not to “move the arm OUT”.

E. Measure the oil leakage for 1 minute after 30 seconds since


relieving is started.

F. After finishing measurement, return the removed parts.

20-134 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE

12
3. Measuring oil leakage from bucket cylinder.

A. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating range.

B. Move the bucket cylinder to the CURL stroke end and stop the engine.
WARNING! Release the residual pressure in the piping on the bucket cylinder head side. For details,
see RELEASING RESIDUAL PRESSURE IN HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT (Operate the lever in
the arm CURL direction only, however).

C. Disconnect hose (3) on the cylinder head side and block the hose
side with a plate.
WARNING! Take care not to disconnect the hose on
the cylinder bottom side.
Use the following part to block the hose side.
07379-01044 (Flange #10)

D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the bucket circuit by
curling the bucket.
WARNING! Take care not to “dump the bucket”.

E. Measure the oil leakage for 1 minute after 30 seconds since


relieving is started.

F. After finishing measurement, return the removed parts.

4. Measuring oil leakage from swing motor.

A. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the operating range.

B. Disconnect drain hose (4) and block the hose side with a plug.
Use the following part to block the hose side.
07376-70522 (Plug #05)

C. Turn the swing lock switch ON.

D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the swing circuit by
swinging.
Measure the oil leakage for 1 minute after 30 seconds since
relieving is started.
After measuring 1 time, swing 180°, and then measure again.

E. After finishing measurement, return the removed parts.

PC400LC-7L 20-135 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MEASURING OIL LEAKAGE

12
5. Measuring oil leakage from travel motor.

A. Remove the travel motor cover.

B. Run the engine and raise the engine oil temperature to the
operating range, and then lock the travel system and stop the
engine.
WARNING! Put pin [1] between the sprocket and track
frame to lock the travel system securely.

C. Disconnect drain hose (5) of the travel motor and block the hose
side with a plug.
Use the following part to block the hose side.
07376-70522 (Plug #05)

D. Run the engine at high idling and relieve the travel circuit.
WARNING! Wrong operation of the lever can cause an
accident. Accordingly, make signs and
checks securely.
Measure the oil leakage for 1 minute after 30 seconds since
relieving is started.
Measure several times, moving the motor a little (changing
the position of the valve plate and cylinder and that of the
cylinder and piston) each time.

E. After finishing measurement, return the removed parts.

20-136 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING BLEEDING AIR FROM EACH PART

BLEEDING AIR FROM EACH PART


12

Air bleeding procedure


1 2 3 4 5 6
Air bleeding item
Bleeding air Bleeding air Bleeding air
from Starting Bleeding air Check oil level and
from swing from travel
hydraulic engine from cylinder motor motor starting work
Work pump
Replacing hydraulic oil
(See Remark) (See Remark)
Replacing return filter element
Replacing and repairing hydraulic pump
Removing suction piping
Replacing and repairing control valve
Removing control valve piping
Replacing and repairing cylinder
Removing cylinder piping
Replacing and repairing swing motor
Removing swing motor piping
Replacing and repairing travel motor
Removing travel motor piping
Replacing and repairing swivel joint
Removing swivel joint piping

Remark
Bleed air from the swing motor and travel motor only when the oil in the motor cases is drained.

1. Bleeding air from hydraulic pump.

A. Loosen bleeder (1) and check that oil flows out.

B. If the oil does not flow out, disconnect drain hose (2) and fill the
pump case with oil through the drain port.
Fix the drain hose adapter to a place higher than the oil level
in the hydraulic tank.
Fill the pump case with oil until oil containing no bubbles
flows out of the bleeder.

C. After oil containing no bubbles flows out of bleeder (1), tighten


air bleeder (1).
Air bleeder: 7.8 - 9.8 Nm (5.75 - 7.22 lbf ft)
If the drain hose has been disconnected, connect it after tightening the air bleeder.

2. Starting engine.
When running the engine after performing step 1, keep its speed at low idling for 10 minutes.
If the engine water temperature is low and the automatic warm-up operation is started, stop the engine temporarily
and reset the automatic warm-up operation with the fuel control dial (Set the starting switch in the ON position and
hold the fuel control dial in the MAX position for 3 seconds, and the automatic warm-up operation is reset).

PC400LC-7L 20-137 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING BLEEDING AIR FROM EACH PART

12
3. Bleeding air from cylinder.
If a cylinder was replaced, bleed air from it before connecting the work equipment. In particular, the boom cylinder
does not move to the lowering stroke end, if it is installed to the work equipment.

A. Run the engine at low idling for about 5 minutes.

B. Running the engine at low idling, raise and lower the boom 4 - 5 times.
Stop the piston rod about 100 mm before each stroke end. Do not relieve the oil.

C. Running the engine at high idling, perform step B.

D. Running the engine at low idling, move the piston rod to the stroke end and relieve the oil.

E. Bleed air from the arm cylinder and bucket cylinder according to steps B - D.

4. Bleeding air from swing motor.

A. Run the engine at low idling.

B. Loosen hose (3) of port S slowly and check that oil flows out.
WARNING! At this time, do not perform the swinging
operation.

C. If the oil does not flow out, stop the engine and disconnect the
hose of port S and fill the pump case with oil.
After filling the pump case with oil, connect the hose of port
S, and then repeat steps A and B.

D. After oil containing no bubbles flows out, tighten the hose of port
S.

E. Swing slowly 2 turns or more in each direction.

5. Bleeding air from travel motor.

A. Remove the travel motor cover.

B. Run the engine at low idling.

C. Loosen bleeder (4) and check that oil flows out.

D. After oil containing no bubbles flows out, tighten bleeder (4).


Bleeder: 9.8 - 12.74 Nm (7.22 - 9.39 lbf ft)

E. Using the work equipment, raise the track shoe on either side.

F. Drive the raised track shoe idle slowly for about 2 minutes.
Drive the track shoe on the opposite side idle similarly.

20-138 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING BLEEDING AIR FROM EACH PART

12
6. Check oil level and starting work.

A. Run the engine, retract the arm cylinder and bucket cylinder to the
stroke ends, lower the work equipment to the ground, and stop the
engine.

B. Check the oil level by sight gauge (5) of the hydraulic tank.
If the oil level is between lines H and L, it is normal.
If the oil level is below line L, add new oil.

PC400LC-7L 20-139 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING DIODE TESTING PROCEDURE

DIODE TESTING PROCEDURE


12

Test an assembled-type diode or a diode unit according to the


following procedure.
The conductive direction of an assembled-type diode is marked as
shown in the figure.
The conductive direction of each diode is marked on its surface.

1. When using a digital tester.

A. Set the tester in the diode range and check the indicated value.
If an ordinary tester is used, the voltage of the battery in itself
is indicated.

B. Apply the red (+) test pin to the anode (P) side of the diode and
the black (–) test pin to the cathode (N) side and read the indicated
value.

C. Judge the condition of the diode from the indicated value.


The indicated value does not change: There is not continuity
(Defective).
The indicated value changes: There is continuity (Normal)
(Remark).
Remark
In the case of a silicon diode, the tester indicates a value of 460 –
600.

2. When using an analog tester.

A. Set the tester in the resistance range.

B. Apply the test pins as shown below and check movement of the
pointer.

i. Apply the red (+) test pin to the anode (P) side of the diode
and the black (–) test pin to the cathode (N) side.

ii. Apply the red (+) test pin to the cathode (N) side of the diode
and the black (–) test pin to the anode (P) side.

C. Judge the condition of the diode from movement of the pointer.


The pointer does not move in i above but moves in ii: Normal
(Moving angle (Resistance) depends on the type and
measurement range of the tester, however)
The pointer moves in both i and ii: Defective (Internal short circuit)
The pointer does not move in either of i and ii: Defective (Internal disconnection)

20-140 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS


12

[1] Numeral input switch 1 [6] Numeral input switch 6 [ ] Return switch
[2] Numeral input switch 2 [7] Numeral input switch 7 [∆ ] Move-up switch
[3] Numeral input switch 3 [8] Numeral input switch 8 [ ] Move-down switch
[4] Numeral input switch 4 [9] Numeral input switch 9 [ ] Input check switch
[5] Numeral input switch 5 [0] Numeral input switch 0

PC400LC-7L 20-141 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
ORDINARY FUNCTIONS AND SPECIAL FUNCTIONS OF MONITOR PANEL
The monitor panel has the ordinary functions and special functions and displays various pieces of information on the
multi-display unit.
Some items are displayed automatically according to the internal setting of the monitor panel and the others are displayed by
operating switches.

1. Ordinary functions: Operator menu


The items in this menu are displayed normally. The operator can display and set them by operating switches.

2. Special functions: Service menu


The items in this menu are not displayed normally. Each serviceman can display them by operating special switches.

Operator’s Menu Service Menu


1 Screen to display KOMATSU logo 15 Function of monitoring [01]
2 Function of check before starting Function of Electrical system
3 Function of displaying maintenance items 16 abnormality
record [02] Mechanical system
4 Function of displaying caution items
17 Function of maintenance record [03]
Function of checking working mode and travel
5 18 Function of maintenance mode change [04]
speed
6 Function of displaying ordinary screen 19 Function of phone No. entry [05]
Function of adjusting brightness and contrast Mode in which key is ON
7 of display Function of initial Language
8 Function of adjusting flow rate for breaker and 20 setting and default Unit
attachments [06]
With/Without service
9 Function of checking maintenance information circuit
10 Function of displaying service meter Pump absorption torque
11 Function of checking display LCD 21 Function of Adjustment of flow for
12 Function of displaying cautions adjustment [07] attachment during
compound operation
13 Function of displaying user code
Function
22 [09] of cylinder cut out mode operation
Function of displaying error code and failure
14 code

20-142 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
OPERATION AND DISPLAY OF OPERATOR’S MENU
(OUTLINE)
Only outline of the operating method is described in this section. For
details of contents and operation of each menu, see OPERATION
MANUAL or the volume of STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION.

1. Screen to display KOMATSU logo.


When a password is input (if it is set) or when the starting switch is
turned ON, the KOMATSU logo is displayed for 2 seconds.

2. Function of check before starting.


After the KOMATSU logo is displayed, the screen for check before
starting is displayed for 2 seconds.

3. Function of displaying maintenance items.


After the screen for check before starting is displayed, if any oil or
filter is near or has passed the set maintenance time, the maintenance
mark is displayed for 30 seconds.
This screen is displayed only when the maintenance function is
set.

4. Function of displaying caution items.


After the screen for check before starting is displayed, if any check
item is abnormal, the corresponding symbol mark is displayed.

PC400LC-7L 20-143 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
5. Function of checking working mode and travel speed.
After the screen for check before starting is displayed, the symbol
marks of the working mode and travel speed are displayed in large size
for 2 seconds to urge the operator to check the setting.

6. Function of displaying ordinary screen.


After the screen for checking the working mode and travel speed is
displayed, the ordinary screen is displayed.
When the ordinary screen is displayed, if the working mode or
travel speed is changed or if the auto deceleration or windshield
wiper is set effective, the corresponding symbol mark is displayed
in large size for 2 seconds.
The preheating monitor is displayed only when the pre-heater is
turned ON.

7. Function of adjusting brightness and contrast of display.


The operator can adjust the brightness and contrast of the display with
the screen adjustment switches.

8. Function of adjusting flow rate for breaker and attachments (for


machine with breaker or attachment).
The operator can adjust the pump flow rate for the breaker or an
attachment wit h the selector switch.
The symbol marks and description of the breaker and attachment
shown on the screen are partly different.

20-144 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
9. Function of checking maintenance information.
The operator can check the detailed information about the
maintenance items (set time and elapsed time) and reset them after
checking with the maintenance switches.
The maintenance function is set and reset and the maintenance
time is set with the service menu.

10. Function of displaying service meter.


When the starting switch is turned OFF, the operator can display only
the service meter by operating the following switches.
Operation of switches: [ ] + [∆] (Operate these switches
simultaneously)

11. Function of checking display LCD.


On the password inputting screen or ordinary screen, the operator can
check the display LCD.
Operation of switches: [ ] + [A] (Operate these switches
simultaneously)
The whole LCD unit is turned ON and all the surface becomes
white. If there is not any black part, the LCD unit is normal.
If any switch is operated while the LCD unit is being checked, the
screen before the check is displayed again.

12. Function of displaying cautions.


If there is any abnormal one in the calculation items, the
corresponding symbol mark is displayed in large size for 2 seconds,
and then it is displayed in small size until the abnormal item is
repaired.

PC400LC-7L 20-145 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
13. Function of displaying user code.
If the machine has any failure, the corresponding user code is
displayed to urge the operator to take a proper remedy, depending on
the degree of the failure.
If any switch is operated while the user code is displayed, the
service code and failure code screen appears (See 14).

User codes and instructions given to operator


User code Failure mode Instructions given to operator
If the emergency pump drive switch is set in the upper (emergency) position, the
E02 Error in pump control system
machine can operate normally. Have the machine inspected immediately, however.
Set the swing holding brake release switch in the upper (release) position to release
E03 Error in swing brake system the brake. Apply the swing brake manually with the swing lock switch, if necessary.
The brake may not be released, depending on the cause of the failure. In any case,
have the machine inspected immediately.
Error in engine controller power supply
E10 or abnormality in engine controller Have the machine inspected immediately.
drive system circuit (Engine stops)
Error in engine controller system
E11 Set the machine in a safe position and have the machine inspected immediately.
(Engine protection output is down)
E14 Error in throttle system Set the machine in a safe position and have the machine inspected immediately.
Error in engine sensor (water Although the machine can operate normally, have the machine inspected
E15 temperature, fuel temperature, or oil
pressure) immediately.
E0E Error in network Set the machine in a safe position and have the machine inspected immediately.

20-146 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
14. Function of displaying error code and failure code.
While a user code is displayed, if the following switches are operated,
the phone mark (if registered), phone No. (if registered), error code,
and failure code are displayed in order.
Operation of switch: [ ]
The following are displayed in order repeatedly as the switch is
operated.
(1) Phone mark

(2) Phone No.

(3) Error code and failure code

The phone mark and phone No. are displayed only when the
phone No. is registered in the monitor panel. The phone No. is
registered, changed, or deleted with the service menu.
For details of the displayed error code and failure code, see the
error codes and failure codes table.

PC400LC-7L 20-147 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
Table for Error and Failure Code Nos.

Error code Failure code


Code Contents Code Component Trouble
--- E112 Wiper Drive (For) S/C DY2DKB Wiper motor (Forward) Short Circuit
--- E113 Wiper Drive (Rev) S/C DYDEKB Wiper Motor (Reverse) Short Circuit
--- E114 Washer Drive S/C DY2CKB Windshield Washer Motor Short Circuit
--- E115 Wiper Working Abnormality DY20KA Wiper Motor Disconnection
--- E116 Wiper Parking Abnormality DY20MA Wiper Motor Malfunction
Defective communication
--- E117 Eng. Controller S-NET Comm Err. DAC0KR Engine Controller (Abnormality in related
component)
Defective communication
--- E118 Pump Controller S-NET Comm Err. DAB0KR Pump Controller (Abnormality in related
component)
Monitor CAN
E0E E128 Monitor Comm. Abnormality DAFRMC Defective Operation
Communication
--- E201 Travel Junction Sol. S/C DW91KB Travel Neutral Solenoid Short Circuit
Valve
E03 E203 Swing Brake Sol. S/C DW45KB Swing Holding Brake Short Circuit
Solenoid Valve
Pump Merge-divider
--- E204 Merge-divider Sol. S/C DWJ0KB Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
2-stage Relief Solenoid
--- E205 2-stage Relief Sol. S/C DWK0KB Valve Short Circuit

--- E206 Travel Speed Sol. S/C DW43KB Travel Speed Hi/Lo Short Circuit
Selector Solenoid Valve
--- E211 Travel Junction Sol. Disc. DW91KA Travel Neutral Solenoid Disconnection
Valve
E03 E213 Swing Brake Sol. Disc. DW45KA Swing Holding Brake Disconnection
Solenoid Valve
Pump Merge-divider
--- E214 Merge-divider Sol. Disc. DWJ0KA Solenoid Valve Disconnection

--- E215 2-stage Relief Sol. Disc. DWK0KA 2-stage Relief Solenoid Disconnection
Valve
--- E216 Travel Speed Sol. Disc. DW43KA Travel Speed Hi/Lo Disconnection
Selector Solenoid Valve
--- E217 Model Selection Abnormality DA2SKQ Pump Controller Model Disagreement of Model
Selection Wiring Harness Selection Signals
Pump Controller S-NET
E0E E218 S-Net Comm. Disc. DA2SKA Disconnection
Communication
--- E222 LS-EPC Sol. S/C DXE0KB LS-EPC Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
--- E223 LS-EPC Sol. Disc. DXE0KA LS-EPC Solenoid Valve Disconnection
--- E224 F Pump P. Sensor Abnormality DHPAMA F Pump Pressure Sensor Malfunction
--- E225 R Pump P. Sensor Abnormality DHPBMA R Pump Pressure Sensor Malfunction
Pump Controller Power
--- E226 Press. Sensor Power Abnormality DA25KP Supply Output Lowering of Output Voltage
--- E227 Engine Speed Sensor Abnormality DLE2MA Engine Speed Sensor Malfunction
--- E228 Service Return Relay S/C D196KB ATT Selector Relay Short Circuit
E02 E232 PC-EPC Sol. S/C DXA0KB TVC Solenoid Valve Short Circuit

20-148 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
Error code Failure code
Code Contents Code Component Trouble
E02 E233 PC-EPC Sol. Disc. DXA0KA TVC Solenoid Valve Disconnection
--- E238 Service Return Relay Disc. D196KA ATT Selector Relay Disconnection
--- E245 Service Current EPC S/C DXE4KB ATT Flow Throttle EPC Valve Short Circuit
--- E246 Service Current EPC Disc. DXE4KA ATT Flow Throttle EPC Valve Disconnection
--- E247 Arm Curl PPC Sen. Abnormality DHS3MA Arm IN PPC Pressure Sensor Malfunction
--- E248 Bucket Curl PPC Sen. Abnormality DHS4MA Bucket CURL PPC Pressure Malfunction
Sensor
--- E251 Overload Sensor Abnormality DHX1MA Malfunction
Pump Controller CAN
E0E E257 Pump Comm. Abnormality DA2RMC Defective Operation
Communication
--- E315 Battery Relay Drive S/C D110KB Battery Relay Short Circuit
Disagreement of Speed
E11 E91B Engine Ne Sensor Problem DLE3LC NE Speed Sensor Signal
E11 E91C Engine G Sensor Problem DLH1LC G Speed Sensor Disagreement of Speed
Signal
Engine Controller Model Disagreement of Model
E11 E920 Engine Type Selection Error DB29KQ Selection Wiring Harness Selection Signals
E11 E921 Engine Type Mismatch DB20KQ Engine Controller Disagreement of Model
Selection Signals
E14 E931 Fuel Dial sys. error DK10KX Throttle Angle Sensor Out of input signal range
Engine Coolant Temperature
E15 E934 Engine Coolant Sensor Hi Error DGE2KX Out of input signal range
Sensor
E15 E936 Engine Oil Press. Sw. Error DDE2L6 Engine Oil Pressure Switch Disagreement of signal
with operation of engine
E11 E93C Engine Boost Sensor Error DH30KX Boost Pressure Sensor Out of input signal range
E15 E93D Engine Fuel Temp. Sensor Error DGE4KX Fuel Temperature Sensor Out of input signal range
Engine Controller CAN
E0E E953 Engine Comm. Abnormality DB2RMC Communication Defective Operation
--- E954 Short Engine Starter SW. DD11KB Starter SW. Short circuit
E0E E955 Engine S-NET error DB2SMC Engine Controller S-NET Defective Operation
Communication
Engine Controller Load Power Lowering of source
E10 E956 Engine Power Failure (1) DB22KK Supply Line voltage (Input)
E15 E957 Engine Power Failure (2) D1D0KB Engine Controller Load Power Short Circuit
Supply Relay
Rotary Switch in Engine
--- E95A Engine Q-adj. Sw. Signal Error DB2AMA Malfunction
Controller
E15 E96A Engine Coolant Sensor Lo Error DGE3L6 Engine Coolant Temperature Disagreement of signal
Sensor with operation of engine
E11 E970 PCV1 Over Current AD11KB Supply Pump (1) Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
E11 E971 PCV2 Over Current AD51KB Supply Pump (2) Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
E11 E974 PCV1 Line Cut AD11KA Supply Pump (1) Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E975 PCV2 Line Cut AD51KA Supply Pump (2) Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E977 Rail Press. Sensor Error DH40KX Common Rail Pressure Sensor Out of input signal range

PC400LC-7L 20-149 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
Error code Failure code
Code Contents Code Component Trouble
Abnormally High Fuel
E11 E979 Rail Press. High 1 AD00L2 Common Rail Pressure
E11 E97A Rail Press. High 2 AD00MA Common Rail Malfunction
E15 E97B Rail press. low AD10L3 Supply Pump Out of control
E11 E97C Rail press. too low AD10MB Supply Pump Lowering of Function
E11 E97D Rail Press. Out of Control AD10MA Supply Pump Malfunction
E11 E980 Eng. Controller Abnormality DB20KT Engine Controller Abnormality in Controller
E11 E981 Fuel Injector 1 Disc. ADA1KA Injector 1 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E982 Fuel Injector 2 Disc. ADB1KA Injector 2 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E983 Fuel Injector 3 Disc. ADC1KA Injector 3 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E984 Fuel Injector 4 Disc. ADD1KA Injector 4 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E985 Fuel Injector 5 Disc. ADE1KA Injector 5 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E986 Fuel Injector 6 Disc. ADF1KA Injector 6 Solenoid Valve Disconnection
E11 E98A Fuel Injector 1 - 3 S/C ADAZKB Injector 1, 2, 3 Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
E11 E98B Fuel Injector 4 - 6 S/C ADDZKB Injector 4, 5, 6 Solenoid Valve Short Circuit
E22 E922 Eng. Hi Out of Std A000N1 Engine Overrun
--- Eng. Lo Out of Std A000N2 Engine Out of input signal range
--- Aircleaner Clogging AA10NX Air Cleaner Element Clogging
--- Charge Voltage Low AB00KE Alternator Defective Charge
--- Eng. Oil Press. Low B@BAZG Engine Oil Lowering of Oil Pressure
--- Eng. Oil LvI. Low B@BAZK Engine Oil Lowering of level
--- Eng. Water Overheat B@BCNS Coolant Overheating
--- Eng. Water Lvl Low B@BCZK Coolant Lowering of level
--- Hydr. Oil Overheat B@HANS Hydraulic Oil Overheating
The items in this table are arranged in the order of the error codes.
The error codes having no numbers in the user code column and the failure codes having no numbers in the user code
column and error code column are not displayed on the normal screen, even if abnormality related to them occurs. They
are simply recorded in the failure history of the service menu (Electrical equipment system or mechanical equipment
system).
The history division column shows in which division each failure is classified, the electrical equipment system or
mechanical equipment system, when it is recorded in the failure history.
Letter “E” at the head of each error code indicates the following condition.
With E: The failure has not been repaired yet.
Without E: The failure has been repaired.

20-150 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
OPERATION AND DISPLAY OF SERVICE MENU
How to select service menu

When using the service menu, perform the following special operation
to change the screen.

A. Checking display.
Check that the ordinary screen is displayed.
The service menu can be selected only while the ordinary
screen is displayed.

B. Operating switches.
Operate the following switches.
Operation of switches: [∆] [1] [2] [3] (While
pressing [∆], press the numeral keys)

C. Displaying menu screen.


The initial screen of the service menu is displayed. Select a menu
which you will use.

No. Service menu


00 Return (Finish service menu)
01 Monitoring
02 Abnormality record
03 Maintenance record
04 Maintenance mode change
05 Phone number entry
06 Initial setting/Default
07 Adjust
09 Cylinder cut out mode operation

D. Finishing menu and function.


To finish the service menu screen or each menu screen, perform one of the following operations.
(1) Press the [ ] switch (This operation is effective on all screens).
(2) When the “Return” switch is displayed, press it.
(3) When the “Return” menu is displayed, select it and press the [ ] switch.

PC400LC-7L 20-151 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
15. Function of monitoring [01].
The monitor panel monitors the signals from various switches,
sensors, and actuators installed to various parts of the machine. The
operator can display and check the monitoring information in real time
by the following operation.

A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “01 Monitoring”
and press the [ ] switch.

B. Setting monitoring items.


Select and register monitoring items with the following switches.
[∆] switch: Select
[ ] switch: Select
[ ] switch: Register
You can set up to 4 monitoring items (You cannot set up to 4
monitoring items, however, depending on the selected items).
When monitoring up to 3 items, go to the monitoring
information screen by either of the following operations after
registering those items.
Hold the [ ] switch (for about 3 seconds).
Select menu “99999” and press the [ ] switch.
If all of the settleable items are registered, the monitoring information screen appears automatically after
registering those items.
For the detail, display units, etc. of the monitoring items, see the monitoring items table.

C. Operating for monitoring.


After the monitoring information screen appears, operate the
machine to check the monitoring information.

20-152 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
D. Function of holding monitoring information.
If the [∆] switch is pressed during the monitoring operation, all
the monitoring information is held. If the [ ] switch is pressed
while the monitoring information is held, the monitoring
information is released.

E. Function of selecting machine setting mode.


To change settings of the working mode, travel speed, or auto
deceleration during the monitoring operation, press the switches
for those items, and the mode checking screen appears.
After checking the settings, press the [ ] switch, and the
monitoring screen appears again.
If the settings are changed during the monitoring operation,
the new settings are held even after monitoring is finished
and the service menu disappears and the operator menu
appears again.

PC400LC-7L 20-153 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
Monitoring items list

Unit (Default: ISO)


Code No. Monitoring item Remarks
SI meter inch
00000 Return (Not displayed) Finish Menu
99999 To Display Screen (Not displayed) Display and Execution Menu
00200 Controller Model Select Numerals
00201 Controller Model Select Numerals
01002 Engine Speed r/min rpm rpm
01601 2nd Eng. Speed Command r/min rpm rpm
01100 F Pump Pressure MPa kg/cm2 psi
01101 R Pump Pressure MPa kg/cm2 psi
07200 Arm Curl PPC Pressure MPa kg/cm 2 psi
07300 Bucket Curl PPC Pressure MPa kg/cm2 psi
04102 Engine Water Temp. Hi ×C ×C ×F
14200 Fuel Temperature ×C ×C ×F
04401 Hydr. Oil Temperature ×C ×C ×F
01300 PC-EPC Sol. Curr. mA mA mA
01500 LS-EPC Sol. Curr. mA mA mA
01700 Service Sol. Curr. mA mA mA
03200 Battery Voltage V V V
03500 Battery Relay O/P Vol. V V V
04300 Battery Charge Vol. V V V
01006 Engine Speed r/min rpm rpm
04107 Engine Water Temp. Low ×C ×C ×F
36400 Rail Pressure MPa kg/cm2 psi
36500 Boost Pressure kPa kg/cm2 psi
36700 Torque Ratio % % %
03000 Fuel Dial Vol. V V V
04200 Fuel Level Sensor Vol. V V V
04106 Eng. Water Temp. Vol. Hi V V V
04105 Eng. Water Temp. Vol. Lo V V V
14201 Fuel Temp. Sensor Vol. V V V
36501 Boost Press. Sensor Vol. V V V
36401 Rail Press. Sensor Vol. V V V
17200 PCV Close Angle CA CA CA
17300 Eng. Control Mode Numeral
31701 Throttle Level % % %
36100 Fuel Delivery Command mm3/st mm3/st mm3/st
36200 Rail Pressure Command MPa kg/cm2 psi
36300 Injection Timing Angle CA CA CA

20-154 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
Unit (Default: ISO)
Code No. Monitoring item Remarks
SI meter inch
Swing ON/OFF
Travel ON/OFF
Boom Lower ON/OFF
01900 Pressure Switch 1
Boom Raise ON/OFF
Arm Curl ON/OFF
Arm Dump ON/OFF
Bucket Curl ON/OFF
Bucket Dump ON/OFF
01901 Pressure Switch 2
Service ON/OFF
Travel Steering ON/OFF
Travel Junction ON/OFF
Swing Brake ON/OFF
02300 Solenoid 1 Merge-divider ON/OFF
2-stage Relief ON/OFF
Travel Speed ON/OFF
02301 Solenoid 2 Service Return ON/OFF
Lever Sw. ON/OFF
02200 Switch Input 1 Swing Release Sw. ON/OFF
Swing Brake Sw. ON/OFF
Model Select 1 ON/OFF
Model Select 2 ON/OFF
02201 Switch Input 2 Model Select 3 ON/OFF
Model Select 4 ON/OFF
Model Select 5 ON/OFF
02202 Switch Input 3 Key Switch (ACC) ON/OFF
03700 Controller Output 1 Batt. Relay Dr. ON/OFF
Key Switch ON/OFF
Start ON/OFF
04500 Monitor Input 1 Preheat ON/OFF
Light ON/OFF
Rad. Level ON/OFF
Aircleaner ON/OFF
04501 Monitor Input 2 Eng. Oil Level ON/OFF
Battery Charge ON/OFF
Swing Brake Sw. ON/OFF
Bzzr Cancel Sw. ON/OFF
04502 Monitor Input 3 Window Limit Sw. ON/OFF
W Limit Sw. ON/OFF
P Limit Sw. ON/OFF

PC400LC-7L 20-155 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
Unit (Default: ISO)
Codem No. Monitoring item Remarks
SI meter inch
Key SW (C) ON/OFF
Eng. Oil Press. Lo ON/OFF
Eng. Oil Press. Hi ON/OFF
17400 Eng. Controller Input
Machine Sel. 1 ON/OFF
Machine Sel. 2 ON/OFF
Machine Sel. 3 ON/OFF
36800 Q Adjust Switch R (ROT-SW1) Alphanumerals
36801 Q Adjust Switch L (ROT-SW2) Alphanumerals
Pump Controller ON/OFF
05100 S-NET Connection
Eng. Controller ON/OFF
20200 Monitor Prog. Version Numerals
20212 Pump Con. Prog. Version Numerals
20209 Eng. Con. Prog. Version Numerals

As the unit of display, one of “SI unit system”, “Metric unit system”, and “Inch unit system” can be selected.
The unit of display can be changed with “Selecting unit” in the “Setting initial values” function of the service menu.
“CA” of the unit of display denotes the crankshaft angle.

20-156 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
16. Function of abnormality record [02].
The monitor panel classifies and records the past failures into the elec-
trical system group and mechanical system group. The operator can
display and check those failures by the following operation.

A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “02 Abnormality
Record” and press the [ ] switch.

B. Selecting sub-menu.
On the abnormality record menu screen, select a sub-menu and
press the [ ] switch.
No. Sub-menu of abnormality record
00 Return (Finish sub-menu)
01 Electrical systems
02 Mechanical systems

C. Contents of electrical system abnormality record screen


[1]: Reverse sequential order/Total number of records
[2]: Error code
[3]: Failure code (Component: 4 characters, Trouble: 2 characters)
[4]: Advance of service meter after 1st occurrence
[5]: Contents of failure
See “Error codes and failure codes table” in the operator
menu.

D. Contents of mechanical system abnormality record screen


[1]: Record No.
[2]: Contents of failure
[3]: Failure code (Component: 4 characters, Trouble: 2 characters)
[4]: Total number of occurrences
[5]: Service meter reading at 1st occurrence
See “Error codes and failure codes table” in the operator
menu.

PC400LC-7L 20-157 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
E. Resetting electrical system abnormality record.
Only the abnormality record of the electrical system can be
reset (deleted). The abnormality record of the mechanical
system cannot be reset.
If necessary, reset each item or all items of the abnormality
record of the electrical system according to the following
procedure.

i. While the electrical system abnormality record screen is


displayed, operate the following switches to display the reset
screen.
Operation of switches: [∆] + [1] [2] [3]
This operation is the same as that for selecting the service
menu.

ii. Operate the switches according to the direction shown on the


reset screen.
When resetting only 1 item, be sure display it with the [∆]
switch or [ ] switch, and then perform the reset
procedure.
When resetting all the items, you can perform the reset
procedure, regardless of the item displayed on the screen.

20-158 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
17. Function of maintenance record [03].
The monitor panel records the maintenance information about the
filters and oils. The operator can display and check that information by
the following operation.

A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “03 Maintenance
Record” and press the [ ] switch.

B. Displayed information.
(1) Names of oils and filters.
(2) Number of replacement times up to now.
(3) Service meter reading at previous replacement.

18. Function of maintenance mode change [04].


The condition for setting the operation of the maintenance display
function can be changed according to the following procedure.
Set the function effective or ineffective.
Change the set replacement interval.

A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “04 Maintenance
Mode Change” and press the [ ] switch.

B. Selecting item to be changed.


On the screen of maintenance mode changing menu, select an
item to be changed.
No. Item of maintenance mode change
00 Return
01 Use/Disuse maintenance mode
02 Replacement interval of engine oil
03 Replacement interval of engine oil filter
04 Replacement interval of fuel filter
05 Replacement interval of hydraulic oil filter
06 Replacement interval of hydraulic tank breather
07 Replacement interval of corrosion resistor (if equipped)
08 Check and refill interval of damper case oil
09 Replacement interval of final drive case oil
10 Replacement interval of machinery case oil
11 Replacement interval of hydraulic oil
12 Return all items to initial values

PC400LC-7L 20-159 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

Menus “01” and “12” are used to set the whole maintenance mode and menus “02” - “11” are used to set the
items one by one.

C. Contents of setting of “maintenance mode On/Off”.


On: The function of displaying all the oil and filter items
becomes effective (This setting is applied, even if On/Off
is set for each item).
Off: The function of displaying all the oil and filter items
becomes ineffective (This setting is applied, even if On/
Off is set for each item).

D. Contents of setting of each item.

i. Default: Maintenance time set in monitor. (Value


recommended by manufacturer. Constant value.)

ii. Set value: Maintenance time which operation can set freely.
Monitor panel operates according to this value in
maintenance mode. (This value can be changed by 50 hours
with [∆] and [ ] switches.)

iii. Off: Function of displaying this maintenance item becomes


ineffective.

iv. On: Function of displaying this maintenance item becomes


effective.
The lower limit of the set time is 50 h.

E. Contents of setting “Return all items to initial values”.


If this menu is selected and the [ ] switch is pressed, all the information items are changed to the initial values.

20-160 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
19. Function of phone number entry [05].
The operator can input a phone No. and change it according to the
following procedure. Once the phone No. is input, it and service code
are displayed alternately when the user code is displayed.
If a phone No. is not input, the phone No. screen is not displayed.

A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “05 Phone
Number Entry” and press the [ ] switch.

B. Selecting input screen.


Select “Entry” to display the phone No. input screen.
Even if a phone No. has been registered, if the phone No.
input screen is displayed, the registered phone No. is cleared.

C. Inputting and setting phone No.


On the phone No. input screen, input a phone No. according to the
following procedure (The phone No. is input from the cursor at
the left end automatically).

i. Input a No. with the numeral keys from the cursor at the left
end.

ii. After finishing inputting the No., press the [ ] switch.


Up to 12 digits can be input. You do not need to input a digit
to an unnecessary place, however.
If you input a wrong No., press the [B] switch, and the cursor
returns 1 place by 1.
If the phone No. is input, the “Entry” screen above is
displayed again. If the phone No. is displayed on this screen, it is input normally.

PC400LC-7L 20-161 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
20. Function of initial setting and default [06].
The operator can change the following items related to the monitor
panel and machine, if necessary.
Working mode when starting switch is turned ON.
Language displayed on service menu.
Unit displayed in monitoring function mode.
With/Without attachment.

A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “06 Function of
initial setting and default” and press the [ ] switch.

B. Selecting sub-menu.
Select a sub-menu to change its setting and press the [ ] switch.

No. Sub-menu of initial value/default


00 Return (Finish initial value/default)
01 Key-on mode
02 Language
03 Unit
04 With/Without service circuit

C. Function of selecting mode when key is ON.


When the starting switch is turned ON, a working mode is
displayed on the monitor panel. The operator can change this
working mode.
A-mode, E-mode, L-mode, B-mode: If any of these mode is
set, the machine is started in the selected mode when the
starting switch is turned ON.
Mode when key was turned off last: If this mode is set, the
machine is started in the mode used last when the starting
switch is turned ON.
Initial value: If this mode is set, the machine is started in the
default mode set in the factory when the starting switch is
turned ON.
If the machine having an attachment is stopped in the B-mode, it is started in the B-mode when the starting
switch is turned ON next time, regardless of this setting.

20-162 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
D. Function of setting language.
The operator can select Japanese or English as the language
displayed on the service menu.
The default language of the monitor panel is English.
When using a spare monitor panel in the Japanese language
area, select Japanese with this function.

E. Function of selecting unit.


The operator can select 1 of the 3 unit systems as the unit system
used for the data displayed by the monitoring function of the
service menu.
The default unit system of the monitor panel is the SI unit
system.

F. Function of selecting “with/without service circuit”.


The operator can set “with/without service circuit”.
With service circuit: When attachment is installed.
Without service circuit: When attachment is not installed.
When an service circuit is installed, if “With service circuit”
is not set on this screen, the operator cannot use the select
function (adjustment of oil flow for the attachment) in the
operator mode.

PC400LC-7L 20-163 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
21. Function of adjustment [07].
The operator can adjust various items of the machine on the monitor
panel.

A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “07 Adjustment”
and press the [ ] switch.

B. Selecting sub-menu.
Select a sub-menu to change its setting and press the [ ] switch.
No. Sub-menu of adjustment
00 Return (Finish adjustment)
01 Pump absorption torque
Adjustment of oil flow for attachment in compound
02
operation

C. Function of pump absorption torque.


The operator can adjust the pump absorption torque within the
ranges shown in the following table.

Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment Adjustment


value torque value torque
220 +8.0 kgm 225 -2.0 kgm
221 +6.0 kgm 226 -4.0 kgm
222 +4.0 kgm 227 -6.0 kgm
223 +2.0 kgm 228 -8.0 kgm
224 0.0 kgm

D. Function of adjustment of oil flow for attachment in compound


operation.
The operator can adjust the oil flow for the attachment in
compound operation within the ranges shown in the following
table.

Adjustment value Oil flow for attachment


370 0.5 times
371 0.7 times
372 1.0 times
373 0.4 times

20-164 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
22. Function of cylinder cut out mode operation [09].
The operator can operate the machine in the cylinder cut out mode
with the monitor panel. Cylinder cut out mode operation means to run
the engine with 1 or more fuel injectors disabled electrically to reduce
the number of effective cylinders. This operation is used to find out a
cylinder which does not output power normally (or, combustion in it is
abnormal).

A. Selecting menu.
On the initial screen of the service menu, select “09 Cylinder cut
out mode operation” and press the [ ] switch.

B. Setting cylinders to be disabled.


Press switches [1] - [6] on the monitor panel corresponding to the
cylinder Nos. to be disabled.
After a switch is pressed, if the cylinder No. corresponding to
it on the monitor panel is displayed white in a white frame,
the cylinder is disabled (If setting is wrong, press the same
switch again).
Only one or more cylinders can be disabled for the reduced
cylinder mode operation.

C. Cancellation of disabled cylinders.


Press switches [1] - [6] on the monitor panel corresponding to the
disabled cylinder Nos. to cancel disabling of those cylinders.
After a switch is pressed, if the cylinder No. corresponding to
it on the monitor panel is displayed black in a black frame,
disabling of the cylinder is cancelled.

PC400LC-7L 20-165 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING MONITOR PANEL - SPECIAL FUNCTIONS

12
D. Function of holding engine speed.
If the [∆] switch is pressed while the reduced cylinder mode
operation screen is used, the engine speed is held and displayed on
the lower line. If the [ ] switch is pressed while the engine speed
is held, holding of the engine speed is cancelled and the engine
speed displayed on the lower line goes off.
If the holding function is used, the held engine speed is
displayed in ( ) on the lower line and the current engine speed
is displayed on the upper line.
The holding function can be used both in and out of the
cylinder cut out mode.

[Reference]: How to use holding function effectively

The engine speed displayed by the holding function is held on the screen
until the holding function is cancelled, regardless of setting and
cancellation of the cylinder cut out mode. Accordingly, a defective cylinder
can be found out effectively according to the following procedure.

1. Run the engine normally (without disabling any cylinder) and hold the
engine speed.

2. Disable a cylinder to be checked.

3. Run the engine under the same condition as the normal operation in
step (1) and compare the engine speed at this time with the held engine
speed.

4. Cancel the cylinder cut out mode, regardless of the change of the
engine speed.

5. Repeat steps (2) - (4) to check the other cylinders.


If the engine speed does not lower at all or lowers less when a cylinder
is selected for the cylinder cut out mode operation, combustion in that
cylinder must be abnormal.

20-166 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING HANDLING OF ENGINE CONTROLLER

HANDLING OF ENGINE CONTROLLER


12

WARNING! The engine controller has a high-voltage


circuit (110 - 130 V) to drive the fuel
injector. This circuit is connected to the
wiring harness and connectors between
the engine controller and fuel injector.

Normally, the engine controller outputs the high voltage to the fuel
injector only while the engine is running and stops outputting if the
engine stops.

WARNING! If you touch the high-voltage circuit directly, you may get an electric shock. To avoid this,
observe the following precautions.

1. The following connectors are used in the high voltage circuit.


Engine controller connector: CB3.
Junction connector: ER03.
Injector connectors: CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4, CN5, CN6.
Injector head terminal (in head cover).

2. When disconnecting or connecting a connector related to the high-voltage circuit, be sure to turn the starting switch OFF.

3. If a T-adapter is inserted in or connected to a connector related to the high-voltage circuit for troubleshooting, do not start
the engine.
You may turn the starting switch to the OFF or ON position but must not turn it to the START position.

PC400LC-7L 20-167 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PREPARATION WORK FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

PREPARATION WORK FOR TROUBLESHOOTING


12

When carrying out troubleshooting for an electric circuit related to the


monitor panel, engine controller, or pump controller, expose the
related connectors according to the following procedure.

1. Monitor panel.

A. Remove cover (1).


The cover is fixed with the upper and lower 2 clips. You can
remove the cover by pulling it up.
If the sunlight sensor for the air conditioner is installed,
disconnect connector P15 on the back side of the cover.

B. Remove the 3 mounting screws and disconnect monitor panel (2)


from the mount.
Take care not to drop the mounting screws in the console.

C. Insert or connect T-adapters in or to connectors P01, P02, P70 of


the monitor panel.

2. Engine controller.

A. Open the right side cover and remove radiator sub tank (3) and
bracket together.

B. Remove the 4 mounting bolts and pull out engine controller (4).

C. Insert or connect T-adapters in or to connectors CB1, CB2, and


CB3 of the engine controller.
Since the connectors are secured with screws, loosen those
screws before disconnecting.
When connecting the connectors again, tighten their screws
to the specified torque.
Screw: 2.82 Nm (2.07 lbf ft)

20-168 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PREPARATION WORK FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

12
3. Pump controller.
The pump controller is installed inside the cover at the rear of the
operator’s seat.

A. Remove the 3 mounting bolts and cover (5).

B. Insert or connect T-adapters in or to connectors C01, C02, and


C03 of the pump controller.
Since the connectors are secured with screws, loosen those
screws before disconnecting.
When connecting the connectors again, tighten their screws
to the specified torque.
Screw: 2.82 Nm (2.07 lbf ft)

PC400LC-7L 20-169 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE

PM CLINIC SERVICE
12

20-170 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE

12
Positions to install measuring devices (Related to engine)

PC400LC-7L 20-171 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE

12
Positions to install measuring devices (Related to relief pressure and OLSS oil pressure)

20-172 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE

12

PC400LC-7L 20-173 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE

12

20-174 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE

12

Pm-CLINIC SERVICE PC400 (LC)

Visual check of welded structures


If any crack is found, draw its shape below.

Arm Boom Revolving frame


1. Arm cylinder bracket 4. Boom top bracket 9. Boom bracket
Left Right Left Right Left Right
2. Arm foot 5. Boom cylinder bracket
Left Right End plate Left Right Track frame
3. Arm top boss 6. Arm cylinder bracket 10. Circle bracket
Left Right Left Right Front Rear
7. Boom lower plate Left Right
Left Right
8. Boom foot
Left Right

PC400LC-7L 20-175 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING PM CLINIC SERVICE

20-176 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING GENERAL

12
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-203
SEQUENCE OF EVENTS IN TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-205
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-206
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN HANDLING ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-206
HANDLING WIRING HARNESSES AND CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-206
REMOVING, INSTALLING, AND DRYING CONNECTORS AND WIRING HARNESSES . . . . 20-208
HANDLING CONTROL BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-211
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRIC CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-212
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN HANDLING HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-212
CHECKS BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-214
CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-215
CLASSIFICATION OF TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-215
STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-215
PHENOMENA CONSIDERED TO BE FAILURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING NOS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-216
CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING AND ELECTRIC CIRCUIT DIAGRAM OF
EACH SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-219
MONITOR PANEL SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (M CIRCUIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-230
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (E CIRCUIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-231
PUMP CONTROLLER SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (P CIRCUIT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-232
CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-233
T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-254
CONNECTION TABLE OF FUSE BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-258

PC400LC-7L 20-201
TROUBLESHOOTING

12

MEMORANDUM

20-202 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING


12

WARNING! Stop the machine in a level place, and check that the safety pin, blocks, and parking
brake are securely fitted.

WARNING! When carrying out the operation with two or more workers, keep strictly to the agreed
signals, and do not allow any unauthorized person to come near.

WARNING! If the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot, hot water may spurt out and cause
burns, so wait for the engine to cool down before starting troubleshooting.

WARNING! Be extremely careful not to touch any hot parts or to get caught in any rotating parts.

WARNING! When disconnecting wiring, always disconnect negative terminal of the battery first.

WARNING! When removing the plug or cap from a location which is under pressure from oil, water, or
air, always release the internal pressure first. When installing measuring equipment, be
sure to connect it properly.

The aim of troubleshooting is to pinpoint the basic cause of the failure, to carry out repairs swiftly, and to prevent reoccurrence
of the failure. When carrying out troubleshooting, and important point is of course to understand the structure and function.
However, a short cut to effective troubleshooting is to ask the operator various questions to form some idea of possible causes
of the failure that would produce the reported symptoms.

1. When carrying out troubleshooting, do not hurry to disassemble the components. If components are disassembled
immediately any failure occurs:
Parts that have no connection with the failure or other unnecessary parts will be disassembled.
It will become impossible to find the cause of the failure.
It will also cause a waste of man hours, parts, or oil or grease, and at the same time, will also lose the confidence of
the user or operator. For this reason, when carrying out troubleshooting, it is necessary to carry out thorough prior
investigation and to carry out troubleshooting in accordance with the fixed procedure.

2. Points to ask user or operator

A. Have any other problems occurred apart from the problem that has been reported?

B. Was there anything strange about the machine before the failure occurred?

C. Did the failure occur suddenly, or were there problems with the machine condition before this?

D. Under what conditions did the failure occur?

E. Had any repairs been carried out before the failure? When were these repairs carried out?

F. Has the same kind of failure occurred before?

3. Check before troubleshooting

A. Check the oil level

B. Check for any external leakage of oil from the piping or hydraulic equipment.

PC400LC-7L 20-203
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING

C. Check the travel of the control levers.

D. Check the stroke of the control valve spool.

E. Other maintenance items can be checked externally, so check any item that is considered to be necessary.

4. Confirming failure
Confirm the extent of the failure yourself, and judge whether to handle it as a real failure or as a problem with the
method of operation, etc.
When operating the machine to reenact the troubleshooting symptoms, do not carry out any investigation or
measurement that may make the problem worse.

5. Troubleshooting
Use the results of the investigation and inspection in Items 2 to 4 to narrow down the causes of failure, then use the
troubleshooting flow chart to locate the position of the failure exactly. The basic procedure for troubleshooting is as
follows.

A. Start from the simple points.

B. Start from the most likely points.

C. Investigate other related parts or information.

6. Measures to remove root cause of failure


Even if the failure is repaired, if the root cause of the failure is not repaired, the same failure will occur again. To
prevent this, always investigate why the problem occurred. Then, remove the root cause.

20-204 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING SEQUENCE OF EVENTS IN TROUBLESHOOTING

SEQUENCE OF EVENTS IN TROUBLESHOOTING


12

PC400LC-7L 20-205
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE


12

To maintain the performance of the machine over a long period, and to prevent failures or other troubles before they occur,
correct operation, maintenance and inspection, troubleshooting, and repairs must be carried out. This section deals particularly
with correct repair procedures for mechatronics and is aimed at improving the quality of repairs. For this purpose, it gives
sections on Handling electric equipment and Handling hydraulic equipment, particularly gear oil and hydraulic oil.
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN HANDLING ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT

HANDLING WIRING HARNESSES AND CONNEC-


TORS
Wiring harnesses consist of wiring connecting one component to another
one, connectors used for connecting and disconnecting one wire from
another wire, and protectors or tubes used for protecting the wiring.
Compared with other electrical components fitted in boxes or cases, wiring
harnesses are more likely to be affected by the direct effects of rain, water,
heat, or vibration. Furthermore, during inspection and repair operations,
they are frequently removed and installed again, so they are likely to suffer
deformation or damage. For this reason, it is necessary to be extremely
careful when handling wiring harnesses.

MAIN FAILURES OCCURRING IN WIRING HARNESS

1. Faulty Contact of Connectors, Faulty Contact Between Male and


Female
Problems with faulty contact are likely to occur because the male
connector is not properly inserted into the female connector, or
because one or both of the connectors is deformed or the position is
not correctly aligned, or because there is corrosion or oxidation of the
contact surfaces.

2. Faulty Crimping or Soldering of Connectors


The pins of the male and female connectors are in contact at the
crimped terminal or soldered portion, but if there is excessive force
brought to bear on the wiring, the plating at the joint will peel and
cause improper connection or breakage.

20-206 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

12
3. Disconnections in Wiring
If the wiring is held and the connectors are pulled apart, or
components are lifted with a crane with the wiring still connected, or a
heavy object hits the wiring, the crimping of the connector may
separate, or the soldering may be damaged, or the wiring may be
broken.

4. High Pressure Water Entering Connector


The connector is designed to make it difficult for water to enter, drip
proof structure, but if high pressure water is sprayed directly on the
connector, water may enter the connector, depending on the direction
of the water jet. As already said, the connector is designed to prevent
water from entering, but at the same time, if water does enter, it is
difficult for it to be drained. Therefore, if water should get into the
connector, the pins will be short-circuited by the water, so if any water
gets in immediately dry the connector or take other appropriate action
before passing electricity through it.

5. Oil or Dirt Stuck to Connector


If oil or grease are stuck to the connector and an oil film is formed on
the mating surface between the male and female pins, the oil will not
let the electricity pass, so there will be faulty contact. If there is oil or
grease stuck to the connector, wipe it off with a dry cloth or blow it dry
with compressed air and spray it with a contact restorer.
When wiping the mating portion of the connector, be careful not
to use excessive force or deform the pins.
If there is oil or water in the compressed air, the contacts will
become even dirtier, so remove the oil and water from the
compressed air completely before cleaning with compressed air.

PC400LC-7L 20-207
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

12
REMOVING, INSTALLING, AND DRYING CONNECTORS AND WIRING HARNESSES
DISCONNECTING CONNECTORS

1. Hold the Connectors When Disconnecting


When disconnecting the connectors hold the connectors and not the
wires. For connectors held by a screw, loosen the screw fully, then
hold the male and female connectors in each hand and pull apart. For
connectors which have a lock stopper, press down the stopper with
your thumb and pull the connectors apart. Never pull with one hand.

2. When Removing from Clips


When removing a connector from a clip, pull the connector in a
parallel direction to the clip.
If the connector is twisted up and down or to the left or right, the
housing may break.

3. Action to Take after Removing Connectors


After removing any connector, cover it with a vinyl bag to prevent any
dust, dirt, oil, or water from getting in the connector portion.
If the machine is left disassembled for a long time, it is
particularly easy for improper contact to occur, so always cover
the connector.

20-208 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

12
CONNECTING CONNECTORS

1. Check the Connector Visually

A. Check that there is no oil, dirt, or water stuck to the connector pins
(mating portion).

B. Check that there is no deformation, faulty contact, corrosion, or


damage to the connector pins.

C. Check that there is no damage or breakage to the outside of the


connector.

If there is any oil, water, or dirt stuck to the connector, wipe it off
with a dry cloth. If any water has got inside the connector, warm
the inside of the wiring with a dryer, but be careful not to make it
too hot as this will cause short circuits.
If there is any damage or breakage, replace the connector.

2. Fix the Connector Securely


Align the position of the connector correctly, then insert it securely.
For connectors with lock stopper, push in the connector until the
stopper clicks into position.

3. Correct any protrusion of the boot and any misalignment of the wiring
harness For connectors fitted with boots, correct any protrusion of the
boot. In addition, if the wiring harness is misaligned, or the clamp is
out of position, adjust it to its correct position.
If the connector cannot be corrected easily, remove the clamp and
adjust the position.

4. If the connector clamp has been removed, be sure to return it to its


original position. Check also that there are no loose clamps.

5. Connecting connectors (DT type connector)


Since the DT 8-pole and 12-pole DT type connectors have 2 latches
respectively, push them in until they click 2 times.

A. Male connector, 2. Female connector


Normal locking state (Horizontal): a, b, d
Incomplete locking state (Diagonal): c

PC400LC-7L 20-209
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

12
DRYING WIRING HARNESS

If there is any oil or dirt on the wiring harness, wipe it off with a dry cloth.
Avoid washing it in water or using steam. If the connector must be washed
in water, do not use high pressure water or steam directly on the wiring
harness. If water gets directly on the connector, do as follows.

1. Disconnect the connector and wipe off water with a dry cloth.
If the connector is blown dry with compressed air, there is the risk
that oil in the air may cause faulty contact, so remove all oil and
water before blowing with air.

2. Dry the inside of the connector with a dryer. If water gets inside the
connector, use a dryer to dry the connector.
Hot air from the dryer can be used, but regulate the time that the
hot air is used in order not to make the connector or related parts
too hot, as this will cause deformation or damage to the connector.

3. Carry out a continuity test on the connector. After drying, leave the
wiring harness disconnected and carry out a continuity test to check
for any short circuits between pins caused by water.
After completely drying the connector, blow it with contact
restorer and reassemble.

20-210 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

12
HANDLING CONTROL BOX

1. The control box contains a microcomputer and electronic control


circuits. These control all of the electronic circuits on the machine, so
be extremely careful when handling the control box.

2. Do not open the cover of the control box unless necessary.

3. Do not place objects on top of the control box.

4. Cover the control connectors with tape or a vinyl bag. Never touch the
connector contacts with your hand.

5. During rainy weather, do not leave the control box in a place where it
is exposed to rain.

6. Do not place the control box on oil, water, or soil, or in any hot place,
even for a short time, place it on a suitable dry stand.

7. Precautions when carrying out arc welding. When carrying out arc
welding on the body, disconnect all wiring harness connectors
connected to the control box. Fit an arc welding ground close to the
welding point.

PC400LC-7L 20-211
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

12
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING ELECTRIC CIRCUITS
1. Always turn the power OFF before disconnecting or connect connectors.

2. Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
Disconnect and connect the related connectors several times to check.

3. Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
If the power is turned ON with the connectors still disconnected, unnecessary abnormality displays will be generated.

4. When carrying out troubleshooting of circuits; measuring the voltage, resistance, continuity, or current, move the related
wiring and connectors several times and check that there is no change in the reading of the tester.
If there is any change, there is probably faulty contact in that circuit.

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN HANDLING HYDRAULIC EQUIPMENT


With the increase in pressure and precision of hydraulic equipment, the most common cause of failure is dirt (foreign material)
in the hydraulic circuit. When adding hydraulic oil, or when disassembling or assembling hydraulic equipment, it is necessary
to be particularly careful.

BE CAREFUL OF THE OPERATING ENVIRONMENT

Avoid adding hydraulic oil, replacing filters, or repairing the machine in rain or high winds, or places where there is a lot of
dust.

DISASSEMBLY AND MAINTENANCE WORK IN THE FIELD

If disassembly or maintenance work is carried out on hydraulic equipment


in the field, there is danger of dust entering the equipment. It is also
difficult to confirm the performance after repairs, so it is desirable to use
unit exchange. Disassembly and maintenance of hydraulic equipment
should be carried out in a specially prepared dust proof workshop, and the
performance should be confirmed with special test equipment.

SEALING OPENINGS

After any piping or equipment is removed, the openings should be sealed


with caps, tapes, or vinyl bags to prevent any dirt or dust from entering. If
the opening is left open or is blocked with a rag, there is danger of dirt
entering or of the surrounding area being made dirty by leaking oil so never
do this. Do not simply drain oil out on to the ground, collect it and ask the
customer to dispose of it, or take it back with you for disposal.

20-212 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN CARRYING OUT MAINTENANCE

12
DO NOT LET ANY DIRT OR DUST GET IN DURING REFILLING
OPERATIONS.

Be careful not to let any dirt or dust get in when refilling with hydraulic oil.
Always keep the oil filler and the area around it clean, and also use clean
pumps and oil containers. If an oil cleaning device is used, it is possible to
filter out the dirt that has collected during storage, so this is an even more
effective method.

CHANGE HYDRAULIC OIL WHEN THE TEMPERATURE IS HIGH.

When hydraulic oil or other oil is warm, it flows easily. In addition, the sludge can also be drained out easily from the circuit
together with the oil, so it is best to change the oil when it is still warm. When changing the oil, as much as possible of the old
hydraulic oil must be drained out. Do not drain the oil from the hydraulic tank; also drain the oil from the filter and from the
drain plug in the circuit. If any old oil is left, the contaminants and sludge in it will mix with the new oil and will shorten the
life of the hydraulic oil.

FLUSHING OPERATIONS

After disassembling and assembling the equipment, or changing the oil,


use flushing oil to remove the contaminants, sludge, and old oil from the
hydraulic circuit. Normally, flushing is carried out twice: primary flushing
is carried out with flushing oil, and secondary flushing is carried out with
the specified hydraulic oil.

CLEANING OPERATIONS

After repairing the hydraulic equipment; pump, control valve, etc. or when
running the machine, carry out oil cleaning to remove the sludge or
contaminants in the hydraulic oil circuit. The oil cleaning equipment is
used to remove the ultra fine [about 3] particles that the filter built into the
hydraulic equipment cannot remove, so it is an extremely effective device.

PC400LC-7L 20-213
TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKS BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING

CHECKS BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING


12

Judgement
Item Action
value
1. Check fuel level, type of fuel --- Add fuel
2. Check for impurities --- Clean, drain
3. Check hydraulic oil level --- Add oil
4. Check hydraulic strainer --- Clean, drain
Lubricating 5. Check swing machinery oil level --- Add oil
oil, coolant 6. Check engine oil level, type of oil --- Add oil
7. Check coolant level --- Add water
8. Check dust indicator for clogging --- Clean or replace
9. Check hydraulic filter --- Replace
10. Check final drive oil level --- Add oil
1. Check for looseness, corrosion of battery terminal, wiring --- Tighten or replace
Electrical
2. Check for looseness, corrosion of alternator terminal, wiring --- Tighten or replace
equipment
3. Check for looseness, corrosion of starter motor terminal, wiring --- Tighten or replace
Hydraulic 1. Check for abnormal noise, smell --- Repair
mechanical 2. Check for oil leakage --- Repair
equipment 3. Carry out air bleeding --- Bleed air
1. Check battery voltage, engine stopped 20 to 30 V Replace
2. Check battery electrolyte level --- Add or replace
3. Check for discolored, burnt, exposed wires --- Replace
4. Check for missing wiring clamps, hanging wiring --- Repair
5. Check for water leaking on wiring (be particularly careful attention to water
Electronics, --- Disconnect and dry
leaking on connectors or terminals)
electrical
6. Check for blown, corroded fuses --- Replace
equipment
After running
for several
7. Check alternator voltage, ½ throttle or above Replace
minutes:
27.5 to 29.5 V
8. Check operating sound of battery, when switch is turned On/Off --- Replace

20-214 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING


12

CLASSIFICATION OF TROUBLESHOOTING
Mode Content
Troubleshooting when Error Code (electrical system) and Failure Code (mechanical system) are
Code display
displayed.
E mode Troubleshooting of electrical system
H mode Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical systems
S mode Troubleshooting of engine

Remark
TROUBLESHOOTING OF ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (S-MODE) IS IN THE ENGINE SHOP MANUAL

STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING


If some phenomenon occurs on a machine that looks like a failure, identify the corresponding troubleshooting No. and proceed
to the explanations for diagnosis.

1. Troubleshooting steps when calling User Code display in the monitor panel
In the User Code display, select and depress [ ] switch to display Error Code. Following displayed Error Code for the
electrical system, carry out the troubleshooting along the corresponding code display.

2. Troubleshooting steps when the electrical system Error Code or mechanical system Failure Code is recorded in the failure
history:
If not calling User Code in the monitor panel, check the electrical system Error Code or mechanical system Failure Code,
using the failure history function of the monitor panel.
If Error Code in the electrical system is recorded, delete the all codes once and revive the code in the display again to
check if the same abnormality still persists.
Failure Code in the mechanical system cannot be deleted.

3. Troubleshooting steps without User Code display and no failure history is available
If there is no display of User Code nor the failure history in the monitor panel, it is possible that a failure that the monitor
panel cannot diagnose by itself may have occurred in any of the electrical, hydraulic or mechanical system. In such a case,
reexamine the phenomenon, find out the most similar phenomenon from among “Failure like Phenomena and
Troubleshooting No.” and carry out E mode or H mode troubleshooting related to the phenomenon in question.

PC400LC-7L 20-215
TROUBLESHOOTING CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

12
PHENOMENA CONSIDERED TO BE FAILURES AND TROUBLESHOOTING
NOS.
Remark
TROUBLESHOOTING OF ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM (S-MODE) IS IN THE ENGINE SHOP MANUAL.
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena considered to be failures
Display of code E-mode H-mode S-mode
Possible faults related to user code, error code, or failure code
According to
1 User code is displayed on monitor panel displayed code
2 When failure history is checked, error code is displayed in electrical system
3 When failure history is checked, error code is displayed in mechanical system
Possible faults related to engine
4 Engine does not start easily (It always takes time to start) S-1
5 Engine does not start - Engine does not crank E-1 S-2 a)
6 Engine does not start - Engine cranks but exhaust smoke does not come out S-2 b)
7 Engine does not start - Exhaust smoke comes out but engine does not start S-2 c)
8 Engine speed does not rise sharply (Follow-up performance is low) S-3
9 Engine stops during operation S-4
10 Engine rotation is abnormal (Engine hunts) S-5
11 Output is insufficient (Power is low) S-6
12 Exhaust gas color is bad (Incomplete combustion) S-7
13 Oil is consumed much or exhaust gas color is bad S-8
14 Oil becomes dirty quickly S-9
15 Fuel is consumed much S-10
16 Coolant contains oil (or it blows back or reduces) S-11
17 Engine oil pressure caution lamp lights up (Oil pressure lowers) S-12
18 Oil level rises (Water or fuel is mixed in oil) S-13
19 Water temperature rises too high (Overheating) S-14
20 Abnormal sound comes out S-15
21 Vibration is excessive S-16
22 Engine is not preheated normally E-2
23 Automatic warm-up function does not work E-3
24 Automatic decelerator does not work E-4 H-5
Possible faults related to work equipment, swing, and travel
25 Speed or power of whole work equipment, travel, and swing is low H-1 S-6
26 Engine speed lowers extremely or engine stalls H-2 S-4
27 Work equipment, travel, and swing systems do not work E-5 H-3
28 Abnormal sound comes out from around hydraulic pump H-4
29 Fine control performance or response is low H-6

20-216 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

12
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena considered to be failures Display of E-mode H-mode S-mode
code
Possible faults related to work equipment
30 Speed or power of boom is low H-7
31 Speed or power of arm is low H-8
32 Speed or power of bucket is low H-9
33 Work equipment does not move singly H-10
34 Hydraulic drift of work equipment is large H-11
35 Time lag of work equipment is large H-12
36 When a work equipment device is relieved singly, other work equipment device H-13
moves
37 One-touch power maximizing function does not work E-6 H-14
38 Machine push-up function does not work normally E-7 H-15
39 Attachment circuit is not selected (when attachment is installed) E-8 H-30
40 Oil flow in attachment circuit cannot be adjusted (when attachment is installed) H-31
Possible faults related to compound operation
41 In compound operation of work equipment, speed of part loaded more is low H-16
42 When machine swings and raises boom simultaneously, boom rising speed is low H-17
43 When machine swings and travels simultaneously, travel speed lowers largely H-18
Possible faults related to travel
44 Machine deviates during travel H-19
45 Travel speed is low H-20
46 Machine is not steered well or steering power is low H-21
47 Travel speed does not change or it is lower or higher than set speed H-22
48 Travel motor does not work (only 1 side) H-23
49 Travel alarm does not sound or does not stop sounding E-31
Possible faults related to swing
47 Machine does not swing H-24
48 Swing acceleration or swing speed is low H-25
50 Upper structure overruns remarkably when it stops swinging H-26
51 Large shock is made when upper structure stops swinging H-27
52 Large sound is made when upper structure stops swinging H-28
53 Hydraulic drift of swing is large H-29
Possible faults related to monitor panel (Operator menu: Ordinary screen)
54 No items are displayed on monitor panel E-9
55 Some items are not displayed on monitor panel E-10
56 Items displayed on monitor panel are not matched to machine model E-11
57 Fuel level monitor lights red while engine is running E-12

PC400LC-7L 20-217
TROUBLESHOOTING CLASSIFICATION AND STEPS FOR TROUBLESHOOTING

12

Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena considered to be failures Display of E-mode H-mode S-mode
code
58 Engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-13
59 Hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-14
60 Fuel level gauge does not indicate normally E-15
61 Swing lock monitor does not indicate normally E-16
62 When monitor switches are operated, no items are displayed E-17
63 Windshield wiper or windshield washer does not operate E-18
64 Alarm buzzer cannot be cancelled E-19
Possible faults related to monitor panel (Service menu: Special function screen)
65 Monitoring function does not indicate “Boom RAISE“ normally. E-20
66 Monitoring function does not indicate “Boom LOWER“ normally. E-21
67 Monitoring function does not indicate “Arm IN“ normally. E-22
68 Monitoring function does not indicate “Arm OUT“ normally. E-23
69 Monitoring function does not indicate “Bucket CURL“ normally. E-24
70 Monitoring function does not indicate “Bucket DUMP“ normally. E-25
71 Monitoring function does not indicate “Swing” normally. E-26
72 Monitoring function does not indicate “Travel” normally. E-27
73 Monitoring function does not indicate “Travel differential pressure“ E-28
normally.
74 Monitoring function does not indicate "Service" normally. E-29
Other failure
75 Air conditioner does not operate (Troubleshooting for air conditioner E-31
system)

20-218 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING


12

CONNECTORS LIST
The address of each connector roughly shows the place of the connector in the connectors stereogram and the circuit
diagram of each system.
Address
Connector No. of
No. Type pins Name of device M E P
Stereogram
circuit circuit circuit
A01 X 4 Intermediate connector T-1 H-6 D-7 G-7
A02 X 4 Intermediate connector T-1 H-6 G-7
A03 DT 12 Intermediate connector N-2 H-6 D-7 G-7
A04 SWP 6 Intermediate connector O-1 G-6
A05 SWP 14 Intermediate connector T-1 H-5 G-6
A06 SWP 14 Intermediate connector O-1 H-5 G-5
A07 SWP 16 Intermediate connector S-1 A-4 D-7 G-5
A09 SWP 8 Intermediate connector N-2 G-5
A10 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding H-2 I-1 F-1 J-8
A11 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding I-2 F-1
A12 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding I-2 I-1
A13 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding I-2 I-1 J-8
A14 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding F-1 I-1 J-8
A15 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding J-3 I-1 J-8
A16 Terminal 1 Revolving frame grounding J-3 I-1 K-8
A20 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal E) D-1 L-5 K-9
A21 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal BR) D-2 J-6 K-9
A22 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal N) F-2 J-5 D-8 K-9
A23 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal B) F-2 J-6 K-9
A31 D 2 Air cleaner clogging sensor H-9 K-4
A33 X 2 Radiator water level sensor H-9 K-5
A34 L 2 Fusible link (65 A) D-2 K-6 K-9
A35 M 2 Fusible link (30 A) G-9 K-6 D-9 K-9
A40 Terminal 1 Horn (Low tone) G-9
A41 Terminal 1 Horn (High tone) G-9
A42 M 1 Intermediate connector H-9 J-7
A43 D 2 Travel alarm J-3 K-5
A44 M 1 Right headlamp D-5 K-7
A50 KES0 2 Windshield washer motor (Tank) L-5 K-5
A51 D 3 F pump oil pressure sensor L-8 L-5
A52 D 3 R pump oil pressure sensor L-7 L-5
A60 X 1 Fuel level sensor G-9 K-4
A61 D 2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor L-5 K-5
A73 D 2 Fuel priming pump G-9
A80 DT 8 Intermediate connector S-1 H-3 D-6 G-4
AL/B Terminal 1 Alternator B terminal AE-6
AL/E Terminal 1 Alternator E terminal AE-6
AL/R Terminal 1 Alternator R terminal AE-6
C01 DRC 24 Pump controller U-9 A-3 A-8 A-8
C02 DRC 40 Pump controller U-9 A-3 A-8 A-7
C03 DRC 40 Pump controller W-9 A-2 A-6
C09 S 8 Model selection connector (Pump controller) W-9 B-1
CB1 DRC 24 Pump controller I-9 K-1 A-6 L-8
CB2 DRC 40 Pump controller I-9 K-1 A-5 L-8
CB3 DRC 40 Pump controller J-9 A-3

PC400LC-7L 20-219
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12
Address
Connector No. of
Type Name of device M E P
No. pins Stereogram
circuit circuit circuit
CB5 DT 8 Model selection connector (Engine controller) J-9 A-7
CN1 DT 2 No. 1 fuel injector AI-2 K-3
CN2 DT 2 No. 2 fuel injector AI-3 K-2
CN3 DT 2 No. 3 fuel injector AJ-3 K-2
CN4 DT 2 No. 4 fuel injector AJ-5 K-2
CN5 DT 2 No. 5 fuel injector AJ-6 K-3
CN6 DT 2 No. 6 fuel injector AJ-6 K-2
D01 SWP 8 Concentrated diode W-7 A-9 A-4
D02 SWP 8 Concentrated diode W-5 A-8 A-4
E06 M 3 Fuel control dial P-7 K-7
ENE DT 2 Engine speed sensor AJ-5
ER02 HD30 31 Intermediate connector AF-8 J-3 I-5 K-6
ER03 HD30 31 Intermediate connector AF-8 I-3
F02 M 2 Rotary lamp AA-9
FB1 ó ó Fuse box V-2 I-9 E-7 G-8
G YAZAKI 2 Engine G sensor AH-2 K-3
GND DT 2 Joint connector (with diode) AJ-6
GND2 Terminal 1 Engine grounding AJ-5
GND3 Terminal 1 Engine grounding AE-7
H08 M 8 Intermediate connector W-6 J-8
H09 S 8 Intermediate connector W-6 J-8
H10 S 16 Intermediate connector T-9 D-6 I-7 E-2
H11 S 16 Intermediate connector S-9 D-6 E-2
H12 S 12 Intermediate connector S-9 D-5 I-6 E-2
H15 S090 20 Intermediate connector O-7 C-2 I-7 A-2
HT/B Terminal 1 Heater relay B terminal AH-9
HT/S Terminal 1 Heater relay S terminal AJ-7
J01 J 20 Junction connector (Black) T-9 C-9 H-9 B-9
J02 J 20 Junction connector (Black) T-9 D-9 C-1
J03 J 20 Junction connector (Green) U-9 D-9 H-9 C-9
J04 J 20 Junction connector (Green) V-3 E-9 H-9 C-9
J05 J 20 Junction connector (Pink) V-3 E-9 D-9
J06 J 20 Junction connector (Orange) W-3 F-9 I-9 D-9
J07 J 20 Junction connector (Orange) W-5 F-9 I-9 D-9
J08 J 20 Junction connector (Pink) W-5 I-9 E-9
K19 M 2 Pump resistor (For driving pump in emergency) W-5 B-1
K30 DT 3 CAN terminal resistance K-9 A-2 A-9 I-3
K31 DT 3 CAN terminal resistance N-4 A-4 K-6 E-1
M07 M 3 Light switch P-8 C-1
M09 M 1 Working lamp (Right front) E-9 K-7
M13 M 2 Speaker (Right) AC-9
M19 YAZAKI 2 Cigarette lighter N-3
M21 PA 9 Radio U-2
M22 Y090 2 Horn switch O-7
M23 Y090 2 One-touch power maximizing switch T-1 F-9
M26 S 12 Intermediate connector W-4
M27 YAZAKI 18 Air conditioner unit W-4
M29 040 20 Air conditioner control panel U-2
M30 040 16 Air conditioner control panel U-2
M31 M 2 Optional power supply (2) W-7
M32 M 2 Optional power supply (1) W-6

20-220 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12
Address
Connector No. of
Type Name of device M E P
No. pins Stereogram
circuit circuit circuit
M33 M 2 Optional power supply (3) V-9
M33 SUMITOMO 4 Air conditioner unit W-4
M34 X 1 Air conditioner compressor electromagnetic clutch I-9
M37 Terminal 1 Horn switch (High tone) H-1
M38 Terminal 1 Horn switch (Low tone) G-1
M38 M 2 Machine push-up switch Q-8 A-1
M40 M 2 Working lamp Z-8 K-8
M41 M 2 Working lamp (Additional) Y-7 K-8
M42 M 1 Intermediate connector H-9 J-7, K-7
M43 M 1 Working lamp (Rear) J-9 K-7
M45 D 12 Intermediate connector W-7
M46 X 4 RS232C junction connector V-9 A-4
M71 M 2 Room lamp AA-8
M72 M 4 DC/DC converter U-2
M73 M 2 Speaker (Left) AD-8
M79 M 2 12-V accessory outlet V-9
NE YAZAKI 2 Engine Ne sensor AJ-5 K-4
OL DT 2 Engine oil level sensor AJ-3 K-2
P01 070 12 Monitor panel N-6 A-7 K-7 E-1
P02 040 20 Monitor panel N-5 A-6 K-6 E-1
P03 M 2 Buzzer cancel switch Q-8 D-1
P05 M 2 Rotary lamp switch U-2
P15 Y050 2 Air conditioner daylight sensor N-5
P70 040 16 Monitor panel N-5 A-5 K-6 E-1
PCV1 SUMITOMO 2 Fuel supply pump PCV1 AH-2 K-1
PCV2 SUMITOMO 2 Fuel supply pump PCV2 AI-2 K-1
PSH Terminal 1 Engine oil pressure switch (High pressure) AH-2 L-5
PSL Terminal 1 Engine oil pressure switch (Low pressure) AG-1 L-5
PFUEL AMP 3 Common rail pressure sensor AJ-4 K-5
PIM SUMITOMO 3 Boost pressure sensor AJ-8 K-5
R10 R 5 Light relay P-7 E-1
R11 R 5 Starting motor cutout relay (PPC lock) P-8 E-1
R13 R 5 Starting motor cutout relay (Personal code) Q-8 F-1
R20 R 5 ATT circuit selector relay W-7 E-9
R22 R 5 Power supply relay for engine controller W-6 G-9
R30 R 5 Air conditioner blower relay W-4
R31 R 5 Air conditioner compressor relay W-3
S01 D 4 Bucket CURL pressure sensor K-3 K-3
S02 X 2 Boom LOWER oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S03 X 2 Swing RIGHT oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S04 D 3 Arm IN pressure switch K-3 K-3
S05 X 2 Bucket DUMP oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S06 X 2 Boom RAISE oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S07 X 2 Swing LEFT oil pressure switch L-2 K-2
S08 X 2 Arm DUMP oil pressure switch L-1 K-2
S09 X 2 Service oil pressure switch (Intermediate connector) L-1 K-1
S10 X 2 Service front oil pressure switch K-1 K-1
S11 X 2 Service rear oil pressure switch L-1 K-1
S14 M 3 Safety lock lever switch S-1 K-9 E-9
S21 Terminal 6 Emergency pump drive switch R-9 C-1
S22 Terminal 6 Swing holding brake release switch R-8 D-1

PC400LC-7L 20-221
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12
Address
Connector No. of
Type Name of device M E P
No. pins Stereogram
circuit circuit circuit
S25 S090 16 Intermediate connector R-9 C-2
S30 X 2 Travel oil pressure switch P-1 A-9
S31 X 2 Travel steering oil pressure switch P-1 A-9
ST DT 2 Starting motor AF-7 K-3 K-6
ST/B Terminal 1 Starting motor B terminal AF-7
T05 Terminal 1 Floor frame grounding V-3 J-8
T06 Terminal 1 Radio body grounding S-9
T06A M 1 Intermediate connector T-2
T11 Terminal 1 Cab grounding K-8
THL DT 3 Spill fuel temperature sensor AJ-4 K-3
TWH DT 2 Engine water temperature sensor (High temperature) AE-7 K-5
TWL DT 3 Engine water temperature sensor (Low temperature) AG-8 K-5
V01 DT 2 PPC oil pressure lock solenoid valve J-3 K-5
V02 DT 2 Travel junction solenoid valve J-2 K-5
V03 D 2 Merge-divider solenoid valve J-2 K-4
V04 D 2 Travel speed solenoid valve J-2 K-4
V05 D 2 Swing holding brake solenoid valve J-2 K-4
V06 D 2 Machine push-up solenoid valve J-2 K-4
V08 D 2 2nd-stage relief solenoid valve J-1 K-4
V12 D 2 ATT return selector solenoid valve J-1 K-4
V21 D 2 PC-EPC solenoid valve L-6 L-7
V22 D 2 LS-EPC solenoid valve L-6 L-7
V30 X 2 ATT flow adjustment EPC solenoid valve P-1 F-1
W03 M 2 Rear limit switch (Window) AB-9 K-8
W04 M 6 Wiper motor Y-5 B-9
X05 M 4 Swing lock switch Q-8 D-2 A-1

20-222 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12
Connector type Detailed information
D or DT Japanese and German makes DT type connector (08192-XXXXX)
L Product of Yazaki Corporation L type connector (08056-2XXXX)
J Product of Sumitomo Wiring Systems 090 type splice
M Product of Yazaki M type connector (08056-0XXXX)
R Product of Ryosei Electro-Circuit Systems* PH166-05020 type connector
S Product of Yazaki S type connector (08056-1XXXX)
X Product of Yazaki X type connector (08055-0XXXX)
PA Product of Yazaki PA type connector
SWP Product of Yazaki SWP type connector (08055-1XXXX)
DRC Japanese and German makes DRC type connector
040 Product of Japan AMP 040 type connector
070 Product of Japan AMP 070 type connector
Y050 Product of Yazaki 050 type connector
S090 Product of Sumitomo 090 type connector
Y090 Product of Yazaki 090 type connector
YAZAKI Yazaki-made connector
SUMITOMO Product of Sumitomo Wiring Systems 6098 type connector
KES0 KESO type connector (08027-0XXXX)
Terminal Round pin type single terminal connector
Terminal Round terminal

PC400LC-7L 20-223
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12
CONNECTOR LOCATION DIAGRAM

20-224 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12

PC400LC-7L 20-225
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12

20-226 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12

PC400LC-7L 20-227
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12

20-228 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12

PC400LC-7L 20-229
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12
MONITOR PANEL SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (M CIRCUIT)
Remark
This circuit diagram is made by extracting the monitor panel system, engine preheating/starting/charging system,
light system, and communication network system from the general electric circuit diagram.

See FOLDOUT 17 & 18 on pages 90-35 and 90-37.

20-230 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (E CIRCUIT)
Remark
This circuit diagram is made by extracting the engine controller system from the general electric circuit diagram.

See FOLDOUT 19 & 20 on pages 90-39 and 90-41.

PC400LC-7L 20-231
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTOR ARRANGEMENT DRAWING

12
PUMP CONTROLLER SYSTEM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (P CIRCUIT)
Remark
This circuit diagram is made by extracting the pump controller system, PPC lock solenoid system, machine push-up
solenoid system, and boom shockless solenoid system from the general electric circuit diagram.

See FOLDOUT 21, 22, 23 & 24 on pages 90-43 thru 90-49.

20-232 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS


12

The terms male and female refer to the pins, while the terms male housing and female housing refer to the mating portion
of the housing.

X type connector
No.of pins
Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
1 Part No.: 08055-00181 Part No.: 08055-00191 799-601-7010

2 799-601-7020

Part No.: 08055-00282 Part No.: 08055-00292

3 799-601-7030

Part No.: 08055-00381 Part No.: 08055-00391

4 799-601-7040

Part No.: 08055-00481 Part No.: 08055-00491


Terminal part No.: 79A-222-3370 Terminal part No.: 79A-222-3390
Electric wire size: 0.85 Electric wire size: 0.85
--- ---
Grommet: Black Grommet: Black
Q’ty: 20 Q’ty : 20
Terminal part No.: 79A-222-3380 Terminal part No.: 79A-222-3410
Electric wire size: 2.0 Electric wire size: 2.0
--- Grommet: Red Grommet: Red ---
Q’ty: 20 Q’ty: 20

PC400LC-7L 20-233
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12

SWP type connector


No.of
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter
Part No.

6 799-601-7050

Part No.: 08055-10681 Part No.: 08055-10691

8 799-601-7060

Part No.: 08055-10881 Part No.: 08055-10891

12 799-601-7310

Part No.: 08055-11281 Part No.: 08055-11291

14 799-601-7070

Part No.: 08055-11481 Part No.: 08055-11491

20-234 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12

SWP type connector


No.of pins T-adapter
Male (female housing) Female (male housing) Part No.

16 799-601-7320

Part No.: 08055-11681 Part No.: 08055-11691


Terminal part No.: Terminal part No.:
Electric wire size: 0.85 Electric wire size: 0.85
--- Grommet: Black Grommet: Black ---
Q’ty: 20 Q’ty: 20
Terminal part No.: Terminal part No.:
--- Electric wire size: 1.25 Electric wire size: 1.25 ---
Grommet: Red Grommet: Red
Q’ty: 20 Q’ty: 20

PC400LC-7L 20-235
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
No.of M type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
1 Part No.: 08056-00171 Part No.: 08056-00181 799-601-7080

2 799-601-7090

Part No.: 08056-00271 Part No.: 08056-00281

3 799-601-7110

Part No.: 08056-00371 Part No.: 08056-00381

4 799-601-7120

Part No.: 08056-00471 Part No.: 08056-00481

6 799-601-7130

Part No.: 08056-00671 Part No.: 08056-00681

8 799-601-7340

Part No.: 08056-00871 Part No.: 08056-00881

20-236 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
No.of S type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

8 799-601-7140

Part No.: 08056-10871 Part No.: 08056-10881

10
799-601-7150
(White)

Part No.: 08056-11071 Part No.: 08056-11081

12 799-601-7350
(White)

Part No.: 08056-11271 Part No.: 08056-11281

16
799-601-7330
(White)

Part No.: 08056-11671 Part No.: 08056-11681

PC400LC-7L 20-237
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
No.of S type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

10
(Blue) ---

--- ---

12
799-601-7160
(Blue)

Part No.: 08056-11272 Part No.: 08056-11282

16 799-601-7170
(Blue)

Part No.: 08056-11672 Part No.: 08056-11682

20-238 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
No.of MIC type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.
7 Body part No.: 79A-222-2640 (Q’ty: 5) Body part No.: 79A-222-2630 (Q’ty: 5) ---
11 Body part No.: 79A-222-2680 (Q’ty: 5) Body part No.: 79A-222-2670 (Q’ty: 5) ---

5 799-601-2710

Body part No.: 79A-222-2620 (Q’ty: 5) Body part No.: 79A-222-2610 (Q’ty: 5)

9 799-601-2950

Body part No.: 79A-222-2660 (Q’ty: 5) Body part No.: 79A-222-2650 (Q’ty: 5)

13 799-601-2720

Body part No.: 79A-222-2710 (Q’ty: 2) Body part No.: 79A-222-2690 (Q’ty: 2)

PC400LC-7L 20-239
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12

No.of MIC type connector


pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

17 799-601-2730

Body part No.: 79A-222-2730 (Q’ty: 2) Body part No.: 79A-222-2720 (Q’ty: 2)

21 799-601-2740

Body part No.: 79A-222-2750 (Q’ty: 2) Body part No.: 79A-222-2740 (Q’ty: 2)
Terminal part No.: 79A-222-2770 (Q’ty: 50) Terminal part No.: 79A-222-2760 (Q’ty: 50) ---

20-240 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
No.of AMP040 type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

8 799-601-7180

--- Housing part No.: 79A-222-3430 (Q’ty: 5)

12 799-601-7190

--- Housing part No.: 79A-222-3440 (Q’ty: 5)

16 799-601-7210

--- Housing part No.: 79A-222-3450 (Q’ty: 5)

20 799-601-7220

--- Housing part No.: 79A-222-3460 (Q’ty: 5)


Terminal part No.: 79A-222-3470 (No relation with number of pins)

PC400LC-7L 20-241
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
No.of AMP070 type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

10 799-601-7510

--- Part No.: 08195-10210

12 799-601-7520

--- Part No.: 08195-12210

14 799-601-7530

--- Part No.: 08195-14210

18 799-601-7540

--- Part No.: 08195-18210

20 799-601-7550

--- Part No.: 08195-20210

20-242 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
No.of L type connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

2 ---

--- ---

No.of Connector for PA


pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

9 ---

--- ---

Bendix MS connector
No.of
pins T-adapter Part
Male (female housing) Female (male housing) No.

10 799-601-3460

--- ---

PC400LC-7L 20-243
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
No.of KES 1 (Automobile) connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

2 ---

Part No.: 08027-10210 (Natural color) Part No.: 08027-10260 (Natural color)
08027-10220 (Black) 08027-10270 (Black)

3 ---

Part No.:08027-10310 Part No.:08027-10360

4 ---

Part No.: 08027-10410 (Natural color) Part No.: 08027-10460 (Natural color)
08027-10420 (Black) 08027-10470 (Black)

6 ---

Part No.: 08027-10610 (Natural color) Part No.: 08027-10660 (Natural color)
08027-10620 (Black) 08027-10670 (Black)

20-244 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
No.of KES 1 (Automobile) connector
pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

8 ---

Part No.: 08027-10810 (Natural color) Part No.: 08027-10860 (Natural color)
08027-10820 (Black) 08027-10870 (Black)

No.of Connector for relay (Socket type)


pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

5 799-601-7360

--- ---

6 799-601-7370

--- ---

No.of F type connector


pins Male (female housing) Female (male housing) T-adapter Part No.

4 ---

--- ---

PC400LC-7L 20-245
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).

Type HD30 Series connector


(shell
size Body (plug) Body (receptacle) T-adapter Part No.
code)
Pin (male terminal) Pin (female terminal)

799-601-9210

Part No.: 08191-11201, 08191-11202, Part No.: 08191-14101, 08191-14102,


08191-11205, 08191-11206 08191-14105, 08191-14106
18-8 (1)
Pin (female terminal) Pin (male terminal)

799-601-9210

Part No.: 08191-12201, 08191-12202, Part No.: 08191-13101, 08191-13102,


08191-12205, 08191-12206 08191-13105, 08191-13106
Pin (male terminal) Pin (female terminal)

799-601-9220

Part No.: 08191-21201, 08191-12202, Part No.: 08191-24101, 08191-24102,


18-14 08191-21205, 08191-12206 08191-24105, 08191-24106
(2) Pin (female terminal) Pin (male terminal)

799-601-9220

Part No.: 08191-22201, 08191-22202, Part No.: 08191-23101, 08191-23102,


08191-22205, 08191-22206 08191-23105, 08191-23106

20-246 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).

Type HD30 Series connector


(shell
size Body (plug) Body (receptacle) T-adapter Part No.
code)
Pin (male terminal) Pin (female terminal)

799-601-9230

Part No.:08191-31201, 08191-31202 Part No.:08191-34101, 08191-34102


Pin (female terminal) Pin (male terminal)

18-20 799-601-9230
(3)

Part No.:08191-32201, 08191-32202 Part No.:08191-33101, 08191-33102


Pin (male terminal) Pin (female terminal)

799-601-9240

Part No.:08191-41201, 08191-42202 Part No.:08191-44101, 08191-44102


Pin (female terminal) Pin (male terminal)

18-21 799-601-9240
(4)

Part No.:08191-42201, 08191-42202 Part No.:08191-43101, 08191-43102

PC400LC-7L 20-247
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).

Type HD30 Series connector


(shell
size Body (plug) Body (receptacle) T-adapter Part No.
code)
Pin (male terminal) Pin (female terminal)

799-601-9250

24-9 Part No.:08191-51201, 08191-51202 Part No.:08191-54101, 08191-54102


(5) Pin (female terminal) Pin (male terminal)

799-601-9250

Part No.:08191-52201, 08191-52202 Part No.:08191-53101, 08191-53102


Pin (male terminal) Pin (female terminal)

799-601-9260

Part No.: 08191-61201, 08191-62202, Part No.: 08191-64101, 08191-64102,


24-16 08191-61205, 08191-62206 08191-64105, 08191-64106
(6) Pin (female terminal) Pin (male terminal)

799-601-9260

Part No.: 08191-62201, 08191-62202, Part No.: 08191-63101, 08191-63102,


08191-62205, 08191-62206 08191-63105, 08191-63106

20-248 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).

Type HD30 Series connector


(shell
size Body (plug) Body (receptacle) T-adapter
code) Part No.
Pin (male terminal) Pin (female terminal)

799-601-9270

Part No.: 08191-71201, 08191-71202, Part No.: 08191-74101, 08191-74102,


24-21 08191-71205, 08191-71206 08191-74105, 08191-74106
(7) Pin (female terminal) Pin (male terminal)

799-601-9270

Part No.: 08191-72201, 08191-72202, Part No.: 08191-73101, 08191-73102,


08191-72205, 08191-72206 08191-73105, 08191-73106
Pin (male terminal) Pin (female terminal)

799-601-9280

Part No.: 08191-81201, 08191-81202 Part No.: 08191-84101, 08191-84102


08191-81203, 08191-81204 08191-84103, 08191-84104
24-22 08191-81205, 08191-80206 08191-84105, 08191-84106
(8) Pin (female terminal) Pin (male terminal)

799-601-9280

Part No.: 08191-82201, 08191-82202 Part No.: 08191-83101, 08191-83102


08191-82203, 08191-82204 08191-83103, 08191-83104
08191-82205, 08191-82206 08191-83105, 08191-83106

PC400LC-7L 20-249
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).

Type HD30 Series connector


(shell
size Body (plug) Body (receptacle) T-adapter Part No.
code)
Pin (male terminal) Pin (female terminal)

799-601-9290

Part No.: 08191-91203, 08191-91204, Part No.: 08191-94103, 08191-94104,


24-31 08191-91205, 08191-91206 08191-94105, 08191-94106
(9) Pin (female terminal) Pin (male terminal)

799-601-9290

Part No.: 08191-92203, 08191-92204, Part No.: 08191-93103, 08191-93104,


08191-92205, 08191-92206 08191-93105, 08191-93106

20-250 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).

DT Series connector
No.of
pins Body (plug) Body (receptacle) T-adapter
Part No.

2 799-601-9020

Part No.: 08192-12200 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-12100 (normal type)
08192-22200 (fine wire type) 08192-22100 (fine wire type)

3 799-601-9030

Part No.: 08192-13200 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-13100 (normal type)
08192-23200 (fine wire type) 08192-23100 (fine wire type)

4 799-601-9040

Part No.: 08192-14200 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-14100 (normal type)
08192-24200 (fine wire type) 08192-24100 (fine wire type)

6 799-601-9050

Part No.: 08192-16200 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-16100 (normal type)
08192-26200 (fine wire type) 08192-26100 (fine wire type)

PC400LC-7L 20-251
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).

No.of DT Series connector


pins Body (plug) Body (receptacle) T-adapter Part No.

8GR: 799-601-9060
8B: 799-601-9070
8 8G: 799-601-9080
8BR: 799-601-9090

Part No.: 08192-1820 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-1810 (normal type)
08192-2820 (fine wire type) 08192-2810 (fine wire type)

12GR: 799-601-9110
12 12B: 799-601-9120
12G: 799-601-9130
12BR: 799-601-9140

Part No.: 08192-1920 (normal type) Part No.: 08192-1910 (normal type)
08192-2920 (fine wire type) 08192-2910 (fine wire type)

20-252 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS

12
Remark
The pin No. is also marked on the connector (electric wire insertion end).

DTM Series connector


No.of
pins T-adapter Part
Body (plug) Body (receptacle) No.

2 799-601-9010

Part No.: 08192-02200 Part No.: 08192-02100

No.of DTHD Series connector


pins Body (plug) Body (receptacle) T-adapter Part No.

2 ---

Part No.: 08192-31200 (Contact size#12) Part No.: 08192-31100 (Contact size#12)
08192-41200 (Contact size #8) 08192-41100 (Contact size #8)
08192-51200 (Contact size #4) 08192-51100 (Contact size #4)

PC400LC-7L 20-253
TROUBLESHOOTING T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE

T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE


12

The vertical column shows part number of T-Branch Box or T-Branch, and horizontal column shows part number of
Harness Checker Assembly.

Part No. Connector type or part name No. of pins

799-601-2600 Measurement box Econo-21P O OO OO O


799-601-3100 Measurement box MS-37P O
799-601-3200 Measurement box MS-37P O
799-601-3300 Measurement box Econo-24P O
799-601-3360 Plate For MS box
799-601-3370 Plate For MS box
799-601-3380 Plate For MS box
799-601-3410 BENDIX (MS) 24P O O
799-601-3420 BENDIX (MS) 24P O O
799-601-3430 BENDIX (MS) 17P O O
799-601-3440 BENDIX (MS) 17P O O
799-601-3450 BENDIX (MS) 5P O O
799-601-3460 BENDIX (MS) 10P O O
799-601-3510 BENDIX (MS) 5P O O
799-601-3520 BENDIX (MS) 14P O O
799-601-3530 BENDIX (MS) 19P O O
799-601-2910 BENDIX (MS) 14P O O
799-601-3470 Case O
799-601-2710 MIC 5P O O O O
799-601-2720 MIC 13P O O O O
799-601-2730 MIC 17P O OOO OO O
799-601-2740 MIC 21P O OOO OO O
799-601-2950 MIC 9P OOO O
799-601-2750 ECONO 2P O O
799-601-2760 ECONO 3P O O
799-601-2770 ECONO 4P O O
799-601-2780 ECONO 8P O O
799-601-2790 ECONO 12P O O
799-601-2810 DLI 8P O O
799-601-2820 DLI 12P O O
799-601-2830 DLI 16P O O
799-601-2840 Additional cable O O O
799-601-2850 Case O
799-601-7010 X 1P O O
799-601-7020 X 2P O O O O
799-601-7030 X 3P O O O O
799-601-7040 X 4P O O O O
799-601-7050 SWP 6P O O O
799-601-7060 SWP 8P O O O

20-254 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE

Part No. Connector type or part name No. of pins

799-601-7310 SWP 12P O


799-601-7070 SWP 14P O O
799-601-7320 SWP 16P O
799-601-7080 M 1P O O
799-601-7090 M 2P O O O O
799-601-7110 M 3P O O O O
799-601-7120 M 4P O O O O
799-601-7130 M 6P O O O O
799-601-7340 M 8P O

PC400LC-7L 20-255
TROUBLESHOOTING T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE

12

Part No. Connector type or part No. of pins


name

799-601-7140 S 8P O O O O O
799-601-7150 S 10P-White O O O O
799-601-7160 S 12P-Blue O O O
799-601-7170 S 16P-Blue O O O O
799-601-7330 S 16P-White O
799-601-7350 S 12P-White O
799-601-7180 AMP040 8P O
799-601-7190 AMP040 12P O O
799-601-7210 AMP040 16P O O O O
799-601-7220 AMP040 20P O O O O
799-601-7230 Short connector X-2 O O O O
799-601-7240 Case O O
799-601-7270 Case O
799-601-7510 070 10P O
799-601-7520 070 12P O
799-601-7530 070 14P O
799-601-7540 070 18P O
799-601-7550 070 20P O
799-601-7360 Relay connector 5P O
799-601-7370 Relay connector 6P O
799-601-7380 JFC connector 2P O
799-601-9010 DTM 2P O O
799-601-9020 DT 2P O O
799-601-9030 DT 3P O O
799-601-9040 DT 4P O O
799-601-9050 DT 6P O O
799-601-9060 DT 8P-Gray O O
799-601-9070 DT 8P-Black O O
799-601-9080 DT 8P-Green O O
799-601-9090 DT 8P-Brown O O
799-601-9110 DT 12P-Gray O O
799-601-9120 DT 12P-Black O O
799-601-9130 DT 12P-Green O O
799-601-9140 DT 12P-Brown O O
799-601-9210 HD30 18-8 O O

20-256 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING T-BRANCH BOX AND T-BRANCH TABLE

Part No. Connector type or part No. of pins


name

799-601-9220 HD30 18-14 O O


799-601-9230 HD30 18-20 O O
799-601-9240 HD30 18-21 O O
799-601-9250 HD24 24-9 O O
799-601-9260 HD30 24-16 O O
799-601-9270 HD30 24-21 O O
799-601-9280 HD30 24-23 O O
799-601-9290 HD30 24-31 O O
799-601-9310 Plate For HD30 O O O
799-601-9320 Measurement box For DT, HD O O O
799-601-9330 Case O
799-601-9340 Case O
799-601-9350 DEUTSCH 40P O
799-601-9360 DEUTSCH 24P O
799-601-9410 For NE, G sensor 2P O
799-601-9420 For fuel, boost press. 3P O
799-601-9430 PVC socket 2P O

PC400LC-7L 20-257
TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTION TABLE OF FUSE BOX

CONNECTION TABLE OF FUSE BOX


12

This connection table shows the devices to which each power supply of the fuse box supplies power (A switch power
supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is at the ON position and a constant power supply is a
device which supplies power while the starting switch is at the OFF position).
When carrying out troubleshooting related to the electrical system, you should check the fuse box and fusible link to see if
the power is supplied normally.

Type of power supply Fuse No. Fuse capacity Destination of powerDestination of power
Pump controller (Controller power supply)
Swing holding brake solenoid
1 10 A
(When emergency brake is released)
PC-EPC solenoid (When emergency pump is driven)
Pump controller (Solenoid power supply)
Switch power supply 2 20 A Machine push-up solenoid
(Fusible link: A34) ATT return selector relay & solenoid
Starting motor cutout relay (For PPC lock)
3 10 A
PPC lock solenoid
Cigarette lighter
4 10 A
Windshield washer motor
5 10 A Horn
6 10 A (Spare)
7 10 A Rotary lamp
Switch power supply 8 10 A Right front working lamp & boom working lamp
(Fusible link: A34) One-touch power maximizing switch (Input to pump controller input)
9 10 A
Radio
10 10 A (Spare)
11 20 A Air conditioner unit
Monitor panel
12 20 A
Starting motor cutout relay (For personal code)
Switch power supply Light relay (For right front working lamp & boom working lamp)
(Fusible link: A34) 13 20 A
Headlamp & additional headlamp
14 10 A Service power supply 1 (M32 connector)
Travel alarm
15 10 A
Service power supply 2 (DC/DC converter)
16 10 A Radio (For backing up)
17 10 A Monitor panel (For backing up)
Constant power supply
18 10 A Starting switch
(Fusible link: A35)
19 10 A Room lamp
20 10 A (Spare)

20-258 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING ERROR CODES IN MONITOR
SYSTEM

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-306


POINTS TO REMEMBER IF ABNORMALITY RETURNS TO NORMAL BY ITSELF . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-307
USER CODE MEMORY RETENTION FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-307
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-308
E101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-310
ERROR IN DATA HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-310
E112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-312
SHORT OR OPEN IN WIPER MOTOR DRIVE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-312
E113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-314
SHORT OR OPEN IN REVERSE ROTATION OF WIPER MOTOR DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-314
E114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-316
SHORT OR OPEN IN WINDOW WASHER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-316
E115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-318
ABNORMAL WIPER MOTOR OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-318
E116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-320
ABNORMALITY IN PARKING WIPER ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-320
E117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-322
ENGINE CONTROLLER S-NET COMMUNICATION ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-322
E118 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-324
PUMP CONTROLLER S-NET COMMUNICATION ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-324
E128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-326
MONITOR COMMUNICATION ABNORMALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-326
E201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-328
SHORT OR OPEN IN TRAVEL INTERLOCKING SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-328
E203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-330
SHORT IN SWING AND PARKING SOLENOID CONTROLLER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-330
E204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-332
SHORT IN MERGE/DIVIDE SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-332
E205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-334
SHORT IN 2-STAGE RELIEF SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-334
E206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-336
SHORT IN TRAVEL SPEED SHIFT SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-336
E211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-338
OPEN IN TRAVEL INTERLOCKING SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-338
E213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-340
OPEN IN SWING HOLDING BRAKE SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-340
E214 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-342
OPEN IN MERGE/DIVIDE SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-342
E215 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-344
OPEN IN 2-STAGE RELIEF SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-344
E216 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-346
OPEN IN TRAVEL SPEED SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-346
E217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-348
ABNORMAL INPUT MODEL CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-348
E218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-350
OPEN IN S-NET COMMUNICATION SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-350
E222 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-352

PC400LC-7L 20-301 1
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHORT IN LS-EPC SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-352


E223 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-354
OPEN IN LS-EPC SOLENOID SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-354
E224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-356
ABNORMAL F-PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-356
E225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-358
ABNORMAL R-PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-358
E226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-360
ABNORMAL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-360
E227 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-362
ABNORMALITY IN ENGINE ROTATION (RPM) SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-362
E228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-364
SHORT IN ATTACHMENT RETURN SWITCHING RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-364
E232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-366
SHORT IN PC-EPC SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-366
E233 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-368
OPEN IN PC-EPC SOLENOID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-368
E238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-370
OPEN IN ATTACHMENT RETURN SWITCHING RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-370
E245 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-372
SHORT IN ATTACHMENT OIL FLOW RATE ADJUSTING EPC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-372
E246 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-374
OPEN IN ATTACHMENT OIL FLOW RATE ADJUSTING EPC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-374
E247 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-376
ABNORMALITY IN ARM IN PPC PRESSURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-376
E248 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-378A
BNORMALITY IN BUCKET CURL PPC PRESSURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-378
E257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-380
ABNORMALITY IN PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-380
E315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-382
SHORT IN BATTERY RELAY SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-382
E91B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-384
ENGNE NE SENSOR PROBLEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-384
E91C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-386
ENGINE G SENSOR PROBLEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-386
E920 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-388
ENGINE TYPE SELECTION ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-388
E921 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-390
ENGINE TYPE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-390
E931 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-392
FUEL DIAL SYSTEM ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-392
E934 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-394
ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR HI ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-394
E96A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-396
ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR LO ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-396
E936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-398
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-398
E93C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-400
ENGINE BOOST SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-400
E93D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-402
ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-402
E953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-404
ENGINE COMMUNICATION ABNORMALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-404
E954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-406
SHORT IN ENGINE IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-406
E955 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-408
ENGINE S-NET ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-408

20-302 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE OF CONTENTS

E956 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-410
ENGINE POWER FAILURE (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-410
E957 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-412
ENGINE POWER FAILURE (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-412
E95A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-414
ENGINE Q-ADJUSTMENT SWITCH SIGNAL ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-414
E970 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-416
PCV1 OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-416
E971 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-418
PCV2 OVER CURRENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-418
E974 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-420
PCV1 LINE CUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-420
E975 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-422
PCV2 LINE CUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-422
E977 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-424
RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-424
E979 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-426
RAIL PRESSURE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-426
E97A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-427
RAIL PRESSURE ABNORMAL HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-427
E97B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-428
RAIL PRESSURE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-428
E97C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-430
RAIL PRESSURE TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-430
E97D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-431
RAIL PRESSURE OUT OF CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-431
E980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-432
ENGINE CONTROLLER ABNORMALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-432
E981 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-434
FUEL INJECTOR 1 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-434
E982 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-435
FUEL INJECTOR 2 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-435
E983 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-436
FUEL INJECTOR 3 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-436
E984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-437
FUEL INJECTOR 4 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-437
E985 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-438
FUEL INJECTOR 5 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-438
E986 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-439
FUEL INJECTOR 6 DISCONNECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-439
E98A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-440
FUEL INJECTOR 1 - 3 S/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-440
E98B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-442
FUEL INJECTOR 4 - 6 S/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-442
A000N1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-444
ENGINE HIGH IDLING SPEED OUT OF STANDARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-444
A000N2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-445
ENGINE LOW IDLING SPEED OUT OF STANDARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-445
AA10NX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-446
AIR CLEANER CLOGGED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-446
AB00KE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-448
CHARGE VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-448
B@BAZG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-450
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-450
B@BAZK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-452
ENGINE OIL LEVEL LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-452
B@BCNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-454

PC400LC-7L 20-303 1
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE OF CONTENTS

ENGINE WATER OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-454


B@BCZK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-456
ENGINE WATER LEVEL LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-456
B@HANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-458
HYDRAULIC OIL OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-458

20-304 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING

12

MEMORANDUM

PC400LC-7L 20-305 1
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM


12

1. Always turn power OFF before disconnecting or connecting connectors.

2. Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
Disconnect and connect the related connectors several times to check.
Check each individual wire on the connector suspected of the problem by performing a pull test on the wire insert.

3. Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
If power is turned ON with the connectors still disconnected, unnecessary displays will be generated.

4. When carrying out troubleshooting of circuits (measuring the voltage, resistance, continuity or current), move the related
wiring and connectors several times and check that there is no charge in the reading of the tester.
If there is any charge, there is probably defective contact in that circuit.

5. When checking a single diode circuit:


Isolate the diode from the circuit.
using a digital volt ohm meter, in the Ohms mode, check the
polarity of the diode as shown in the illustration. Reversing the
meter leads, you should have a reading in one direction only.
Electrical flow should be negative (-) to positive (+) only, red lead
positive and black lead negative.

6. When checking a dual diode circuit:


Isolated the diode from the circuit.
using a digital volt ohm meter, in the Ohms mode, check the
polarity of the diode as shown in the illustration. Reversing the
meter leads, you should have a reading in one direction only.
Electrical flow should be negative (-) to positive (+) only, red lead
positive and black lead negative.

7. Always be aware of what you are measuring. Voltage, Ohms or Amps.


Always use caution when measuring a circuit.
When measuring voltage, be sure the meter is set in the voltage
range, AC or DC and above the voltage value you are measuring.
When measuring ohms, be sure the circuit is dead and has no
voltage in it before you take any readings. Be sure the meter is set
in the proper ohms range.
When measuring Amps, be sure your meter is rated for the
amount of amps you will be measuring. Failure to follow these
procedures may damage you equipment or possibly cause injury.
Always study the operators manuel for the meter you will be
using.

20-306 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM

12
POINTS TO REMEMBER IF ABNORMALITY RETURNS TO NORMAL BY
ITSELF
There is a high probability the same problem will occur again, it is desirable to follow up the problem carefully.

1. If any abnormality returns to normal by itself.

2. If the connector is disconnected and the T-adapter is inserted, or if the T-adapter is removed and the connector is returned
to its original position when carrying out troubleshooting on the failure, and the service code is no longer displayed, or if
the monitor display returns to normal.

3. After completing troubleshooting, always erase the user code from memory.

USER CODE MEMORY RETENTION FUNCTION


When displaying the codes in the memory and carrying out troubleshooting, record the content of the display first, then erase
the display. After re-enacting the problem, carry out troubleshooting according to the failure codes that are now displayed.
There are cases where mistaken operation or abnormalities occur when a connector is disconnected. Erasing the data in this
way saves any wasted work.

PC400LC-7L 20-307 1
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES

INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES


12

The testing table and the related circuit diagrams contain the following information. Read all information and each step
carefully, if necessary, repeat each step in a test procedure to confirm the fault. The idea behind these procedures is to
isolate each part of the circuit.

• Failure.
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code displayed.
• Additional information.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information while
performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Service Code Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor or actuator
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (no voltage should be in the system you are testing unless called for indicated with a symbol )
• Disconnect components and isolate them for testing. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• Zero meter leads for proper readings. (remove resistance from your meter leads before taking reading. See DVOM meter operators manual)

Test procedure for component only. readings 1 Your


A. What you are Resistance Ω information
or
testing Voltage Your
Test procedure for component only. readings 2 information
2. Diode test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• When checking a diode always isolate the circuit. Check diode continuity in both directions reversing meter leads each time to confirm electrical
flow. Electrical flow should be one way only.
At a diode, between point (x) and (x) reverse meter lead Continuity one
A.Diode test Resistance Ω polarity each time to check diode. way only? 3 Yes or No
3. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (no voltage should be in the system you are testing unless called for indicated with a symbol )
• Disconnect components and isolate them for testing. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• Zero meter leads for proper readings. (remove resistance from your meter leads before taking reading. See DVOM meter operators manual)
Your
A.Open or high Resistance Ω Test procedure for harness. (connector) to (connector) readings 4
information
or
resistance Voltage Your
Test procedure for harness. (connector) to (connector) readings 5 information
Your
B.Short to chas- Resistance Ω Test procedure for harness. (connector) to (connector) readings 6 information
sis ground or or
Voltage Your
within harness Test procedure for harness. (connector) to (connector) readings 7
information
4. Additional components to be tested
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (no voltage should be in the system you are testing unless called for indicated with a symbol )
• Disconnect components and isolate them for testing. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• Zero meter leads for proper readings. (remove resistance from your meter leads before taking reading. See DVOM meter operators manual)
A.What you are Resistance Ω
Your
or Test procedure for any additional components. readings 8
testing Voltage information

20-308 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES

12
Circuit Diagram

This is part of the electrical circuit diagram which shows the portion where the failure occurred.

• Connector No.: Indicates (Type - numbers of a pin) (color)


• Arrow: Roughly indicates the location in the machine where it is installed.

PC400LC-7L 20-309 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E101

E101
12

ERROR IN DATA HISTORY


• Data chain error
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code DAF0KT displayed.
• Can not access failure codes on monitor.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E101] Specifications No. Readings
Check condition of batteries and connections before pro- Good
Batteries — 1 Yes or No
ceeding with these tests. Condition?
Check condition of fuse links A34(L-2) and
A35(M-2) Good
Fuse link and fuses — 2 Yes or No
Check condition of fuses in fuse box FB1 12 (20A) and Condition?
17 (10A).
1. Fuse link and fuses (FB1)
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A34 and A35 fuse link connectors.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
At fuse link A34, between (1) and (2) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
A. Fuse tests Resistance Ω At fuse link A35, between (1) and (2) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
Check condition of fuses at (FB1) Good? 5 Yes or No
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect H10 connector from monitor panel.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for these tests only.
* At connector H10, between (1) and chassis ground 30 to 20V 6
A. Open or high Voltage
* At connector H10, between (5) and chassis ground 30 to 20V 7
resistance
Resistance Ω At connector H10, between (4) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector H10, between (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
B. Short to chassis At connector H10, between (5) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
ground or within har- Resistance Ω
ness At connector H10, between (4) and (5) (OL) open 11
At connector H10, between (1) and (5) (OL) open 12
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor panel and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (1) (2) and chassis ground 30 to 20V 13
Voltage
A. Monitor panel Between P01, (8) and chassis ground 30 to 20V 14
Resistance Ω Between P01, (6) (7) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 15

20-310 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E101

12
Electrical circuit diagram for E101 error in data history

PC400LC-7L 20-311 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E112

E112
12

SHORT OR OPEN IN WIPER MOTOR DRIVE SYSTEM


• Possible short or open in wiper motor drive system.
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code DY2DBK.
• No wiper operation.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E112] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiper motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector W04.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
* At connector W04, between (1) and (3), wiper switch
Voltage 20 to 30V cycling 1
A. Wiper motor set ON.
Resistance Ω At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground. (OL) open 2
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from wiper motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from controller and install T-adapter between P01 connector and monitor panel.
• Disconnect P02 connector from controller and install T-adapter between P02 connector and monitor panel.
Between connectors W04, (1) and P01, (10) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between connectors W04, (3) and P01, (9) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
A. Open or high Between connectors W04, (4) and P01, (12) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 5
Resistance Ω
resistance Between connectors W04, (5) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 6
Between connectors W04, (6) and P01, (5) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 7
Between connectors W04, (5) and P02, (15) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
At connector W04, (3) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
At connector W04, (4) and chassis ground (OL) open 11
At connector W04, (5) and chassis ground (OL) open 12
B. Short to chassis At connector W04, (6) and chassis ground (OL) open 13
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector W04, (1) and (3) (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 14
harness
At connector W04, (4) and (5) (6) (OL) open 15
At connector W04, (5) and (6) (OL) open 16
At connector P02 (15) and W03 (2) (OL) open 17
At connector W04 (5) and W03 (1) (OL) open 18
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (9) and chassis ground, wiper ON 20 to 30V cycling 19
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (9) and chassis ground, wiper OFF 0V 20

20-312 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E112

12
Electrical circuit diagram for the windshield wiper motor

PC400LC-7L 20-313 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E113

E113
12

SHORT OR OPEN IN REVERSE ROTATION OF WIPER MOTOR DRIVE


• Possible short or open in wiper motor drive system.
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code DY2EKB.
• No wiper operation.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E113] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiper motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector W04.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
* At connector W04, between (1) and (3), wiper switch
Voltage 20 to 30V cycling 1
A. Wiper motor set ON.
Resistance Ω At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground. (OL) open 2
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from wiper motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from controller and install T-adapter between P01 connector and monitor panel.
• Disconnect P02 connector from controller and install T-adapter between P02 connector and monitor panel.
Between connectors W04, (1) and P01, (10) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between connectors W04, (3) and P01, (9) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
A. Open or high Between connectors W04, (4) and P01, (12) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 5
Resistance Ω
resistance Between connectors W04, (5) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 6
Between connectors W04, (6) and P01, (5) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 7
Between connectors W04, (5) and P02, (15) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
At connector W04, (3) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
At connector W04, (4) and chassis ground (OL) open 11
At connector W04, (5) and chassis ground (OL) open 12
B. Short to chassis At connector W04, (6) and chassis ground (OL) open 13
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector W04, (1) and (3) (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 14
harness
At connector W04, (4) and (5) (6) (OL) open 15
At connector W04, (5) and (6) (OL) open 16
At connector P02 (15) and W03 (2) (OL) open 17
At connector W04 (5) and W03 (1) (OL) open 18
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (9) and chassis ground, wiper ON 20 to 30V cycling 19
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (9) and chassis ground, wiper OFF 0V 20

20-314 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E113

12
Circuit diagram for monitor panel wiper motor.

PC400LC-7L 20-315 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E114

E114
12

SHORT OR OPEN IN WINDOW WASHER SYSTEM


• Possible short or open in wiper motor drive system.
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code DY2CKB.
• No wiper operation.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E114] Specifications No. Readings
1. Washer motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A05 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector A05.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
* At connector A05, between (13) and (14), washer
20 to 30V 1
switch set ON.
A. Washer motor Voltage
At connector A05, between (13) and (14), washer switch
0V 2
set OFF.
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A05 connector from washer motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor panel and install T-adapter between P01 connector only.
• * Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
A. Open or high Voltage * Between connector A05, (13) and chassis ground 20 to 30V 3
resistance Resistance Ω Between connectors A05, (14) and P01, (3) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
B. Short to chassis At connector A05, (13) and chassis ground (OL) open 5
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector A05, (14) and chassis ground (OL) open 6
harness
3. Diode test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect D04 diode connector and isolate diode
At diode D04, between (4) and (8) reversing meter lead Continuity one
A. Diode test Resistance Ω 7 Yes or No
polarity each time to check. way only?
4. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (3) and chassis ground, washer OFF 20 to 30V 8
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (3) and chassis ground, washer ON 0V 9

20-316 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E114

12
Monitor panel window washer motor circuit diagram

PC400LC-7L 20-317 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E115

E115
12

ABNORMAL WIPER MOTOR OPERATION


• Abnormal wiper motor operation.
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code DY20KA.
• No wiper operation.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E115] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiper motor park system
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector W04.
At connector W04, between (6) and (5), wiper at far end
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
of operation.
A. Wiper motor Resistance Ω
At connector W04, between (6) and (5), wiper at mid
(OL) open 2
point on windshield.
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from wiper motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor panel and install T-adapter between P01 connector only.
Between W04, (1) and P01, (10) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between W04, (3) and P01, (9) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
A. Open or high Between W04, (4) and P01, (12) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 5
Resistance Ω
resistance Between W04, (5) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 6
Between W04, (6) and P01, (5) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 7
Between P02, (15) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
At connector W04, (3) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
At connector W04, (4) and chassis ground (OL) open 11
B. Short to chassis At connector W04, (6) and chassis ground (OL) open 12
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector W04, (1) and (3) (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 13
harness
At connector W04, (3) and (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 14
At connector W04, (4) and (5) (6) (OL) open 15
At connector W04, (5) and (6) (OL) open 16
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (5) and chassis ground, wiper end 0V 17
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (5) and chassis ground, wiper at mid point 20 to 30V 18

20-318 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E115

12
Monitor panel windshield wiper motor circuit diagram

PC400LC-7L 20-319 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E116

E116
12

ABNORMALITY IN PARKING WIPER ARM


• Abnormal in parking wiper motor arm.
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code DY20MA.
• Wiper will not park.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E116] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiper motor park system
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from motor and install T-adapter between motor and connector W04.
At connector W04, between (6) and (5), wiper at far end
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
of operation.
A. Wiper motor Resistance Ω
At connector W04, between (6) and (5), wiper at mid
(OL) open 2
point on windshield.
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W04 connector from wiper motor.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor panel and install T-adapter between P01 connector only.
Between W04, (1) and P01, (10) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between W04, (3) and P01, (9) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
A. Open or high Between W04, (4) and P01, (12) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 5
Resistance Ω
resistance Between W04, (5) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 6
Between W04, (6) and P01, (5) 0.0 to 1.0Ω 7
Between P02, (15) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 8
At connector W04, (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 9
At connector W04, (3) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
At connector W04, (4) and chassis ground (OL) open 11
B. Short to chassis At connector W04, (6) and chassis ground (OL) open 12
ground or within Resistance Ω
At connector W04, (1) and (3) (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 13
harness
At connector W04, (3) and (4) (5) (6) (OL) open 14
At connector W04, (4) and (5) (6) (OL) open 15
At connector W04, (5) and (6) (OL) open 16
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 connector from monitor and install T-adapter between P01 wiring harness connector and monitor panel.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position.
Between P01, (12) and chassis ground, wiper parked 0V 17
A. Monitor panel Voltage
Between P01, (12) and chassis ground, wiper at mid point 20 to 30V 18

20-320 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E116

12
Monitor panel wiper motor circuit diagram

PC400LC-7L 20-321 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E117

E117
12

ENGINE CONTROLLER S-NET COMMUNICATION ERROR


• The monitor panel detected communication failure in the S-NET communication circuit to the engine controller.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DAC0KR.
• The engine is fixed to the E mode and the pump absorption torque is limited to about 80%.
Response from monitor panel
• When the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (The pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • If the working load increases, the engine may stall.
• Connection of the S-NET (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No. 05100: Connection of S-NET)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E117] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
Between pump controller C02 (21) and monitor panel P02
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
(9) or (10)
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between pump controller C02 (21) and engine controller
resistance 0.0 to 1.0Ω 2
CB2 (21) and (31)
Between monitor panel P02 (20) and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
B. Grounding fault of controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and Above 1 MΩ 4
wiring harness grounding
Resistance Ω
(Contact with
grounding circuit) Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
Above 1 MΩ 5
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position, make the test preparations.
• During test hold ignition switch in the ON position.
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and 0V 6
A. Short-circuit (Contact grounding
Voltage
with 24V circuit)
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
0V 7
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
3. Engine controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect CB2 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Defective controller CB2 (21) [S-NET (+)] and (11) [GND] 6 - 9V 8
Voltage
test CB2 (21) [S-NET (+)] and (11) [GND] 6 - 9V 9
4. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 connector from monitor and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (9) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 10
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
Between P02 (10) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 11

20-322 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E117

12
Engine controller S-net communication circuit diagram

PC400LC-7L 20-323 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E118

E118
12

PUMP CONTROLLER S-NET COMMUNICATION ERROR


• The monitor panel detected communication failure in the S-NET communication circuit to the pump controller.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DAB0KR.
• The engine is fixed to the E mode and the pump absorption torque is limited to about 80%.
Response from monitor panel
• When the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (The pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • If the working load increases, the engine may stall.
• Connection of the S-NET (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No. 05100: Connection of S-NET)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E118] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
Between P02 (9), (10) monitor panel and CB2 (21), (31)
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
engine controller
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between P02 (9), (10) monitor panel and C02 (21) pump
resistance 0.0 to 1.0Ω 2
controller
Between P02 (20) monitor panel and chassis ground 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
B. Grounding fault of controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and Above 1 MΩ 4
wiring harness grounding
Resistance Ω
(Contact with
grounding circuit) Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
Above 1 MΩ 5
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position, make the test preparations.
• During test hold ignition switch in the ON position.
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and 0V 6
A. Short-circuit (Contact grounding
Voltage
with 24V circuit)
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
0V 7
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Defective controller
Voltage C02 (21) S-NET and (31) S-NET GND 6 - 9V 8
test
4. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 connector from monitor and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (9) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 10
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
Between P02 (10) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 11

20-324 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E118

12
Pump controller S-net communication circuit diagram

PC400LC-7L 20-325 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E128

E128
12

MONITOR COMMUNICATION ABNORMALITY


• The monitor panel detected communication failure in the CAN communication circuit to the engine controller or pump
Contents Of Trouble controller.
• Failure code DAF0MC.
• The engine is fixed to the E mode and the pump absorption torque is limited to about 80%.
Response from monitor panel
• When the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (The pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • If the working load increases, the engine may stall.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E128] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
Between P70 (16) monitor panel and CB2 (22) engine
0.0 to 1.0Ω 1
controller
Between P70 (16) monitor panel and C02 (22) pump
0.0 to 1.0Ω 2
controller
A. Open or high Between P70 (15) monitor panel and CB2 (32) engine
Resistance Ω 0.0 to 1.0Ω 3
resistance controller
Between P70 (15) monitor panel and C02 (32) pump
0.0 to 1.0Ω 4
controller
Between P70 (14) monitor panel and chassis ground
0.0 to 1.0Ω 5

Between monitor panel P70 (16) and engine controller


Above 1 MΩ 6
CB2 (22)
Between monitor panel P70 (16) and engine controller
Above 1 MΩ 7
C02 (22)
B. Grounding fault of Between monitor panel P70 (16) and related circuits and
Above 1 MΩ 8
wiring harness grounding
Resistance Ω
(Contact with Between monitor panel P70 (15) and engine controller
Above 1 MΩ 9
grounding circuit) CB2 (32)
Between monitor panel P70 (15) and engine controller
Above 1 MΩ 10
C02 (32)
Between monitor panel P70 (15) and related circuits and
Above 1 MΩ 11
grounding
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position, make the test preparations.
• During test hold ignition switch in the ON position.
Between monitor panel P70 (16) and engine controller
0V 6
CB2 (22)
Between monitor panel P70 (16) and pump controller C02
0V 7
(22)
Between monitor panel P70 (16) and related circuits and
0V 8
A. Short-circuit (Contact grounding
Voltage
with 24V circuit) Between monitor panel P70 (15) and engine controller
0V 9
CB2 (32)
Between monitor panel P70 (15) and pump controller C02
0V 10
(32)
Between monitor panel P70 (15) and related circuits and
0V 11
grounding

20-326 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E128

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E128] Specifications No. Readings
3. CAN terminal resistors
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF.
• Hold the ignition switch in the OFF position for this test
A. Defective CAN K30 between (A) and (B) 40 - 80Ω 12
Resistance Ω
resistor tests K31 between (A) and (B) 40 - 80Ω 13
4. Monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller
• If causes 1 - 3 are not detected, monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in those devices,
troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)

Monitor Communication related to CAN communication

PC400LC-7L 20-327 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E201

E201
12

SHORT OR OPEN IN TRAVEL INTERLOCKING SOLENOID


• When power was turned on, there was abnormal current supplied to the travel interlocking circuit.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DW91KB.
• Power supply to the travel interlocking circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even if the failure cause disappears of itself, the solenoid circuit does not return to normal, unless the engine starting
switch is turned OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on
• It is difficult to steer the machine at turns. (LH and RH travel circuits cannot be disconnected).
machine
• Operation of the travel interlocking solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E201] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V02 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
At solenoid V02, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
A. Solenoid test Resistance Ω
At solenoid V02, between (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 2
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position, make the test preparations.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Ground fault test
Between pump controller C03 (7) to travel junction
(Contact with Resistance Ω Above 1MΩ 3
solenoid V02 (2) connection and ground
grounding circuit)
3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch in the ON position, engine running during the troubleshooting.
• Move RH & LH travel control levers
A. Defective controller C03 (7) and ground - Levers - Neutral position 0V 4
Voltage
test C03 (7) and ground - Levers - Steering actuated 20 - 30V 5

Travel interlocking solenoid circuit diagram

20-328 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E201

12

MEMORANDUM

PC400LC-7L 20-329 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E203

E203
12

SHORT IN SWING AND PARKING SOLENOID CONTROLLER SYSTEM


• When power was turned on, there was abnormal current supplied to the swing holding brake solenoid circuit.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DW45KB.
• Power supply to the swing holding brake solenoid circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even if the failure cause disappears of itself, the swing and steering brake does not return to normal, unless the engine
starting switch is turned OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The upper structure cannot swing. (The swing holding brake cannot be released.
machine
• Operation of the swing holding brake solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)
Relative information • If there is no abnormality with the solenoid or wiring harness, the upper structure can swing by turning the swing
holding brake release switch to the RELEASE position.
(In this case, however, the holding brake does not work, when stopping the machine.)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E203] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V05 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Swing holding brake At solenoid V05, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
At solenoid V05, between (2) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
short or ground fault)
2. Diode test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect D01 diode connector and isolate.
At diode D01, between (3) and (7) reversing meter lead Continuity one
A. Diode test Resistance Ω 3
polarity each time to check. way only?
3. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V05 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect S25 and X05 connectors from swing lock and park brake switches.
• Disconnect C03 and C02 connectors from controller and install T-adapter on C03 and C02 wire harness connectors only.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between connectors C03 (37) and S25 (8) Above 1MΩ 4
Between connectors C03 (37) and X05 (3) Above 1MΩ 5
A. Open or high Between connectors C02 (2) and S25 (9) Above 1MΩ 6
Resistance Ω
resistance Between connectors V05 (2) and X05 (4) Above 1MΩ 7
Between connectors V05 (1) and S25 (8) Above 1MΩ 8
Between connectors V05 (1) and chassis ground Above 1MΩ 9
B. Short to chassis At connectors V05 (2) and chassis ground (OL) open 10
ground or within Resistance Ω
harness At connector V05 between (1) and (2) (OL) open 11

4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch in the ON position, engine running during the troubleshooting.
• Move RH & LH travel control levers
A. Defective controller C03 (37) and ground - Levers - Neutral position 0V 12
Voltage
test C03 (37) and ground - Levers - Steering actuated 20 - 30V 13

20-330 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E203

Electrical Circuit Diagram for Swing Holding Brake Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-331 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E204

E204
12

SHORT IN MERGE/DIVIDE SOLENOID


• Short in merge/divide solenoid circuit (Pump controller system).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DWJ0KB.
• Power supply to the merge/divide solenoid circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on • In L mode, the work equipment moves slowly or the swing speed is slow in single operation. (F R pumps cannot be
machine disconnected).
• Operation of the merge/divide solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E204] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V05 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Swing holding brake At solenoid V03, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
short or ground fault) At solenoid V03, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2

2. Wiring harness assembly test


• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V03 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter on C03 wiring harness connector only.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (17) and V01 (2) Above 1MΩ 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis At connector V02, between (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 4
ground or within Resistance Ω
harness At connector V02, between (1) and (2) (OL) open 5

3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch in the ON position, engine running during the troubleshooting.
• Move RH & LH travel control levers
A. Defective controller C03 (17) and ground - Levers - Neutral position 0V 6
Voltage
test C03 (17) and ground - Levers - operating one side only 20 - 30V 7

20-332 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E204

Electrical Circuit Diagram for Merge/Divide Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-333 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E205

E205
12

SHORT IN 2-STAGE RELIEF SOLENOID


• Short in 2-stage relief solenoid circuit (Pump controller system).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DWK0KB.
• Power supply to the 2-stage relief solenoid circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on • The one-touch power max. switch does not work.
machine (The main relief valve cannot be set to high-pressure set.)
• Operation of the 2-stage relief solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E205] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V08 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Swing holding brake At solenoid V08, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
short or ground fault) At solenoid V08, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2

2. Wiring harness assembly test


• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V03 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter on C03 wiring harness connector only.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (28) and V08 (2) Above 1MΩ 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis At connector V08, between (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 4
ground or within Resistance Ω
harness At connector V02, between (1) and (2) (OL) open 5

3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON.
A. Defective controller C03 (28) and ground - Other than L mode 0V 6
Voltage
test C03 (28) and ground - L mode 20 - 30V 7

20-334 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E205

Electric Circuit Diagram for 2-stage Relief Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-335 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E206

E206
12

SHORT IN TRAVEL SPEED SHIFT SOLENOID


• Short in travel speed shifting solenoid circuit (Pump controller system).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DW43KB.
• Power supply to the travel speed shifting solenoid circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on • The travel speed does not turn to HI.
machine (The travel motor swash plate angle does not turn to minimum.)
• Operation of the travel speed shifting solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E206] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V04 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Travel speed shifting At solenoid V04, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
short or ground fault) At solenoid V04, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2

2. Wiring harness assembly test


• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V04 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (27) and V04 (2) Above 1MΩ 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis At connector V04, between (1) and chassis ground (OL) open 4
ground or within Resistance Ω
harness At connector V02, between (1) and (2) (OL) open 5

3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON.
C03 (27) and ground - travel speed Lo + travel lever
0V 6
A. Defective controller Neutral
Voltage
test C03 (27) and ground - travel speed Hi + travel lever
20 - 30V 7
in operation

20-336 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E206

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel Speed Shifting Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-337 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E211

E211
12

OPEN IN TRAVEL INTERLOCKING SOLENOID


• No current flows to the travel interlocking solenoid circuit, when power is supplied (Pump controller system).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DW91KA.
• None in particular (The solenoid does not function because there is no current).
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • It is difficult to steer the machine while traveling.
machine (LH and RH travel circuits cannot be disconnected.)
• Operation of the travel interlocking solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)
Relative information
• The controller detects disconnection, when solenoid power is ON. BE SURE to check it with power ON after repairs.
(For how to turn power ON or OFF, refer to the troubleshooting under Error Code E201).

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E211] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V02 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Travel speed shifting At solenoid V02, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
At solenoid V02, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
short or ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V04 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (7) and V02 (2) Below 1Ω 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis
ground or within Resistance Ω Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V02 (1) Below 1Ω 4
harness
3. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the OFF position.
A. Defective controller
Voltage Between C03 (7) and (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 5
test

20-338 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E211

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel Interlocking Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-339 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E213

E213
12

OPEN IN SWING HOLDING BRAKE SOLENOID


• No current flows to the swing holding brake solenoid circuit, when power is supplied (Pump controller system).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DW45KA.
• None in particular (The solenoid does not function because there is no current).
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The upper structure cannot swing. (The swing holding brake cannot be released.
machine
• Operation of the swing holding brake solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)
• If there is no abnormality with the solenoid or wiring harness, the upper structure can swing by turning the swing
holding brake release switch to the RELEASE position.
Relative information (In this case, however, the holding brake does not work, when stopping the machine.)
• While in troubleshooting, hold both the swing lock switch and the swing holding brake release switch in the OFF posi-
tion.
• The controller detects disconnection, when solenoid power is ON. Therefore be sure to check it with power ON after the
repairs. (For how to turn power ON or OFF, refer to the troubleshooting under Error Code E203.)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E203] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V05 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Swing holding brake At solenoid V05, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
solenoid test (Internal Resistance Ω
short or ground fault) At solenoid V05, between (2) and ground Above 1MΩ 2

2. Swing lock switch test


• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect X05 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
Swing lock switch
OFF Below 1Ω 3
A. Swing lock switch test Resistance Ω Between X05 (3) and (4)
ON Above 1MΩ 4
3. Diode test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect D01 diode connector and isolate.
At diode D01, between (3) and (7) reversing meter lead Continuity one
A. Diode test Resistance Ω 5
polarity each time to check. way only?
4. Wiring harness assembly test
• Disconnection or defective contact with connector.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V05 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect S25 and X05 connectors from swing lock and park brake switches.
• Disconnect C03 and C02 connectors from controller and install T-adapter on C03 and C02 connectors.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between connectors C03 (37) and D01 (7) Below 1Ω 6
A. Open or high Between connectors D01 (3) to J02 to X05 (3) Below 1Ω 7
Resistance Ω
resistance Between connectors X05 (4) to V05 (2) Below 1Ω 8
Between connectors C03 (3), (13), (23) and V05(1) Below 1Ω 9
B. Short between wires or ground
• With ignition switch in OFF position for preparation.
• Hold ignition switch in ON position during trouble shooting.

20-340 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E213

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E203] Specifications No. Readings
--- --- Voltage At connectors C03 (37) and D01 (7) and ground Below 1V 10
5. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 connector from controller and install T-adapter on C03connector.
• Disconnect D01 and connect pins (3) and (7) of female side for test.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Defective pump
Resistance Ω At C03 (17) and between pins (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 11
controller test

Electrical Circuit Diagram for Swing Holding Brake Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-341 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E214

E214
12

OPEN IN MERGE/DIVIDE SOLENOID


• No current flows to the merge/divide solenoid circuit, when power is supplied (Pump controller system).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DWJ0KA.
• None in particular (The solenoid does not function because there is no current).
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • In L mode, speeds of the work equipment and swing in its single operation are too fast.
machine (F R pumps cannot be disconnected.)
• Operation of the merge/divide solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)
Relative information
• The controller detects disconnection, when solenoid power is ON. BE SURE to check it with power ON after repairs.
(For how to turn power ON or OFF, refer to the troubleshooting under Error Code E204).

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E214] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V03 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Merge/divide solenoid At solenoid V02, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
test (Internal short or Resistance Ω
At solenoid V02, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• Checking for disconnection or defective contact with connector.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V02 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (17) and V03 (2) Below 1Ω 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis
ground or within Resistance Ω Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V03 (1) Below 1Ω 4
harness
3. Short in wiring harness (Contact with 24V circuit).
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold ignition switch in ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Short & contact with Check wiring harness from C03 (17) to V03 (2) and
Voltage Below 1V 5
24V circuit grounding
4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the OFF position.
A. Defective controller
Resistance Ω Between C03 (17) and (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 6
test

20-342 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E214

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Merge/Divide Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-343 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E215

E215
12

OPEN IN 2-STAGE RELIEF SOLENOID


• No current flows to the 2-stage relief solenoid circuit, when power is supplied (Pump controller system).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DWK0KA.
• None in particular (The solenoid does not function because there is no current).
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The one-touch power max. switch does not work.
machine (The main relief valve cannot be set to high-pressure set.)
• Operation of the 2-stage relief solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)
Relative information
• The controller detects disconnection, when solenoid power is ON. BE SURE to check it with power ON after repairs.
(For how to turn power ON or OFF, refer to the troubleshooting under Error Code E205).

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E215] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V08 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. 2-stage relief solenoid At solenoid V08, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
test (Internal short or Resistance Ω
At solenoid V08, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• Checking for disconnection or defective contact with connector.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V08 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (28) and V08 (2) Below 1Ω 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis
ground or within Resistance Ω Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V08 (1) Below 1Ω 4
harness
3. Short in wiring harness (Contact with 24V circuit).
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold ignition switch in ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Short & contact with Check wiring harness from C03 (28) to V08 (2) and
Voltage Below 1V 5
24V circuit grounding
4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the OFF position.
A. Defective controller
Resistance Ω Between C03 (28) and (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 6
test

20-344 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E215

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for 2-stage Relief Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-345 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E216

E216
12

OPEN IN TRAVEL SPEED SOLENOID


• No current flows to the travel speed solenoid circuit, when power is supplied (Pump controller system).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DW43KA.
• None in particular (The solenoid does not function because there is no current).
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The travel speed does not shift to Hi.
machine (The travel motor swash plate angle does not turn to minimum.)
• Operation of the travel speed shifting solenoid (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 02300 Solenoid 1)
Relative information
• The controller detects disconnection, when solenoid power is ON. BE SURE to check it with power ON after repairs.
(For how to turn power ON or OFF, refer to the troubleshooting under Error Code E206).

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E216] Specifications No. Readings
1. Solenoid test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V04 connector from solenoid.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
A. Travel speed solenoid At solenoid V04, between (1) and (2) 20 to 60Ω 1
test (Internal short or Resistance Ω
At solenoid V04, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• Checking for disconnection or defective contact with connector.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect V04 connector from solenoid.
• Disconnect C03 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between connectors C03 (27) and V04 (2) Below 1Ω 3
resistance
B. Short to chassis
ground or within Resistance Ω Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V04 (1) Below 1Ω 4
harness
3. Short in wiring harness (Contact with 24V circuit).
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold ignition switch in ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Short & contact with Check wiring harness from C03 (27) to V04 (2) and
Voltage Below 1V 5
24V circuit grounding
4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C03 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the OFF position.
A. Defective controller
Resistance Ω Between C03 (27) and (3), (13), (23) 20 - 60Ω 6
test

20-346 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E216

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel Speed Shifting Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-347 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E217

E217
12

ABNORMAL INPUT MODEL CODE


• A model code signal for a model which is not registered in the controller is inputted. (Pump controller system).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DA2SKQ.
• The controller controls the machine as a default model (PC750).
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
starting switch is turned OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on
• Since the controller controls the machine as PC750/800, the working speed changes and operation becomes difficult.
machine
• The model name (number) recognized by the controller can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No. 00200: Controller model code.)
Relative information
• Input of the model selection signal (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No. 02201: Switch input 2.)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E217] Specifications No. Readings
1. Model selection connector
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C09 connector and use T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Model selection At C09, between (4), (5), (6), (8) Μin. 1MΩ 1
connector test (Internal Resistance Ω
At C09, between (1), (2), (3), (7), (8) Μax. 1Ω 2
short or ground fault)
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• Checking for disconnection or defective contact with connector.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect C02 connector from governor pump controller an install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
C02 (37) and C09 (1) Μax. 1Ω 3
C02 (27) and C09 (2) Μax. 1Ω 4
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω C02 (17) and C09 (3) Μax. 1Ω 5
resistance
C02 (13) and C09 (7) Μax. 1Ω 6
C09 (8), J05, and ground (A13) Μax. 1Ω 7
3. Short in wiring harness.
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Short & contact Resistance Ω Check wiring harness from C02 (7) to C09 (4) and ground Μin. 1MΩ 8
4. Pump controller
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect C02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Defective controller Between C02 (7) and ground 5 - 30V 9
Voltage
test Between C02 (37), (27), (17), (13) and ground Max. 1V 10

20-348 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E217

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to model selection connector (for pump controller)

PC400LC-7L 20-349 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E218

E218
12

OPEN IN S-NET COMMUNICATION SIGNAL


• The pump controller detected communication failure in the S-NET communication circuit to the monitor panel or
Contents Of Trouble engine controller.
• Failure code DA2SKA.
• The engine is fixed to the E mode and the pump absorption torque is limited to about 80%.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears of itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (The pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • If the working load increases, the engine may stall.
• Connection of the S-NET (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No. 05100: Connection of S-NET)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E218] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Hold in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between P02 (9), (10) monitor panel and CB2 (21), (31)
Max. 1Ω 1
engine controller
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between P02 (9), (10) monitor panel and C02 (21) pump
resistance Max. 1Ω 2
controller
Between P02 (20) monitor panel and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 3
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
Min. 1MΩ 4
B. Grounding fault of controller CB2 (21), (31)
Resistance Ω
wiring harness Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
Min. 1MΩ 5
(Contact with C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
grounding circuit) Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) related circuits and
Min. 1MΩ 6
grounding
2. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in OFF position, make the test preparations.
• During test hold ignition switch in the ON position.
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and engine
controller CB2 (21), (31) and related circuits and Max. 1V 7
grounding
A. Short-circuit (Contact
Voltage Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) and pump controller
with 24V circuit) Max. 1V 8
C02 (21) and related circuits and grounding
Between monitor panel P02 (9), (10) related circuits and
Max. 1V 9
grounding
3. Monitor panel test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 connector from monitor and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Monitor panel test Voltage Between P02 (9), (10) [N/W signal] and (20) [N/W GND] 6 - 9V 10
4. Engine controller test
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect CB2 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Defective controller
Voltage CB2 (21), (31) and (11) 6 - 9V 11
test

20-350 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E218

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E218] Specifications No. Readings
5. Pump controller test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C02 connector from monitor and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position during the troubleshooting.
A. Monitor panel test Voltage C02, between (21) and (31) 6 - 9V 12

Electrical Circuit Diagram for S-NET Communication

PC400LC-7L 20-351 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E222

E222
12

SHORT IN LS-EPC SOLENOID


• Short in LS-EPC solenoid circuit.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DXE0KB.
• The controller reduces the output to the LS-EPC solenoid circuit to 0.
Response from controller • Even if the failure cause disappears, the current does not return to normal, unless the engine ignition switch is turned
OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on • The travel speed is slow at Mi and Lo or in L mode, speeds of the work equipment and swing are too fast
machine (The LS valve set pressure cannot be controlled.)
• Output to LS-EPC solenoid (ampere) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 01500 LS-EPC solenoid current.)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E222] Specifications No. Readings
1. LS-EPC solenoid
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect V22 connection.
• Hold ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. LS-EPC solenoid test At connection V22, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
(internal short or Resistance Ω
ground fault) At connection V22, Between (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 2

2. Wiring harness assembly


• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Open or high
Resistance Ω Between C03 (6) and V22 (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 3
resistance
B. Grounding fault of At connector V22, between (1) and ground (OL) open 4
wiring harness
Resistance Ω At connector V22, between (2) and ground (OL) open 5
(Contact with
grounding circuit) At connector V22, between (1) and (2) (OL) open 6
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between C03 (6) and (3), (13), (23) 7 - 14Ω 7
A. Pump controller Resistance Ω
Between C03 (6) and ground Above 1 MΩ 8

20-352 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E222

Electrical Circuit Diagram for LS-EPC Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-353 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E223

E223
12

OPEN IN LS-EPC SOLENOID SYSTEM


• Open (no current flow) in LS-EPC solenoid circuit.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DXE0KA.
• None in particular (The solenoid does not function as there is no current flow to it).
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The travel speed is slow at Mi and Lo or in L mode, speeds of the work equipment and swing are too fast
machine (The LS valve set pressure cannot be controlled.)
• Output to LS-EPC solenoid (ampere) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 01500 LS-EPC solenoid current.)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E223] Specifications No. Readings
1. LS-EPC solenoid
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect V22 connection.
• Hold ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. LS-EPC solenoid test At connection V22, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
(internal short or Resistance Ω
ground fault) At connection V22, Between (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 2

2. Wiring harness assembly


• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch ON during this test.
A. Open or high Between C03 (6) and V22 (1) and ground Below 1Ω 3
Resistance Ω
resistance Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V22 (2) Below 1Ω 4
B. Grounding fault of
wiring harness
Voltage Between C03 (6) and V22 (1) and ground Below 1V
(Contact with 24V
grounding circuit)
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller Resistance Ω Between C03 (6) and (3), (13), (23) 7 - 14Ω

20-354 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E223

Electrical Circuit Diagram for LS-EPC Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-355 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E224

E224
12

ABNORMAL F-PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL


• Signal voltage from the front pump pressure sensor is below 0.3V or above 4.42V. (Pump controller system.)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DHPAMA.
• The controller sets the F pump to 0 kg/cm2 (0 psi) for control.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The travel speed does not shift automatically (The travel load pressure cannot be detected).
machine
If the 5-V circuit (B) and GND circuit (A) of the pressure sensor are connected inversely, the pressure sensor will be
broken. Accordingly, take extreme care when checking.
Relative information
• Input from the front pump pressure sensor (pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 01100: Front pump pressure.)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E224] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor power supply system defective If error code 226 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. 1
2. Front pump pressure sensor defective (Internal defect)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At connection A51, between (B) and (A) - power
4.5 - 5.5V 2
supply
A. Front pump pressure
Voltage At connection A51, Between (C) and (A) - signal 0.5 - 4.5v 3
sensor test
The pressure voltage is measured with the wiring harness connected. According, if the voltage is
abnormal, check the wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of the trouble, then judge.
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect A51 connector from sensor.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should be in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Disconnection or Between C01 (22) and A51 (B) Max. 1Ω 4
defective contact with Between C01 (10) and A51 (A) Max. 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
connector (Wiring
harness) Between C01 (8) and A51 (C) Max. 1Ω 6
B. Ground fault of wiring
harness (Contact with Resistance Ω Between C01 (8) and A51 (C) and ground Min. 1 MQ 7
ground circuit)
C. Short in wiring harness Between C01 (22) and A51 (B) and ground Max. 1V 8
(Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit) Between C01 (8) and A51 (C) and ground Max. 1V 9
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
Ignition switch should be in the ON position or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Between C01 (22) and (10) 4.5 - 5.5V 10
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Between C01 (8) and (10) 0.5 - 4.5V 11

20-356 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E224

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to front pump pressure sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-357 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E225

E225
12

ABNORMAL R-PUMP PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL


• Signal voltage from the rear pump pressure sensor is below 0.3V or above 4.42V. (Pump controller system.)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DHPBMA.
• The controller sets the R pump to 0 kg/cm2 (0 psi) for control.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The travel speed does not shift automatically (The travel load pressure cannot be detected).
machine
If the 5-V circuit (B) and GND circuit (A) of the pressure sensor are connected inversely, the pressure sensor will be
broken. Accordingly, take extreme care when checking.
Relative information
• Input from the rear pump pressure sensor (pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 01101: Rear pump pressure.)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E225] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor power supply system defective If error code 226 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first. 1
2. Front pump pressure sensor defective (Internal defect)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At connection A52, between (B) and (A) - power
4.5 - 5.5V 2
supply
A. Front pump pressure
Voltage At connection A52, Between (C) and (A) - signal 0.5 - 4.5v 3
sensor test
The pressure voltage is measured with the wiring harness connected. According, if the voltage is
abnormal, check the wiring harness and controller, too, for another cause of the trouble, then judge.
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect A52 connector from sensor.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should be in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Disconnection or Between C01 (22) and A52 (B) Max. 1Ω 4
defective contact with Between C01 (10) and A52 (A) Max. 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
connector (Wiring
harness) Between C01 (2) and A52 (C) Max. 1Ω 6
B. Ground fault of wiring
harness (Contact with Resistance Ω Between C01 (2) and A52 (C) and ground Min. 1 MQ 7
ground circuit)
C. Short in wiring harness Between C01 (22) and A52 (B) and ground Max. 1V 8
(Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit) Between C01 (2) and A52 (C) and ground Max. 1V 9
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
Ignition switch should be in the ON position or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Between C01 (22) and (10) 4.5 - 5.5V 10
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Between C01 (2) and (10) 0.5 - 4.5V 11

20-358 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E225

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to rear pump pressure sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-359 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E226

E226
12

ABNORMAL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY


• Abnormal pressure sensor power supply (5V).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DH25KP.
• Power to the power supply (5V) circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on • The pressure sensor signal is not input normally.
machine • The error code of abnormality in the pressure sensor is displayed.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E226] Specifications No. Readings
1. Pressure sensor defective (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
If the error code goes off when one Front pump pressure sensor - connector A51 1
A. Pressure sensor test Rear pump pressure sensor - connector A52 2
of the listed items (in order listed)
Disconnect the parts
is disconnected, that part is Arm IN PPC pressure sensor - connector S04 3
shown at right in order.
defective. Bucket CURL PPC pressure sensor - connector S01 4
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between C01 (22) and A51 (B) and ground (F pump) Min. 1 MQ 5
Between C01 22) and A52 (B) and ground (R pump) Min. 1 MQ 6
A. Ground fault of wiring
Between C01 (22) and S04 (A) and ground (Bucket
harness (Contact with Resistance Ω Min. 1 MQ 7
CURL PPC)
ground circuit)
Between C01 (22) and S01 (A) and ground (Arm IN
Min. 1 MQ 8
PPC)
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the ON position for troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller test Voltage Between C01 (22) and (10) 4.5 - 5.5V 9

20-360 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E226

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to pressure sensor power supply

PC400LC-7L 20-361 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E227

E227
12

ABNORMALITY IN ENGINE ROTATION (RPM) SENSOR


• A normal pulse signal is not inputted to the signal circuit in the engine rotation sensor.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DLE2MA.
• The controller exercises a control equivalent to E mode.
Response from controller
• If the failure cause disappears by itself, the signal input returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The machine lacks power a bit. (The engine rotation sensing does not work.)
machine • The engine speed (in the pump controller system) is not monitored on the monitor panel.
• Input from the engine rotation sensor (RPM) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 01006 Engine RPM)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E227] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine rotation sensor (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine rotation sensor Between ENE (1) and (2) 500 - 1,000Ω 1
test - internal short or Resistance Ω
Between ene (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2
disconnected
2. Engine rotation sensor adjustment
Refer to the section “Adjusting Engine Rotation Sensor” in this manual for inspection and adjustment.
improper
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness Between C02 (40) and ENE (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between C02 (29), (39) and ENE (2) Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Voltage Between C02 (40) and ENE (1) and ground Below 1V 5
24V circuit)
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the ON position for troubleshooting.
Between C02 (40) and (29), (39) 500 - 1,000Ω 6
A. Pump controller test Resistance Ω
Between C02 (40) and ground Above 1MΩ 7

20-362 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E227

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Engine Rotation Sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-363 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E228

E228
12

SHORT IN ATTACHMENT RETURN SWITCHING RELAY


• Short in attachment return switching relay. (Pump controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code D196KB.
• The controller turned OFF power to the attachment return switching relay circuit.
Response from controller
• Even when the failure cause disappears by itself, the current does not return to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The hydraulic circuit for attachments is not switched to the single operation circuit.
machine (The switching valve is not switched to the tank circuit.)
• It can be confirmed in the monitor function how the attachment return switching relay circuit works (ON or OFF).
(Code No.: 02301 Solenoid 2)
Relative information
• This error code detects abnormal on the primary side (coil side) of the attachment return selector relay and cannot detect
abnormality on the secondary side (contact side).

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E228] Specifications No. Readings
1. Attachment return switching relay (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Attachment return
switching relay test -
Resistance Ω Between R20, between (1) and (2) 100 - 500Ω 1
internal short or dis-
connected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Voltage Between C02 (8) and R20 (2) and ground Below 1V 2
24V circuit)
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the ON position for troubleshooting.
C02 (8) and Working mode - Other than B mode 20 − 30V 3
A. Pump controller test Voltage
ground Working mode - B mode Below 1V 4

20-364 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E228

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Attachment Return Switching Relay and Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-365 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E232

E232
12

SHORT IN PC-EPC SOLENOID


• Short in PC-EPC solenoid. (Pump controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DXA0KB.
• The controller reduces the output to the PC-EPC solenoid circuit to OFF.
Response from controller • Even when the failure cause disappears by itself, the current does not return to normal, unless the engine ignition switch
is turned OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on • As load to the pump increases, the engine rotation drops sharply and sometimes the engine stalls.
machine (The pump absorption torque cannot be controlled.)
• Output to PC-EPC solenoid (ampere) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
(Code No.: 01300 PC-EPC solenoid current)
• If there is no abnormality with the solenoid or any of the wiring harness, the machine can be operated in a working mode
Relative information
equivalent to E mode by turning the emergency pump drive switch to the emergency position. (At that time the monitor
panel continues to display Error Code No. E233, but this is not abnormal.)
• Have the emergency driving switch in normal during the troubleshooting.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E232] Specifications No. Readings
1. PC-EPC solenoid (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. PC-EPC solenoid test - At V21, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
internal short or Resistance Ω
At V21, between (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 2
disconnected
2. Emergency pump driving switch
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect pump controller S25 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Emergency pump
Emergency At S25, between (3) and (4) Above 1 MΩ 3
drive switch test -
Resistance Ω pump drive
internal short or
switch - Normal At S25, between (3) and ground Above 1 MΩ 4
disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness Between C03 (16) and S25 (3) and ground Above 1 MΩ 5
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
Between S25 (2) and V21 (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 6
grounding circuit)
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
At C03, between (16) and (3), (13), (23) 7 - 14Ω 7
A. Pump controller test Resistance Ω
At C03, between (16) and ground Above 1 MΩ 8

20-366 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E232

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for PC-EPC Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-367 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E233

E233
12

OPEN IN PC-EPC SOLENOID


• No current flow to PC-EPC solenoid circuit. (Pump controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DXA0KA.
• None in particular (the solenoid does not function because there is no current flow to it.)
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the current returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • As load to the pump increases, the engine rotation drops sharply and sometimes the engine stalls.
machine (The pump absorption torque cannot be controlled.)
• Output to PC-EPC solenoid (ampere) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
(Code No.: 01300 PC-EPC solenoid current)
Relative information
• If there is no abnormality with the solenoid or any of the wiring harness, the machine can be operated in a working mode
equivalent to E mode by turning the emergency pump drive switch to the emergency position.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E233] Specifications No. Readings
1. PC-EPC solenoid (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. PC-EPC solenoid test - At V21, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
internal short or Resistance Ω
disconnected At V21, between (1) and ground Above 1 MΩ 2

2. Emergency pump driving switch


• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect pump controller S25 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
Emergency pump drive switch
A. Emergency pump - Normal Below 1Ω 3
At S25, between (2) and (3)
drive switch test - - Emergency Above 1 MΩ 4
Resistance Ω
internal short or - Normal Below 1Ω 5
disconnected At S25, between (5) and (6)
- Emergency Above 1 MΩ 6
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and S25 RH console emergency switch and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness Between C03 (16) and S25 (3) Below 1Ω 7
Disconnection or Between S25 (2) and V21 (1) Below 1Ω 8
defective contact with Resistance Ω
At C03, between (3), (13), (23) and S25 (6) Below 1Ω 9
connector
Between S25 (5) and V21 (2) Below 1Ω 10
B. Wiring harness Between C03 (16) and S25 (3) and ground Below 1V 11
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V circuit) Between S25 (2) and V21 (1) and ground Below 1V 12
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller test Resistance Ω At C03, between (16) and (3), (13), (23) 7 - 14Ω 13

20-368 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E233

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for PC-EPC Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-369 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E238

E238
12

OPEN IN ATTACHMENT RETURN SWITCHING RELAY


• When the attachment return switching relay circuit is disconnected from grounding (power OFF), 24V voltage is not
Contents Of Trouble generated. (Pump controller system)
• Failure code D196KA.
• None in particular.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the current returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The hydraulic circuit for attachments cannot be switched to the single operation.
machine (The switching valve cannot be switched to the tank circuit.)
• It can be confirmed in the monitor function how the attachment return switching relay circuit works (ON or OFF).
(Code No.: 02301 Solenoid 2)
Relative information
• This code detects abnormality on the primary side (coil side) of the attachment return selector relay and cannot detect
abnormality on the secondary side (contact side).

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E238] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 2 fault If fuse No. 2 has been blown, there is a big possibility that a grounding fault occurred in the relay circuit. (See Step 3B)
2. Attachment return switching relay (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect R20 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Attachment return
switching relay test -
Resistance Ω At R20, between (1) and (2) 100 - 500Ω 1
internal short or
disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and R20 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness Between C02 (8) and R20 (2) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with At R20 (1) to J03 to FB1-2 outlet Below 1Ω 3
connector
B. Wiring harness Between C02 (8) and R20 (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 4
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between R20 (1) to J03 to FB1-2 and ground
grounding circuit) Above 1ΜΩ 5
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C02 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the ON position for troubleshooting.
Working mode
Other than B
mode 20 - 30V 6
A. Pump controller test Voltage At C02, between (8) and ground
B mode Below 1V 7

20-370 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E238

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Attachment Return Switching Relay and Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-371 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E245

E245
12

SHORT IN ATTACHMENT OIL FLOW RATE ADJUSTING EPC SYSTEM


• Short in attachment oil flow rate adjusting EPC solenoid circuit. (Pump controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DXE4KB.
• The controller reduces the output to the attachment oil flow rate adjusting EPC solenoid circuit to OFF.
Response from controller • Even when the failure cause disappears, the EPC solenoid circuit does not return to normal, unless the engine ignition
switch is turned OFF.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The attachments do not move. (The PPC source pressure is not supplied to the service PPC valve.)
machine
• It can be confirmed in the monitor function how power (ampere) is supplied to the attachment oil flow rate adjusting
Relative information EPC solenoid circuit.
(Code No.: 01700 Service solenoid current)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E245] Specifications No. Readings
1. Attachment oil flow rate EPC valve (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect V30 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Attachment oil flow At V30, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
rate EPC valve test -
Resistance Ω
internal short or At V30, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (26) and V30 (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 3
grounding circuit)
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
At C03, between (26) and (3), (13), (23) 7 - 14Ω 4
A. Pump controller test Resistance Ω
At C03, between (26) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 5

20-372 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E245

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Attachment Oil Flow Rate Adjusting EPC Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-373 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E246

E246
12

OPEN IN ATTACHMENT OIL FLOW RATE ADJUSTING EPC SYSTEM


• No current flow to the attachment oil flow rate adjusting EPC solenoid circuit. (Pump controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DXE4KA.
• None in particular (The solenoid does not work, as there is no current flowing to it.)
Response from controller
• If the failure cause disappears, the EPC solenoid circuit returns to normal by itself.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The attachments do not move. (The PPC source pressure is not supplied to the service PPC valve.)
machine
• It can be confirmed in the monitor function how power (ampere) is supplied to the attachment oil flow rate adjusting
Relative information EPC solenoid circuit.
(Code No.: 01700 Service solenoid current)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E246] Specifications No. Readings
1. Attachment oil flow rate EPC valve (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect V30 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Attachment oil flow At V30, between (1) and (2) 7 - 14Ω 1
rate EPC valve test -
Resistance Ω
internal short or At V30, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (26) and V30 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V30 (2) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Voltage Between C03 (26) and V30 (1) and ground Below 1V 5
24V circuit)
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C03 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller test Resistance Ω At C03, between (26) and (3), (13), (23) 7 - 14Ω 6

20-374 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E246

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Attachment Oil Flow Rate Adjusting EPC Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-375 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E247

E247
12

ABNORMALITY IN ARM IN PPC PRESSURE SENSOR


• Signal voltage from the arm IN PPC pressure sensor is below 0.3V or above 4.42V.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DHS3MA.
• The controller sets the arm IN PPC pressure to 0 kg/cm2 (0 psi) for control.
Response from controller
• If the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • If auto deceleration is operated, auto deceleration cannot be released when moving the arm IN (The arm IN PPC circuit
machine pressure cannot be detected).
If the 5V circuit (A) and GND circuit (C) of the pressure sensor are connected inversely, the pressure sensor will be
broken. Accordingly, take extreme care when checking.
Relative information
• Input from the arm IN PPC pressure sensor (pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 07200 Arm IN PPC pressure)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E247] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor power supply system If error code 226 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first.
2. Arm IN PPC pressure sensor (Internal short)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect S04 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Arm IN PPC pressure S04 Power supply, between (A) and (C) 4.5 − 5.5V 1
sensor test - internal Voltage
S04 Signal, between (B) and (C) 0.5 − 4.5V 2
short or disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between C01 (22) and S04 (A) Max. 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between C01 (10) and S04 (C) Max. 1Ω 4
defective contact with
connector Between C01 (19) and S04 (B) Max. 1Ω 5
B. Wiring harness test
ground fault (Contact Resistance Ω Between C01 (19) and S04 (B) and ground Min. 1MΩ 6
with grounding circuit)
C. Wiring harness test At C01 (22) and S04 (A) and ground Max. 1V 7
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V circuit) At C01 (19) and S04 (B) and ground Max. 1V 8
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At C01, between (22) and (10) 4.5 − 5.5V 9
A. Pump controller test Voltage
At C01, between (19) and (10) 0.5 − 4.5V 10

20-376 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E247

12
Circuit diagram related to arm IN PPC pressure sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-377 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E248

E248
12

ABNORMALITY IN BUCKET CURL PPC PRESSURE SENSOR


• Signal voltage from the bucket CURL PPC pressure sensor is below 0.3V or above 4.42V.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DHS4MA.
• The controller sets the bucket CURL PPC pressure to 0 kg/cm2 (0 psi) for control.
Response from controller
• If the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • If auto deceleration is operated, auto deceleration cannot be released when moving the bucket CURL (The bucket
machine CURL PPC circuit pressure cannot be detected).
If the 5V circuit (A) and GND circuit (C) of the pressure sensor are connected inversely, the pressure sensor will be
broken. Accordingly, take extreme care when checking.
Relative information
• Input from the bucket CURL PPC pressure sensor (pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 07300 Bucket CURL PPC pressure)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E248] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor power supply system If error code 226 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first.
2. Bucket CURL (Dig) PPC pressure sensor (Internal defect)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect S01 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Bucket CURL (Dig) S01 Power supply, between (1) and (3) 4.5 − 5.5V 1
PPC pressure sensor
Voltage
test - internal short or S01 Signal, between (2) and (3) 0.5 − 4.5V 2
disconnected
The pressure sensor voltage is measured with the wiring harness connected.
Accordingly, if the voltage is abnormal, check the wiring harness and controller for another cause of the trouble and then
judge.
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01, S01 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between C01 (22) and S01 (1) Max. 1Ω 3
Disconnection or Between C01 (10) and S01 (3) Max. 1Ω 4
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between C01 (19) and S01 (2) Max. 1Ω 5
B. Wiring harness test
ground fault (Contact Resistance Ω Between C01 (19) and S01 (2) and ground Min. 1MΩ 6
with grounding circuit)
C. Wiring harness test At C01 (22) and S01 (1) and ground Max. 1V 7
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V circuit) At C01 (19) and S01 (2) and ground Max. 1V 8
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect pump controller C01 and install T-adapter.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At C01, between (22) and (10) 4.5 − 5.5V 9
A. Pump controller test Voltage
At C01, between (19) and (10) 0.5 − 4.5V 10

20-378 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E248

12
Circuit diagram related to bucket CURL PPC pressure sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-379 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E257

E257
12

ABNORMALITY IN PUMP
• The pump controller detected communication failure in the CAN communication circuit to the monitor panel or engine
Contents Of Trouble controller.
• Failure code DA2RMC.
• The engine output is fixed to the E mode and the pump absorption torque is limited to about 80%.
Response from controller
• If the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (The pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • If the working load increases, the engine may stall.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E257] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect P70, C02, CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Below 1Ω 2
defective contact with Resistance Ω
Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) Below 1Ω 3
connector
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) Below 1Ω 4
B. Wiring harness test Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Above 1MΩ 5
ground fault (Contact Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Above 1MΩ 6
with grounding circuit) Between P70 (16) and related circuits and grounding Above 1MΩ 7
Resistance Ω
Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) Above 1MΩ 8
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) Above 1MΩ 9
Between P70 (15) and related circuits and grounding Above 1MΩ 10
C. Wiring harness test Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Below 1V 11
Short (Contact with Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Below 1V 12
24V circuit)
Between P70 (16) and related circuits and grounding Below 1V 13
Voltage
Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) Below 1V 14
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) Below 1V 15
Between P70 (15) and related circuits and grounding Below 1V 16
2. CAN terminal resistor
• Turn the ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect K30 and K31 CAN connectors and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during the troubleshooting.
A. CAN terminal resistor At K30, between (1) and (2) 40 - 80Ω 17
Resistance Ω
test At K31, between (1) and (2) 40 - 80Ω 18
3. Monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller
• If 1 - 2 are not detected, monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in those devices, troubleshooting
cannot be carried out.)

20-380 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E257

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to CAN communication

PC400LC-7L 20-381 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E315

E315
12

SHORT IN BATTERY RELAY SYSTEM


• Short in battery relay system
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code D110KB.
• The controller turns OFF the output to the battery relay drive circuit.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on
• There may be a trouble in writing data into ROM (non-volatile memory) of each controller.
machine
• Operation of the battery relay (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 03700 Controller output 1)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E315] Specifications No. Readings
1. Battery relay
• Turn the ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect A20 and A21 wires from battery relay.
• Hold the ignition switch in the OFF position during the troubleshooting.
• Zero meter leads for proper Ω readings.
Approximately
At battery relay Between BR and E 1
A. Battery relay test Resistance Ω 100Ω
unit
Between BR and grounding Min. 1MΩ 2
2. Diode
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect D01 diode connector and isolate diode.
At diode D1, between (1) and (5) reversing meter lead Continuity one
3 Yes or No
polarity each time to check. way only?
A. Diode test Resistance Ω
At diode D1, between (2) and (6) reversing meter lead Continuity one
4 Yes or No
polarity each time to check. way only?
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (4), D01, J01, battery relay terminal BR and
Min. 1MΩ 5
ground fault (Contact grounding
with grounding circuit) Resistance Ω Between C03 (4) and ignition switch terminal BR and Min. 1MΩ 6
grounding
Between C03 (4) and D01 (2) and grounding Min. 1MΩ 7
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller Ignition switch 20 - 30V
Voltage ON OFF At C03, between (4) and grounding 8
(for 0.5 sec.)

20-382 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E315

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to battery relay drive

PC400LC-7L 20-383 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E91B

E91B
12

ENGNE NE SENSOR PROBLEM


• Cranking angle cannot be judged from engine Ne speed sensor signal. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DLE3LC.
• The machine is driven with limited output.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above lower idling.
• Input from the engine Ne speed sensor (rpm) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 01002 Engine speed)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E91B] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine Ne speed sensor
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect NE and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine Ne speed At NE, between (1) and (2) 85 - 210Ω 1
sensor test - internal Resistance Ω
short or disconnected At NE, between (1), (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2

2. Wiring harness assembly


• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (36) and NE (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB2 (26) and NE (1) Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness Between CB2 (36) aand NE (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 5
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
grounding circuit) Between CB2 (26) aand NE (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 6

3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (36) and (26) 85 - 210Ω 7
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB2, between (36), (26) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 8

20-384 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E91B

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine Ne speed sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-385 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E91C

E91C
12

ENGINE G SENSOR PROBLEM


• Cylinder cannot be judged from the engine G speed sensor signal. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DLH1LC.
• The machine is driven with limited output.
Response from controller
• Control is carried out with the Ne sped sensor signal.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above lower idling.
Relative information • Special adapter (799-601-9410) is necessary for troubleshooting for the engine G speed sensor.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E91C] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine G speed sensor
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect G connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine G speed At G, between (1) and (2) 1.4 - 3.5kΩ 1
sensor test - internal Resistance Ω
short or disconnected At G, between (1), (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2

2. Wiring harness assembly


• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (35) and G (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB2 (25) and G (1) Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness Between CB2 (35) aand G (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 5
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
Between CB2 (25) aand G (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 6
grounding circuit)
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (35) and (25) 1.4 - 3.5kΩ 7
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB2, between (35) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 8
At CB2, between (25) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 9

20-386 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E91C

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine G speed sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-387 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E920

E920
12

ENGINE TYPE SELECTION ERROR


• The model selection signal directly taken by the engine controller does not conform to the model in the controller or is
Contents Of Trouble not confirmed. (Engine controller system)
• Failure code DB29KQ.
• Control is carried out with the default model (PC400).
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine start-
ing switch is once turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above lower idling.
• The model name (figure) recognized by the controller can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 00201 Controller model code)
Relative information
• Input of the model selection signal (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Coed No.: 17400 Engine controller input state)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E920] Specifications No. Readings
1. Model selection connector
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect CB5 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB5, between (2) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 1
At CB5, between (3) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 2
A. Model selection At CB5, between (4) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 3
connector test -
Resistance Ω At CB5, between (5) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 4
internal short or
disconnected At CB5, between (6) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 5
At CB5, between (7) and (8) Above 1ΜΩ 6
At CB5, between (1) and (8) Below 1Ω 7
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB1 (3) and CB5 (1) Below 1Ω 8
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB2 (1) and CB5 (8) Below 1Ω 9
connector
B. Wiring harness Between CB1 (23) aand CB5 (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 10
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
grounding circuit) Between CB1 (17) aand CB5 (3) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 11
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch should be held in the ON position for troubleshooting.
CB1, CB2
Between CB1 (23) and CB2 (1) 20 − 30V 12
A. Engine controller test Voltage Between CB1 (17) and CB2 (1) 20 − 30V 13
Between CB! (3) and CB2 (1) Below 1V 14

20-388 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E920

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to model selection connector (for engine controller)

PC400LC-7L 20-389 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E921

E921
12

ENGINE TYPE MISMATCH


• The model information taken by the engine controller through the model selection connector does not conform to the
Contents Of Trouble model information taken from the pump controller by communication. (Engine controller system)
• Failure code DB20KQ.
• The normal operation is continued.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine igni-
tion switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above lower idling.
• The model name (figure) recognized by the controller can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 00201 Controller model code)
Relative information
• The model name (figure) recognized by the pump controller can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 00200 Controller model code)

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E921] Specifications No. Readings
1. Model selection connector system defective If error code E920 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it.
Engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in the controller, troubleshooting cannot be
2. Engine controller defective
carried out.)
Pump controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in the controller, troubleshooting cannot be
3. Pump controller defective
carried out.)

20-390 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E921

12

MEMORANDUM

PC400LC-7L 20-391 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E931

E931
12

FUEL DIAL SYSTEM ERROR


• The signal voltage from the fuel control dial is below 0.3V or above 4.5V. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DK10KX.
• If the abnormality is detected before the engine is started, the fuel control dial signal is kept at 0% or 100% after the
engine is started.
Response from controller • If the abnormality is detected while the engine is running, the fuel control dial signal just before the abnormality is
detected is kept.
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The engine speed cannot be controlled.
machine
• Input from the fuel control dial (voltage) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 03000 Fuel control dial voltage)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E931] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel control dial defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect E06 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel control dial test - At E06, between (1) and (3) 4.0 − 6.0kΩ 1
internal short or Resistance Ω At E06, between (1) and (2) 0.25 − 7.0kΩ 2
disconnected At E06, between (3) and (2) 0.25 − 7.0kΩ 3
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and E06 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (19) and E06 (1) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or Between CB2 (10) and E06 (2) Below 1Ω 5
defective contact with Resistance Ω
Between CB2 (29) and E06 (3) Below 1Ω 6
connector
Between CB2 (39) and E06 (3) Below 1Ω 7
B. Wiring harness Between CB2 (19) and E06 (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
grounding circuit) Between CB2 (10) and E06 (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 9
C. Wiring harness Between CB2 (19) and E06 (1) and ground Below 1V 10
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between CB2 (10) and E06 (2) and ground Below 1V 11
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
At CB2, Between (19) and (29) 4.6 - 5.4V 12
At CB2, Between (19) and (39) 4.6 - 5.4V 13
A. Engine controller test Voltage
At CB2, Between (10) and (29) 0.3 - 4.5V 14
At CB2, Between (10) and (39) 0.3 - 4.5V 15

20-392 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E931

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel control dial

PC400LC-7L 20-393 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E934

E934
12

ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR HI ERROR


• The signal voltage from the engine water high temperature sensor is below 0.5V or above 4.5V. (Engine controller
Contents Of Trouble system)
• Failure code DGE2KX.
• The signal of the engine water high temperature sensor is kept at 90°C.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The engine does not start easily when the temperature is low.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The overheat protection function does not operate.
machine
• If the controller is also defective, the engine does not stop.
• Input from the engine high temperature sensor (voltage and water temperature) can be checked in the monitoring
function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 04106 Engine water temperature sensor Hi,
Code No.: 04102 Engine water temperature (High temperature))

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E934] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine water high temperature sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect TWH connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine water high At TWH, between (1) and (2) 3.5 − 90kΩ 1
temperature sensor test At TWH, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
Resistance Ω
- internal short or
disconnected At TWH, between (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 3
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and TWH and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (27) and TWH (1) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or Between CB2 (29) and TWH (2) Below 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB2 (39) and TWH (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between E12 (27) and TWH (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
grounding circuit)
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB2, Between (27) and (39) 3.5k - 90kΩ 8
At CB2, Between (29) and (39) 3.5k - 90kΩ 9
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB2, Between (27) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 10
At CB2, Between (29) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 11
At CB2, Between (39)and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 12

20-394 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E934

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine water temperature sensor (for low temperature and high
temperature)

PC400LC-7L 20-395 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E96A

E96A
12

ENGINE COOLANT SENSOR LO ERROR


• The signal voltage from the engine water low temperature sensor is above 4.5V. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DGE3L6.
• The signal of the engine water low temperature sensor is kept at 20°C. (If the signal of the high temperature sensor is
Response from controller effective, it is used as a substitute.)
• When the failure cause disappears, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The engine does not start easily when the temperature is low.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The overheat protection function does not operate.
machine
• If the controller is also defective, the engine does not stop.
• Input from the engine low temperature sensor (voltage and water temperature) can be checked in the monitoring
function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 04105 Engine water temperature sensor Lo,
Code No.: 04107 Engine water temperature (Low temperature))

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E96A] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine water high temperature sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Disconnect TWL connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine water low At TWL, between (1) and (2) 0.3 − 9kΩ 1
temperature sensor test At TWL, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
Resistance Ω
- internal short or
disconnected At TWL, between (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 3
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and TWL and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (37) and TWL (1) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or Between CB2 (29) and TWL (2) Below 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB2 (39) and TWL (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between E12 (37) and TWL (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
grounding circuit)
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB2, Between (37) and (39) 0.3 − 9kΩ 8
At CB2, Between (29) and (39) 0.3 − 9kΩ 9
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB2, Between (29) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 10
At CB2, Between (37) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 11
At CB2, Between (39)and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 12

20-396 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E96A

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine water temperature sensor (for low temperature and high
temperature)

PC400LC-7L 20-397 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E936

E936
12

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ERROR


• The signal circuit of the low-pressure switch is closed (connected to grounding) and the signal circuit of the
high-pressure switch is opened (disconnected from grounding) while the engine is running.
• The signal circuit of the low-pressure switch is opened (disconnected from ground) while the engine is stopped (the
Contents Of Trouble starting signal is OFF).
• The signal circuit of the high-pressure switch is opened (disconnected from ground) while the engine is stopped (the
starting signal is OFF).
• Failure code DDE2L6.
• None in particular.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The engine does not start easily when the temperature is low.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The overheat protection function does not operate.
machine
• If the controller is also defective, the engine does not stop.
• Input from the engine oil pressure switch (Lo or Hi) (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 17400 Engine controller input)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E936] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine low oil pressure switch defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations
• Ignition switch OFF or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine water low oil Engine PSL
pressure switch test - Stopped Below 1Ω 1
Resistance Ω
internal short or Between terminal and grounding
disconnected Low idling Above 1ΜΩ 2
B. Engine water high oil Engine PSH
pressure switch test - Stopped Below 1Ω 3
Resistance Ω
internal short or Running at 1,300 Between terminal and grounding
disconnected Above 1ΜΩ 4
rpm or higher
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB1 (21) and PSL Below 1Ω 5
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB1 (15) and PSH Below 1Ω 6
connector
B. Wiring harness Between CB1 (21) and PSL and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
grounding circuit) Between CB1 (15) and PSH and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON and start the engine during troubleshooting.
Engine CB1 −−−
Stopped Between (21) and ground (Low Below 1V 9
Low idling pressure switch signal) 20 - 30V 10
A. Engine controller test Voltage
Stopped Below 1V 11
Between (21) and ground (Low
Running at 1,300 pressure switch signal)
20 - 30V 12
rpm or higher
--- Carry out troubleshooting while the engine is running 15 seconds after the engine is started.

20-398 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E936

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine oil press switch (for low pressure and high pressure)

PC400LC-7L 20-399 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E93C

E93C
12

ENGINE BOOST SENSOR ERROR


• The signal voltage from the boost pressure sensor is below 0.3V or above 4.7V.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DH30KX.
• None in particular.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above idling.
• Input from the boost pressure sensor (voltage and pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 36501 Boost pressure sensor voltage,
Relative information
(Code No.: 36500 Boost pressure)
• Special adapter (799-601-9420) is necessary for troubleshooting for the engine boost pressure sensor.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E93C] Specifications No. Readings
1. Boost pressure sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PIM boost pressure sensor.
• Ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine boost PIM
pressure sensor test - Power supply Between (3) and (1) 4.6 − 5.4V 1
Voltage
internal short or
disconnected Signal Between (2) and (1) 0.5 - 4.5V 2
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (9) and PIM (3) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or Between CB2 (29) and PIM (1) Below 1Ω 4
defective contact with Resistance Ω
Between CB2 (39) and PIM (1) Below 1Ω 5
connector
Between CB2 (20) and PIM (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness Between CB2 (9) and PIM (3) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB2 (9) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
grounding circuit)
Between CB2 (20) and PIM (2) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 9
C. Wiring harness Between CB2 (9) and PIM (3) Below 1V 10
Contact with 24V
Voltage Between CB2 (9) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 11
circuit
Between CB2 (20) and PIM (2) and ground Below 1V 12
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON and start the engine during troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (9) and (29) 4.6 - 5.4V 13
At CB2, between (9) and (39) 4.6 - 5.4V 14
A. Engine controller test Voltage
At CB2, between (20) and (29) 0.3 - 4.7V 15
At CB2, between (20) and (39) 0.3 - 4.7V 16

20-400 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E93C

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to boost pressure sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-401 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E93D

E93D
12

ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR ERROR


• The signal voltage from the fuel temperature sensor is above 4.5V.
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DGE4KX.
• None in particular.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The engine does not start easily when temperature is low.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The overheat protection function does not operate.
machine
• If the controller is also defective, the engine does not stop.
• Input from the fuel temperature sensor (voltage) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 14201 Fuel temperature sensor voltage)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E93D] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel temperature sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect THL connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel temperature At THL, between (1) and (2) 0.3k - 9kΩ 1
sensor test - internal Resistance Ω At THL, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected At THL, between (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 3
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (17) and THL (13) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between CB2 (29) and THL (2) Below 1Ω 5
defective contact with
connector Between CB2 (39) and THL (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB2 (17) and THL (1) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
grounding circuit)
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (17) and (39) 0.3k - 9kΩ 8
At CB2, between (29) and (39) 0.3k - 9kΩ 9
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB2, between (17) and (39) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 10
At CB2, between (29) and (39) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 11

20-402 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E93D

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel temperature sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-403 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E953

E953
12

ENGINE COMMUNICATION ABNORMALITY


• The engine controller detected communication failure in the CAN communication circuit to the monitor panel or pump
Contents Of Trouble controller.
• Failure code DB2RMC.
• The engine output is fixed to the E mode and the pump absorption torque is limited to about 80%.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (The pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • If the working load increases, the engine may stall.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E953] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect P70, C02, CB2 connectors and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Below 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) Below 1Ω 3
connector Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) Below 1Ω 4
Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 5
Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 6
B. Wiring harness
Between P70 (16) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
grounding circuit)
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 9
Between P70 (15) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 10
Between P70 (16) and CB2 (22) Below 1V 11
Between P70 (16) and C02 (22) Below 1V 12
C. Wiring harness Between P70 (16) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 13
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between P70 (15) and CB2 (32) and ground Below 1V 14
Between P70 (15) and C02 (32) and ground Below 1V 15
Between P70 (15) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 16
2. CAN terminal resister
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect K30 and K31 connectors and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. CAN terminal resister At K30, between (1) and (2) 40 - 80Ω 17
Resistance Ω
test At K31, between (1) and (29) 40 - 80Ω 18
3. Monitor panel, engine controller or pump If causes 1A, 1B, 1C are not detected, monitor panel, engine controller or pump controller may be
controller defective defective. (Since trouble is in those devices, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)

20-404 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E953

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to CAN communication

PC400LC-7L 20-405 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E954

E954
12

SHORT IN ENGINE IGNITION SWITCH


• Ignition switch signal C (starting signal) is detected while the engine is running (at 500 rpm or higher).
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DD11KB.
• Ignition switch signal is recognized to be OFF.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The machine operates normally.
machine
• Input from ignition switch signal C (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 17400 Engine controller input)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E954] Specifications No. Readings
1. Ignition switch defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect THL connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Ignition switch test - Ignition switch −−−
internal short or Resistance Ω Between OFF Above 1ΜΩ 1
disconnected terminal B and terminal C START Below 1Ω 2
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between ignition switch terminal C, J01 and CB1 Below 1V 3
Between ignition switch terminal C and C01 (17) Below 1V 4
A. Wiring harness test Between ignition switch terminal C and P01 (4) Below 1V 5
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V ground circuit) Between ignition switch terminal C and R11 (5) Below 1V 6
Between ignition switch terminal C and related circuits Below 1V 7
Between ignition switch terminal C and grounding Below 1V 8
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
CB1 Ignition switch ---
A. Engine controller test Voltage
Between (20) and grounding ON (Engine is running) Below 1V 9

20-406 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E954

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine preheating, starting, charging

PC400LC-7L 20-407 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E955

E955
12

ENGINE S-NET ERROR


• The engine controller detected communication failure in the S-NET communication circuit to the monitor panel or
Contents Of Trouble pump controller (Engine controller system).
• Failure code DB2SMC.
• The engine output is fixed to the E mode and the pump absorption torque is limited to about 80%.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (The pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • If the working load increases, the engine may stall.
• Connection of the S-NET (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 05100 Connection of S-NET)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E955] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect P02, C02, CB2 connectors and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (9) and CB2 (21) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between P02 (9) and C02 (21) Below 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between P02 (10) and C02 (21) Below 1Ω 3
Between P02 (9) and CB2 (21) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 4
Between P02 (10) and CB2 (31) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 5
B. Wiring harness
Between P02 (9) and C02 (21) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 6
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω
grounding circuit) Between P02 (10) and C02 (21) and ground Above 1ΜΩ 7
Between P02 (9) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 8
Between P02 (10) and related circuits and ground Above 1ΜΩ 9
Between P02 (9) and CB2 (21) and ground Below 1V 10
Between P02 (10) and CB2 (31) and ground Below 1V 11
C. Wiring harness Between P02 (9) and C02 (21) and ground Below 1V 12
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between P02 (10) and C02 (21) and ground Below 1V 13
Between P02 (9) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 14
Between P02 (10) and related circuits and ground Below 1V 15
2. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
At P02, between (9) and (20) 6 - 9V 16
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
At P02, between (10) and (20) 6 - 9V 17
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect CB2 connector and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (21) and (11) 6 - 9V 18
A. Engine controller test Voltage
At CB2, between (31) and (11) 6 - 9V 19

20-408 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E955

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E955] Specifications No. Readings
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect C02 connector and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
A. Pump controller test Voltage At C02, between (21) and (31) 6 - 9V 20

Electrical circuit diagram related to S-NET communication

PC400LC-7L 20-409 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E956

E956
12

ENGINE POWER FAILURE (1)


• When the ignition switch is turned ON, the source voltage of the controller is below 10V. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DB22KK.
• None in particular.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on • The engine stalls.
machine • The engine cannot be started.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E956] Specifications No. Readings
1. Circuit breaker 7 defective If circuit breaker is turned OFF, the circuit probably has grounding fault, etc. (See cause 3B.)
2. Engine controller power supply relay defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller
power supply relay test Replace the power supply relay, R22, with another one. If the condition becomes normal, the relay is
---
- internal short or defective.
disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and R22 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between CB3 (1) and R22 (5) Below 1Ω 1
Between CB3 (2) and R22 (5) Below 1Ω 2
A. Wiring harness test
Between CB3 (21) and R22 (5) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between R22 (3) and CB3 (1), (2), (21) Below 1Ω 4
defective contact with
connector Between R22 (1) and H15 (5) and CB1 (13), (19) Below 1Ω 5
Between R22 (2) and CB1 (7), (8) and CB2 (11) and A10 Below 1Ω 6
ground
Between CB3 (1), (2), (21) and R22 (3) Above 1MΩ 7
B. Wiring harness test Between R22 (5) and battery relay B and ground Above 1MΩ 8
Short (Contact with Resistance Ω Between R22 (1) and H15 (5) Above 1MΩ 9
ground circuit) Between R22 (1) and BCB1 (13), (19) Above 1MΩ 10
Between R22 (1) and related circuits and grounding Above 1MΩ 11
4. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
CB3 Ignition switch ---
A. Engine controller test Voltage Between (1), (2), (21) and OFF Below 1V 12
(11), (31), (32) ON 20 - 30V 13

20-410 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E956

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine controller power supply

PC400LC-7L 20-411 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E957

E957
12

ENGINE POWER FAILURE (2)


• When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the source voltage of the controller is above 10V. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code D1D0KB.
• None in particular.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The engine does not start easily when temperature is low.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The over heat protection function does not operate.
machine
• If the controller is also defective, the engine does not stop.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E957] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine controller power supply relay defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Ignition switch ON during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller
power supply relay test Replace the power supply relay, R22, with another one. If the condition becomes normal, the relay is
---
- internal short or defective.
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and R22 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (1), (2), (21) and R22 (3) and ground Below 1V 1
Short (Contact with Voltage
Between R22 (1) and J03 or related circuits and ground Below 1V 2
24V ground circuit)
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
CB3 Ignition switch ---
A. Engine controller test Voltage Between (1), (2), (21) and OFF Below 1V 3
(11), (31), (32) ON 20 - 30V 4

20-412 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E957

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine controller power supply

PC400LC-7L 20-413 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E95A

E95A
12

ENGINE Q-ADJUSTMENT SWITCH SIGNAL ERROR


• The fuel injection adjustment switch of the controller is not set to the correct position. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DB2AMA.
• None in particular.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring on
• Setting of the fuel injection amount adjustment switch cannot be changed.
machine
• Setting (Set position) of the fuel injection amount adjustment switch can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information (Code No.: 36800 Right fuel injection amount adjustment switch
Code No.: Left fuel injection amount adjustment switch)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E95A] Specifications No. Readings
1. Setting of fuel injection amount adjustment
If fuel injection amount adjustment switch 1 (right) or 2 (left) is set in [F], its setting is wrong.
switch of engine controller defective
2. Engine controller defective If the cause is not detected, engine controller may be defective.

20-414 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E95A

12

MEMORANDUM

PC400LC-7L 20-415 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E970

E970
12

PCV1 OVER CURRENT


• Abnormal current flowed in the fuel supply pump PCV1 circuit. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code AD11KB.
• Power to the fuel supply pump PCV1 circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is first turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information • Special adapter (799-601-9430) is necessary for troubleshooting for fuel supply pump PCV1.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E970] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel supply pump PCV1 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PCV1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel supply pump At PCV1, between (1) and (2) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 1
PCV1 test - internal Resistance Ω
At PCV1, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and PCV1 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB3 (12) and PCV1 (1) Above 1ΜΩ 3
grounding circuit
B. Wiring harness Between CB3 (2) and PCV1 (1) Below 1V 4
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V grounding circuit) Between CB3 (22) and PCV1 (2) Below 1V 5
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (12) and (22) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 6
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB3, between (12) and (22) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 7

20-416 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E970

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel supply pump PCV1

PC400LC-7L 20-417 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E971

E971
12

PCV2 OVER CURRENT


• Abnormal current flowed in the fuel supply pump PCV2 circuit. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code AD51KB.
• Power to the fuel supply pump PCV2 circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is first turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information • Special adapter (799-601-9430) is necessary for troubleshooting for fuel supply pump PCV2.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E91] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel supply pump PCV2 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PCV1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel supply pump At PCV2, between (1) and (2) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 1
PCV2 test - internal Resistance Ω
At PC2, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and PCV1 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB3 (13) and PCV2 (1) Above 1ΜΩ 3
grounding circuit
B. Wiring harness Between CB3 (13) and PCV2 (1) Below 1V 4
Short (Contact with Voltage
24V grounding circuit) Between CB3 (23) and PC2 (2) Below 1V 5
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (13) and 3) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 6
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB3, between (13) and (23) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 7

20-418 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E971

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel supply pump PCV2

PC400LC-7L 20-419 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E974

E974
12

PCV1 LINE CUT


• Fuel supply pump PCV1 circuit is disconnected. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code AD11KA.
• Power to the fuel supply pump PCV1 circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is first turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information • Special adapter (799-601-9430) is necessary for troubleshooting for fuel supply pump PCV1.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E974] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel supply pump PCV1 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PCV1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel supply pump At PCV1, between (1) and (2) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 1
PCV1 test - internal Resistance Ω
At PCV1, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and PCV1 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (12) and PCV1 (1)
Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB3 (22) and PCV1 (2) Below 1Ω 4

B. Wiring harness test


Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB3 (22) and PCV1 (2) Above 1ΜΩ 5
grounding circuit
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (12) and (22) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 6
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB3, between (12) and (22) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 7

20-420 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E974

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel supply pump PCV1

PC400LC-7L 20-421 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E975

E975
12

PCV2 LINE CUT


• Fuel supply pump PCV2 circuit is disconnected. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code AD51KA.
• Power to the fuel supply pump PCV2 circuit is switched OFF.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is first turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information • Special adapter (799-601-9430) is necessary for troubleshooting for fuel supply pump PCV2.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E975] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel supply pump PCV2 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PCV2 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel supply pump At PCV2, between (1) and (2) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 1
PCV2 test - internal Resistance Ω
At PCV2, between (1) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 2
short or disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and PCV21 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (13) and PCV2 (1)
Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB3 (23) and PCV2 (2) Below 1Ω 4

B. Wiring harness test


Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB3 (23) and PCV2 (2) Above 1ΜΩ 5
grounding circuit
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (13) and (23) 2.3 - 5.3Ω 6
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB3, between (13) and (23) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 7

20-422 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E975

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel supply pump PCV2

PC400LC-7L 20-423 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E977

E977
12

RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR ERROR


• The signal voltage from the common rail fuel pressure sensor is below 0.7V or above 4.5V. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DH40KX.
• The machine is driven with limited output.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• Input from the common rail pressure sensor (voltage and pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 36401 Common rail pressure sensor voltage
Relative information
Code No.: 36400 Common rail fuel pressure)
• Special adapter (799-601-9420) is necessary for troubleshooting for common rail fuel pressure sensor.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E977] Specifications No. Readings
1. Common rail fuel pressure sensor defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect PFUEL connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At PFUEL, between (3) and (1), power supply 4.6 - 5.4V 1
A. Common rail fuel
At PFUEL, (2) and (1), signal 0.7 - 4.5V 2
pressure sensor test -
Voltage The pressure sensor voltage is measured with the wiring harness connected. Accordingly, if the
internal short or
disconnected voltage is abnormal, check the wiring harness and controller for another cause of the trouble and then
judge.
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and PFUEL and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (9) and PFUEL (3) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between CB2 (39) and PFUEL (1) Below 1Ω 4
defective contact with
connector Between CB2 (40) and PFUEL 2) Below 1Ω 5
B. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (9) and PFUEL (3) Above 1ΜΩ 6
Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB2 (9) and related circuits and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 7
grounding circuit
Between CB2 (40) and PFUEL (2) and grounding Above 1ΜΩ 8
C. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (9) and PFUEL (3) Below 1V 9
Contact with 24V cir- Voltage Between CB2 (9) and related circuits and grounding Below 1V 10
cuit
Between Cb2 (40) and PFUEL (2) and grounding Below 1V 11
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (9) and (39) 4.6 - 5.4V 12
A. Engine controller test Voltage
At CB2, between (40) and (39) 0.7 - 4.5V 13

20-424 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E977

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to common rail fuel pressure sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-425 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E979

E979
12

RAIL PRESSURE HIGH


• The signal circuit of the common rail fuel pressure sensor detected high pressure (level 1). (Engine controller
Contents Of Trouble system)
• Failure code AD00L2.
• The machine is driven with limited output.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• Input from the common rail pressure sensor (voltage and pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information (Code No.: 36401 Common rail pressure sensor voltage
Code No.: 36400 Common rail fuel pressure)

Steps Cause Standard value in normal and references for troubleshooting


1. Related systems defective If any other error code or failure code is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first.
2. Fuel used improper Fuel used may be improper. Check it directly.
3. Electric system or common rail fuel
Carry out troubleshooting for error code E977.
pressure sensor defective
4. Mechanical system of common rail fuel
The common rail fuel pressure sensor may have a mechanical defect. Check it directly.
pressure sensor defective
5. Overflow valve defective The overflow valve may have trouble of breakage of spring, wear of seat or fixing of ball. Check it
directly.
6. Overflow piping clogged The overflow piping may be clogged. Check it directly.
7. Pressure limiter defective The pressure limiter may have a mechanical defect. Check it directly.

20-426 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E97A

E97A
12

RAIL PRESSURE ABNORMAL HIGH


• The signal circuit of the common rail fuel pressure sensor detected high pressure (level 2). (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code AD00MA.
• The machine is driven with limited output.
Response from controller
• When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation returns to normal.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• Input from the common rail pressure sensor (voltage and pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information (Code No.: 36401 Common rail pressure sensor voltage
Code No.: 36400 Common rail fuel pressure)

Steps Cause Standard value in normal and references for troubleshooting


1. Common rail related device defective Carry out troubleshooting for error code E979.

PC400LC-7L 20-427 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E97B

E97B
12

RAIL PRESSURE LOW


• No pressure feed by fuel supply pump (level 1) occurred. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code AD10L3.
• The machine is driven with limited output.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The engine does not start easily when temperature is low.
Phenomenon occurring on
• The overheat protection function does not operate.
machine
• If the controller is also defective, the engine does not stop.
• Input from the common rail pressure sensor (voltage and pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information (Code No.: 36401 Common rail pressure sensor voltage
Code No.: 36400 Common rail fuel pressure)

Steps Cause Standard value in normal and references for troubleshooting


1. Related systems defective If any other error code or failure code is displayed, carry out troubleshooting for it first.
2. Fuel used improper Fuel used may be improper. Check it directly.
3. Fuel low pressure circuit device defective A low pressure circuit device may be defective. Referring to Note 1, carry out troubleshooting.
4. Fuel filter/strainer clogged The fuel filter /strainer may be clogged. Referring to Note 2, carry out troubleshooting.
5. Electrical system of fuel supply pump PCV1
Carry out troubleshooting for error codes E970, E971,E974 and E975.
defective
6. Fuel supply pump defective The fuel supply pump may be defective. Check it directly.
7. Common rail fuel pressure sensor defective The common rail fuel pressure sensor may be defective. Check it directly.
8. Pressure limiter defective The pressure limiter may have a mechanical defect. Check it directly.
9. Fuel injector defective The fuel injector may be defective. Referring to Note 3. Check it directly.

Note 1: Check the low-pressure circuit devices for the following points.

1. Insufficiency of fuel.

2. Fixing and wear of feed pump and clogging of filter.

3. Leakage from and clogging of low-pressure fuel piping.

4. Malfunction of bypass valve and installation of wrong part (See Fig. 1).

5. Clogging of fuel filter.

6. Entry of fuel in oil pan (Fuel leakage in head cover).


• Fuel low-pressure circuit pressure: 0.15 – 0.3 MPa {1.5 – 3.0 kg/cm2}(21.3 - 42.6 psi).

20-428 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E97B

12
Fig. 1: Locations of overflow valve (1), bypass valve (2), and fuel inlet joint (3)
• Overflow valve (1): Spring is seen through both holes.
• Bypass valve (2): Spring is seen through hole on nut side.
• Fuel inlet joint (3): Gauze filter is seen through both holes.

Note 2: Check, clean, and replace the filters and strainers according to the following procedure.
1. Gauze filter: Disassemble and check the gauze filter. If it is clogged, clean it.
2. Strainer on upstream side of gauze filter: If the gauze filter is clogged, clean the upstream strainer too.
3. Fuel filter: If the trouble is not solved by performing 1) and 2) above, replace the fuel filter.
Note 3: Judge the condition of the fuel injector by measuring the fuel spill rate.
WARNING! When performing the follow work, take care not to scald yourself with the fuel which
becomes hot (up to 90°C).

1. Disconnect the hose connected to the centralized return spill tube adapters (at the rear of the engine).
2. Connect another hose to the spill tube end so that spill fuel can be received in a container.
3. Run the engine and stall at each speed (relieve the arm circuit by moving the arm in). Measure the quantity of the fuel
spilling in 1 minute under this condition.
Limit of spill of fuel (Total of spill from 6 cylinders.

Stall speed (rpm) Limit of spill (cc/min)


1,600 960
1,700 1,020
1,800 1,080
1,900 1,140
2,000 1,200

PC400LC-7L 20-429 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E97C

E97C
12

RAIL PRESSURE TOO LOW


• No pressure feed by fuel supply pump (level 2) occurred. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code AD10MB.
• The machine is driven with limited output.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• Input from the common rail pressure sensor (voltage and pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information (Code No.: 36401 Common rail pressure sensor voltage
Code No.: 36400 Common rail fuel pressure)

Steps Cause Standard value in normal and references for troubleshooting


1. Common rail related device defective Carry out troubleshooting for error code E97B.

20-430 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E97D

E97D
12

RAIL PRESSURE OUT OF CONTROL


• Abnormal fuel pressure was generated in the common rail. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code AD10MA.
• The machine is driven under the normal control.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• Input from the common rail pressure sensor (voltage and pressure) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information (Code No.: 36401 Common rail pressure sensor voltage
Code No.: 36400 Common rail fuel pressure)

Steps Cause Standard value in normal and references for troubleshooting


1. Common rail related device defective Carry out troubleshooting for error code E97B.

PC400LC-7L 20-431 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E980

E980
12

ENGINE CONTROLLER ABNORMALITY


• The controller has an abnormality in it. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code DB20KT.
• The machine is driven with limited output or all output is turned OFF.
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on
• The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine
• The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E977] Specifications No. Readings
1. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (11) and grounding Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between CB3 (31) and grounding Below 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between CB3 (32) and grounding Below 1Ω 3
2. Engine controller defective If cause 1 is not detected, the engine controller may be defective.
(Since trouble is in the engine controller, troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)

20-432 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E980

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine controller power supply

PC400LC-7L 20-433 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E981

E981
12

FUEL INJECTOR 1 DISCONNECTION


• Fuel injector 1 circuit is disconnected. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code ADA1KA.
• Power to the fuel injector 1 circuit is switched OFF
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E981] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 1 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 1 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN1, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (14) and CN1 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (24) and CN1 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (14) and (24) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel injector 1

20-434 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E982

E982
12

FUEL INJECTOR 2 DISCONNECTION


• Fuel injector 2 circuit is disconnected. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code ADB1KA.
• Power to the fuel injector 2 circuit is switched OFF
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E982] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 2 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN2 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 2 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN2, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (6) and CN2 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (16) and CN2 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (6) and (16) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel injector 1

PC400LC-7L 20-435 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E983

E983
12

FUEL INJECTOR 3 DISCONNECTION


• Fuel injector 3 circuit is disconnected. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code ADC1KA.
• Power to the fuel injector 3 circuit is switched OFF
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E983] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 3 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN3 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 3 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN3, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (5) and CN3 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (15) and CN3 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (5) and (15) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel injector 1

20-436 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E984

E984
12

FUEL INJECTOR 4 DISCONNECTION


• Fuel injector 4 circuit is disconnected. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code ADD1KA.
• Power to the fuel injector 4 circuit is switched OFF
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E984] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 4 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN4 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 4 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN4, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (26) and CN4 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (36) and CN4 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (26) and (36) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel injector 1

PC400LC-7L 20-437 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E985

E985
12

FUEL INJECTOR 5 DISCONNECTION


• Fuel injector 5 circuit is disconnected. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code ADE1KA.
• Power to the fuel injector 5 circuit is switched OFF
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E985] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 5 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN5 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 5 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN5, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (33) and CN5 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (34) and CN5 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (34) and (3) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel injector 1

20-438 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E986

E986
12

FUEL INJECTOR 6 DISCONNECTION


• Fuel injector 6 circuit is disconnected. (Engine controller system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code ADF1KA.
• Power to the fuel injector 6 circuit is switched OFF
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E986] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 6 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN6 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 6 test -
internal short or Resistance Ω At CN6, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
disconnected
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB3 (25) and CN6 (1) Below 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between CB3 (35) and CN6 (2) Below 1Ω 3
connector
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (25) and (35) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 4

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel injector 1

PC400LC-7L 20-439 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E98A

E98A
12

FUEL INJECTOR 1 - 3 S/C


• Abnormal current in the fuel injector 1 circuit, fuel injector 2 circuit and fuel injector 3 circuit. (Engine controller
Contents Of Trouble system)
• Failure code ADAZKB.
• Power to the fuel injector 1 circuit, fuel injector 2 circuit and fuel injector 3 circuit is switched OFF
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E98A] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 1 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN1 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 1 test - At CN1, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
internal short or Resistance Ω
At CN1, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 2
disconnected
2. Fuel injector 2 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN2 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 2 test - At CN2, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 3
internal short or Resistance Ω
disconnected At CN2, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 4

3. Fuel injector 3 defective


• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN3 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 3 test - At CN3, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 5
internal short or Resistance Ω
At CN3, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 6
disconnected
4. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between CB3 (14) and CN1 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 7
Between CB3 (24) and CN1 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 8
A. Wiring harness test
Between CB3 (6) and CN2 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 9
Contact with Resistance Ω
Between CB3 (16) and CN2 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 10
grounding circuit
Between CB3 (5) and CN3 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 11
Between CB3 (15) and CN3 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 12

20-440 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E98A

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E98A] Specifications No. Readings
5. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
Between CB3 (14) and CN1 (1) and grounding Below 1V 13
Between CB3 (24) and CN1 (2) and grounding Below 1V 14
A. Wiring harness test
Between CB3 (6) and CN2 (1) and grounding Below 1V 15
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between CB3 (16) and CN2 (2) and grounding Below 1V 16
Between CB3 (5) and CN3 (1) and grounding Below 1V 17
Between CB3 (15) and CN3 (2) and grounding Below 1V 18
6. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (14) and (24) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 19
At CB3, between (6) and (16) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 20
At CB3, between (5) and (15) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 21
At CB3, between (5) and grounding Above 1MΩ 22
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (6) and grounding Above 1MΩ 23
At CB3, between (14) and grounding Above 1MΩ 24
At CB3, between (15) and grounding Above 1MΩ 25
At CB3, between (16) and grounding Above 1MΩ 26
At CB3, between (24) and grounding Above 1MΩ 27

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel injectors 1, 2, and 3

PC400LC-7L 20-441 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E98B

E98B
12

FUEL INJECTOR 4 - 6 S/C


• Abnormal current in the fuel injector 4 circuit, fuel injector 5 circuit and fuel injector 6 circuit. (Engine controller
Contents Of Trouble system)
• Failure code ADDZKB.
• Power to the fuel injector 4 circuit, fuel injector 5 circuit and fuel injector 6 circuit is switched OFF
Response from controller • Even after the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine operation does not return to normal, unless the engine
ignition switch is turned OFF.
• The output lowers (The engine output lowers about 20% and the pump absorption torque is reduced).
Phenomenon occurring on • The output lowers (Only the pump absorption torque is reduced).
machine • The engine speed does not rise above low idling.
• The engine stops and it cannot be started (when user code E10 is displayed).
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E98B] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel injector 4 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN4 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 4 test - At CN4, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 1
internal short or Resistance Ω
At CN4, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 2
disconnected
2. Fuel injector 5 defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN5 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 5 test - At CN5, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 3
internal short or Resistance Ω
disconnected At CN5, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 4

3. Fuel injector 6 defective


• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect CN6 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Fuel injector 6 test - At CN6, between (1) and (2) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 5
internal short or Resistance Ω
At CN6, between (1) and (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 6
disconnected
4. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between CB3 (26) and CN4 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 7
Between CB3 (36) and CN4 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 8
A. Wiring harness test
Between CB3 (34) and CN5 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 9
Contact with Resistance Ω
Between CB3 (33) and CN5 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 10
grounding circuit
Between CB3 (25) and CN6 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 11
Between CB3 (35) and CN6 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 12

20-442 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E98B

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [E98B] Specifications No. Readings
5. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the ON position during troubleshooting.
Between CB3 (26) and CN4 (1) and grounding Below 1V 13
Between CB3 (36) and CN4 (2) and grounding Below 1V 14
A. Wiring harness test
Between CB3 (34) and CN5 (1) and grounding Below 1V 15
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between CB3 (33) and CN5 (2) and grounding Below 1V 16
Between CB3 (25) and CN6 (1) and grounding Below 1V 17
Between CB3 (35) and CN6 (2) and grounding Below 1V 18
6. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB3 and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
At CB3, between (26) and (36) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 19
At CB3, between (34) and (33) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 20
At CB3, between (25) and (35) 0.4 - 1.1Ω 21
At CB3, between (25) and grounding Above 1MΩ 22
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB3, between (26) and grounding Above 1MΩ 23
At CB3, between (33) and grounding Above 1MΩ 24
At CB3, between (34) and grounding Above 1MΩ 25
At CB3, between (35) and grounding Above 1MΩ 26
At CB3, between (364) and grounding Above 1MΩ 27

Electrical circuit diagram related to fuel injectors 4, 5, and 6

PC400LC-7L 20-443 1
TROUBLESHOOTING A000N1

A000N1
12

ENGINE HIGH IDLING SPEED OUT OF STANDARD


User Code Error Code Failure Code Failure Engine high-idling speed out of standard
E22 E922 A000N1 phenomenon (Mechanical system)

Failure content • While the engine is running, its speed above 2,350 rpm is detected.
Response from
controller • None in particular.

Phenomenon occurring • If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
on machine
• Input from the engine speed sensor (rpm) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No. 01006: Engine speed)

Step Cause Standard value in normal and references for troubleshooting


Check for an external or an internal factor which heightens the engine high idling speed and then
1. Overrun of engine (While system is normal)
check the mechanical system of the engine.
2. Engine speed sensor system abnormal If error code E227 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting it first.
3. Engine controller defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch ON for preparations and keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
Engine Monitoring 1,880 − 1,980
A. Engine controller test Engine speed 1
High idling 01006 Engine speed rpm

20-444 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING A000N2

A000N2
12

ENGINE LOW IDLING SPEED OUT OF STANDARD


User Code Error Code Failure Code Failure Engine low-idling speed out of standard
--- --- A000N2 phenomenon (Mechanical system)

Failure content • While the engine is running, its speed below 500 rpm is detected.
Response from • None in particular.
controller • When the failure cause disappears by itself, the machine returns to normal.
Phenomenon occurring
• If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
on machine
• Input from the engine speed sensor (rpm) can be checked in the monitoring function.
Relative information
(Code No. 01006: Engine speed)

Step Cause Standard value in normal and references for troubleshooting


Check for an external or an internal factor which heightens the engine low idling speed and then
1. Engine mechanical system defective
check the mechanical system of the engine.
2. Engine speed sensor system abnormal If error code E227 is displayed, carry out troubleshooting it first.
3. Engine controller defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch ON for preparations and keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
Engine Monitoring
A. Engine controller test Engine speed 975 − 1,025 rpm 1
Low idling 01006 Engine speed

PC400LC-7L 20-445 1
TROUBLESHOOTING AA10NX

AA10NX
12

AIR CLEANER CLOGGED


• The signal circuit of the air cleaner clogging switch is closed (connected to grounding) while the engine is running.
Contents Of Trouble (Mechanical system)
• Failure code AA10NX.
Response from controller • None in particular.
Phenomenon occurring on
• If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
machine
• If the air cleaner clogging monitor on the monitor panel lights up in red while the engine is running, this failure code is
recorded.
Relative information
• Input from the air cleaner clogging switch (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 04501 Monitor input 1)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [AA10NX] Specifications No. Readings
1. Air cleaner clogged (While
Check the air cleaner. If it is clogged, clean or replace it.
system is normal)
2. Air cleaner clogging switch defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect A31 connection and install T-adapter.
• Ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
A. Air cleaner clogging At A31, between (1) and (2) - Normal Below 1Ω 1
switch test - internal
Resistance Ω
short or At A31, between (1) and (2) - Clogged Above 1MΩ 2
disconnected
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (5) and A31 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between A31 (2) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
4. Monitor panel defective
• Turn the ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold the ignition switch in the ON position or keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (5) and grounding - Normal Below 1V 5
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
Between P02 (5) and grounding - Clogged 20 - 30V 6

20-446 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING AA10NX

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to air cleaner clogging switch

PC400LC-7L 20-447 1
TROUBLESHOOTING AB00KE

AB00KE
12

CHARGE VOLTAGE LOW


• Signal voltage from alternator is below 20V while the engine is running. (Mechanical system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code AB00KE.
Response from controller • None in particular.
Phenomenon occurring on
• If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
machine
• If the charge level monitor on the monitor panel lights up in red while the engine is running, this failure code is
recorded.
Relative information • Input from the alternator (Voltage, ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 04300 Charge voltage
Code No.: 04501 Monitor input 2)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [AB00KE] Specifications No. Readings
1. Alternator defective
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect terminal R connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Alternator test - inter- At Alternator, between (terminal R) and grounding Above 20V 1
nal short or Voltage
disconnected If the voltage is abnormal, also check the belt tension.
2. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between P02 (11), J02 and Alternator terminal R Below 1Ω 2
defective contact with
connector
3. Wiring harness assembly
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Ignition switch should remain in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
Between P02 (11), J02 and Alternator terminal R Above 1MΩ 3
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (11), D01, J01 and ignition switch terminal
Above 1MΩ 4
Contact with Resistance Ω BR
grounding circuit Between P02 (11), battery relay terminal BR and
Above 1MΩ 5
grounding
4. Monitor panel defective
• Turn the ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold the ignition switch in the ON position or keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
A. Monitor panel test Voltage Between P02 (11) and grounding Above 20V 6

20-448 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING AB00KE

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine preheating, starting, charging

PC400LC-7L 20-449 1
TROUBLESHOOTING B@BAZG

B@BAZG
12

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW


• The signal circuit of the low pressure switch is closed (connected to ground) and the signal circuit of the high pressure
switch is closed (connected to ground) while the engine speed is above 600 rpm.
Contents Of Trouble • The signal circuit of the low pressure switch is opened (disconnected from ground) and the signal circuit of the high
pressure switch is closed (connected to ground) while the engine speed is above 1,300 rpm. (Mechanical system)
• Failure code B@BAZG.
Response from controller • None in particular.
Phenomenon occurring on
• If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
machine
• When this failure occurs, the error code is displayed only when the user code is turned ON and the failure code is
recorded in only the mechanical system of the failure history.
• If the engine oil pressure monitor on the monitor panel lights up in red while the engine is running, this failure code is
Relative information
recorded.
• Input from the engine oil pressure switch (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 17400 Engine controller input)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@BAZG] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine oil pressure lowered (While system is Check the engine oil pressure. If it is abnormal, find out the cause and check the engine for damage, if
normal) need be, repair it.
2. Engine oil pressure switch system defective Carry out troubleshooting for error code E936.
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB1 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
Engine CB1 −−−
Stopped Between (21) and grounding (Low Below 1V 1
Low idling pressure switch signal) 20 - 30V 2
A. Engine controller test Voltage
Stopped Below 1V 3
Between (15) and grounding (High
Above 1,300
pressure switch signal) 20 - 30V 4
rpm

20-450 1 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BAZG

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine oil pressure sensors (for low pressure and high pressure)

PC400LC-7L 20-451
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BAZK

B@BAZK
12

ENGINE OIL LEVEL LOW


• The signal circuit of the engine oil level switch is opened (disconnected from grounding) while the engine is stopped.
Contents Of Trouble (Mechanical system)
• Failure code B@BAZK.
Response from controller • None in particular.
Phenomenon occurring on
• If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
machine
• If the engine oil level monitor on the monitor panel lights up in red while the engine is running, this failure code is
recorded.
Relative information
• Input from the engine oil level switch (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 04501 Monitor input 2)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@BAZK] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine oil level low (While system is Check the engine oil level in the engine oil pan. If it is low, add oil. (If it is reduced frequently find out
normal) the cause.)
2. Engine oil level switch
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Engine oil level switch Engine oil level OL ---
defective Resistance Ω Normal level Below 1Ω 1
Internal disconnection Between (1) and ground
Below normal level Above 1MΩ 2
3. Wiring harness
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect P02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between P02 (8) and OL (1) Below 1Ω 3
defective contact with
connector
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (8) and Engine oil level - Normal Below 1V 4
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
grounding Engine oil level - Below normal 20 - 30V 5

20-452 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BAZK

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine oil level switch

PC400LC-7L 20-453
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BCNS

B@BCNS
12

ENGINE WATER OVERHEAT


• The signal circuit of the engine water temperature sensor detected temperature above 105°C. (Mechanical system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code B@BCNS.
Response from controller • None in particular.
Phenomenon occurring on
• If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
machine
• If the engine water temperature monitor on the monitor panel lights up in red while the engine is running, this failure
code is recorded.
• Input from the engine water high temperature sensor (water temperature and voltage) can be checked in the monitoring
Relative information
function.
(Code No.: 04102 Engine water temperature (High),
Code No.: Engine water temperature sensor voltage Hi)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@BCNS] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine overheated (While system is Check the engine for overheating. If it has been overheated, find out the cause and check the engine
normal) for damage, then repair.
2. Engine water high temperature sensor Carry out troubleshooting for “Display of engine water temperature gauge on monitor panel is
system defective abnormal” in E mode.
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller CB2 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
At CB2, between (27)
3.28kΩ 1
and (29) Engine water temperature
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω
At CB2, between (27) 105°C
3.28kΩ 2
and (39)

20-454 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BCNS

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine water temperature sensor (for low temperature and high
temperature)

PC400LC-7L 20-455
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BCZK

B@BCZK
12

ENGINE WATER LEVEL LOW


• The signal circuit of the radiator water level switch is opened (disconnected from grounding) while the engine is run-
Contents Of Trouble ning. (Mechanical system)
• Failure code B@BCZK.
Response from controller • None in particular.
Phenomenon occurring on
• If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
machine
• If the radiator water level monitor on the monitor panel lights up red while the engine is stopped (the ignition switch is
at the ON position), this failure code is recorded.
Relative information
• Input from the radiator water level switch (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 04500 Monitor input 1)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@BCZK] Specifications No. Readings
1. Sub-tank water level low (While system is Check the radiator sub-tank water level. If it is low, add water. (If it is reduced frequently, find out the
normal) cause.
2. Radiator water level switch
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Radiator water level Sub-tank water level A33 ---
switch defective Resistance Ω Within normal level Below 1Ω 1
Internal disconnection Between (1) and (2)
Below normal level Above 1MΩ 2
3. Wiring harness
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect P02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (3) and A33 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between A33 (2), J08, J12 and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
Sub-tank water level - Within
Below 1V 4
Between P02 (3) and normal
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
grounding Sub-tank water level - Below
20 - 30V 5
LOW level

20-456 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@BCZK

Electrical circuit diagram related to radiator water level switch

PC400LC-7L 20-457
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@HANS

B@HANS
12

HYDRAULIC OIL OVERHEAT


• The signal of the hydraulic oil temperature sensor rises above 102°C, while the engine is running. (Mechanical system)
Contents Of Trouble
• Failure code B@HANS.
Response from controller • None in particular.
Phenomenon occurring on
• If the machine is used as it is, the engine may be damaged.
machine
• If the hydraulic oil temperature monitor on the monitor panel lights up red while the engine is running, this failure code
is recorded.
Relative information
• Input from the hydraulic oil temperature sensor can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No.: 04401 Hydraulic oil temperature)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter.


• T-adapter kit if appropriate.
• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [B@HANS] Specifications No. Readings
1. Hydraulic oil overheated (While system is Check the hydraulic oil for overheating. If it has been overheated, find out the cause and check the
normal) hydraulic equipment for damage, then repair.
2. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Hydraulic oil tempera- A61 Hydraulic oil temperature ---
ture sensor test Between (1) and (2) 90 - 3.5kΩ 1
Internal disconnection Resistance Ω
Between (2) and 10 - 100°C
Above 1MΩ 2
grounding
3. Wiring harness
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for the preparations.
• Disconnect P02 connector and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the OFF position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between P02 (12) and A61 (2) Above 1MΩ 3
grounding circuit
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in OFF position.
• Disconnect engine controller P02 and install T-adapters.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position or start engine during the troubleshooting.
Between P02 (12) and
90 - 3.5kΩ 4
(13) Hydraulic oil temperature
A. Monitor panel test Resistance Ω
Between P02 (12) and 10 - 100°C
Above 1MΩ 5
grounding

20-458 PC400LC-7L
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@HANS

Electrical circuit diagram related to hydraulic oil temperature sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-459
TESTING AND ADJUSTING B@HANS

12

MEMORANDUM

20-460 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
(E MODE)

12
BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-502
CONNECTION TABLE OF FUSE BOX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-502
POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-503
POINTS TO REMEMBER IF ABNORMALITY RETURNS TO NORMAL BY ITSELF . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-504
USER CODE MEMORY RETENTION FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-504
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-505
E-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-507
THE ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-507
E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-510
PREHEATER DOES NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-510
PREHEATING MONITOR DOES NOT LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-510
HEATER UNIT DOES NOT WARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-511
E-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-514
AUTO ENGINE WARM-UP DEVICE DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-514
E-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-515
AUTO-DECELERATOR DOES NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-515
E-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-516
ALL WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING AND TRAVEL DO NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-516
E-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-518
ONE-TOUCH POWER MAX. FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-518
E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-520
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-520
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-520
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION IS NOT TURNED OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-521
E-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-523
ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT DOES NOT CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-523
E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-525
NO DISPLAY IN MONITOR PANEL AT ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-525
E-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-527
PART OF DISPLAY ON MONITOR PANEL IS MISSING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-527
E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-527
MONITOR PANEL DISPLAYS CONTENTS IRRELEVANT TO THE MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-527
E-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-528
FUEL LEVEL MONITOR RED LAMP LIGHTS UP WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-528
E-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-529
ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-529
E-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-531
HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-531
E-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-533
FUEL GAUGE DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-533
E-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-535
SWING LOCK MONITOR DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-535
E-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-537
WHEN MONITOR SWITCH IS OPERATED, NOTHING IS DISPLAYED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-537
E-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-539
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WINDOW WASHER DO NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-539
WINDSHIELD WIPER DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-539

PC400LC-7L 20-501 1
TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE OF CONTENTS

WINDSHIELD WASHER DOES NOT OPERATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-541


E-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-543
ALARM BUZZER CANNOT BE CANCELLED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-543
E-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-545
“BOOM RAISE” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-545
E-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-547
“BOOM LOWER” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-547
E-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-549
“ARM IN” IS NOT DISPLAYED NORMALLY IN MONITORING FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-549
E-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-550
“ARM DUMPING” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-550
E-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-552
“BUCKET CURL” IS NOT DISPLAYED NORMALLY IN MONITORING FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . 20-552
E-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-553
“BUCKET DUMPING” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . 20-553
E-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-555
“SWING” IS NOT DISPLAYED NORMALLY IN MONITORING FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-555
E-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-557
“TRAVEL” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-557
E-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-559
“TRAVEL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR
FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-559
E-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-561
“SERVICE” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-561
E-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-563
TRAVEL ALARM DOES NOT SOUND OR DOES NOT STOP SOUNDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-563
E-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-565
TROUBLESHOOTING FOR AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-565
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FOR AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-565
TROUBLESHOOTING BY SELF-DIAGNOSIS NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-565
E-32-E11 DISCONNECTION IN RECIRCULATED AIR SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-566
E-32-E12 SHORT CIRCUIT IN RECIRCULATED AIR SPACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-566
E-32-E15 DISCONNECTION IN WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-567
E-32-E16 SHORT CIRCUIT IN WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-567
E-32-E18 SHORT IN DAYLIGHT SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-568
E-32-E43 ABNORMALITY IN AIR OUTLET DAMPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-568
E-32-E44 ABNORMALITY IN AIR MIX DAMPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-569
E-32-E45 ABNORMALITY IN RECIRCULATED AND FRESH AIR DAMPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-569
E-32 - TROUBLESHOOTING BY FAILURE PHENOMENON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-571

20-502 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING

BEFORE CARRYING OUT TROUBLESHOOTING


12

CONNECTION TABLE OF FUSE BOX


This connection table shows the devices to which each power supply of the fuse box supplies power (A switch power
supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is at the ON position and a constant power supply is a
device which supplies power while the starting switch is at the OFF position).
When carrying out troubleshooting related to the electrical system, you should check the fuse box to see if the power is
supplied normally.

Type of power supply Fuse No. Fuse capacity Destination of power


Pump controller (Controller power supply)
1 10 A Swing holding brake solenoid (When emergency brake is released)
PC-EPC solenoid (When emergency pump is driven)
Pump controller (Solenoid power supply)
2 20 A Machine push-up solenoid
Switch power supply ATT return selector relay & solenoid
(Fusible link: A34)
Starting motor cutout relay (For PPC lock)
3 10 A
PPC lock solenoid
Cigarette lighter
4 10 A
Windshield washer motor
5 10 A Horn
6 10 A (Spare)
7 10 A Rotary lamp

Switch power supply 8 10 A Right front working lamp & boom working lamp
(Fusible link: A34) One-touch power maximizing switch (Input to pump controller input)
9 10 A
Radio
10 10 A (Spare)
11 20 A Air conditioner unit
Monitor panel
12 20 A
Starting motor cutout relay (For personal code)

Switch power supply Light relay (For right front working lamp & boom working lamp)
13 20 A
(Fusible link: A34) Headlamp & additional headlamp
14 10 A Service power supply 1 (M32 connector)
Travel alarm
15 10 A
Service power supply 2 (DC/DC converter)
16 10 A Radio (For backing up)
17 10 A Monitor panel (For backing up)
Constant power
supply 18 10 A Starting switch
(Fusible link: A35)
19 10 A Room lamp
20 10 A (Spare)

PC400LC-7L 20-503 1
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM

POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM


12

1. Always turn power OFF before disconnecting or connecting connectors.

2. Before carrying out troubleshooting, check that all the related connectors are properly inserted.
Disconnect and connect the related connectors several times to check.
Check each individual wire on the connector suspected of the problem by performing a pull test on the wire insert.

3. Always connect any disconnected connectors before going on to the next step.
If power is turned ON with the connectors still disconnected, unnecessary displays will be generated.

4. When carrying out troubleshooting of circuits (measuring the voltage, resistance, continuity or current), move the related
wiring and connectors several times and check that there is no charge in the reading of the tester.
If there is any charge, there is probably defective contact in that circuit.

5. When checking a single diode circuit:


Isolate the diode from the circuit.
using a digital volt ohm meter, in the Ohms mode, check the
polarity of the diode as shown in the illustration. Reversing the
meter leads, you should have a reading in one direction only.
Electrical flow should be negative (-) to positive (+) only, red lead
positive and black lead negative.

6. When checking a dual diode circuit:


Isolated the diode from the circuit.
using a digital volt ohm meter, in the Ohms mode, check the
polarity of the diode as shown in the illustration. Reversing the
meter leads, you should have a reading in one direction only.
Electrical flow should be negative (-) to positive (+) only, red lead
positive and black lead negative.

7. Always be aware of what you are measuring. Voltage, Ohms or Amps.


Always use caution when measuring a circuit.
When measuring voltage, be sure the meter is set in the voltage
range, AC or DC and above the voltage value you are measuring.
When measuring ohms, be sure the circuit is dead and has no
voltage in it before you take any readings. Be sure the meter is set
in the proper ohms range.
When measuring Amps, be sure your meter is rated for the
amount of amps you will be measuring. Failure to follow these
procedures may damage you equipment or possibly cause injury.
Always study the operators manuel for the meter you will be
using.

20-504 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING POINTS TO REMEMBER WHEN TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM

12
POINTS TO REMEMBER IF ABNORMALITY RETURNS TO NORMAL BY
ITSELF
There is a high probability the same problem will occur again, it is desirable to follow up the problem carefully.

1. If any abnormality returns to normal by itself.

2. If the connector is disconnected and the T-adapter is inserted, or if the T-adapter is removed and the connector is returned
to its original position when carrying out troubleshooting on the failure, and the service code is no longer displayed, or if
the monitor display returns to normal.

3. After completing troubleshooting, always erase the user code from memory.

USER CODE MEMORY RETENTION FUNCTION


When displaying the codes in the memory and carrying out troubleshooting, record the content of the display first, then erase
the display. After re-enacting the problem, carry out troubleshooting according to the failure codes that are now displayed.
There are cases where mistaken operation or abnormalities occur when a connector is disconnected. Erasing the data in this
way saves any wasted work.

PC400LC-7L 20-505 1
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES

INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES


12

The testing table and the related circuit diagrams contain the following information. Read all information and each step
carefully, if necessary, repeat each step in a test procedure to confirm the fault. The idea behind these procedures is to
isolate each part of the circuit.

• Failure.
Contents Of Trouble • Failure code displayed.
• Additional information.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information while
performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Service Code Specifications No. Readings
1. Sensor or actuator
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (no voltage should be in the system you are testing unless called for indicated with a symbol )
• Disconnect components and isolate them for testing. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• Zero meter leads for proper readings. (remove resistance from your meter leads before taking reading. See DVOM meter operators manual)

Test procedure for component only. readings 1 Your


A. What you are Resistance Ω information
or
testing Voltage Your
Test procedure for component only. readings 2 information
2. Diode test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• When checking a diode always isolate the circuit. Check diode continuity in both directions reversing meter leads each time to confirm electrical
flow. Electrical flow should be one way only.
At a diode, between point (x) and (x) reverse meter lead Continuity one
A.Diode test Resistance Ω polarity each time to check diode. way only? 3 Yes or No
3. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (no voltage should be in the system you are testing unless called for indicated with a symbol )
• Disconnect components and isolate them for testing. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• Zero meter leads for proper readings. (remove resistance from your meter leads before taking reading. See DVOM meter operators manual)
Your
A.Open or high Resistance Ω Test procedure for harness. (connector) to (connector) readings 4
information
or
resistance Voltage Your
Test procedure for harness. (connector) to (connector) readings 5 information
Your
B.Short to chas- Resistance Ω Test procedure for harness. (connector) to (connector) readings 6 information
sis ground or or
Voltage Your
within harness Test procedure for harness. (connector) to (connector) readings 7
information
4. Additional components to be tested
• With ignition switch in the OFF position. (no voltage should be in the system you are testing unless called for indicated with a symbol )
• Disconnect components and isolate them for testing. (The importance of these tests are to isolate each component for testing separately)
• Zero meter leads for proper readings. (remove resistance from your meter leads before taking reading. See DVOM meter operators manual)
A.What you are Resistance Ω
Your
or Test procedure for any additional components. readings 8
testing Voltage information

20-506 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TESTING PROCEDURES

12
Circuit Diagram

This is part of the electrical circuit diagram which shows the portion where the failure occurred.

• Connector No.: Indicates (Type - numbers of a pin) (color)


• Arrow: Roughly indicates the location in the machine where it is installed.

PC400LC-7L 20-507 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-1

E-1
12

THE ENGINE DOES NOT CRANK


Failure information • The engine will not crank.
• Failure code none displayed.
Relative information • The engine starting circuit has the start lock mechanism of the safety lock lever type

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Battery
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Battery test Voltage Battery voltage Min. 24V 1
Insufficient capacity --- Electrolyte specific gravity Min. 1.26 2
2. Fusible link A35
If circuit breaker is turned OFF or the fuse is broken, the circuit probably has a ground fault (See cause 9).
3. Fuse No. 3 or 17
4. Ignition switch
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect H15 connector and install T-adapter.
A. Ignition switch test At H15, between (1) and (4) key OFF position Min. 1MΩ 2
Resistance Ω
Internal disconnection At H15, between (1) and (4) key START position Max. 1Ω 3
5. Safety lock switch
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S14 connector and install T-adapter.
A. Safety lock switch test At S14, between (1) and (3), locked Min. 1MΩ 4
Resistance Ω
Internal short circuit At S14, between (1) and (3), unlocked Max. 1Ω 5
6. Starting motor cut-out relays
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect R11 and R13 connector and install T-adapter.
At R11, between (1) and (2) 100 - 500Ω 6
At R11, between (3) and (5) Min. 1MΩ 7
A. Starting motor cut-out
At R11, between (3) and (6) Max. 1Ω 8
relays Resistance Ω
At R13, between (1) and (2) 100 - 500Ω 9
Internal defect
At R13, between (3) and (5) Min. 1MΩ 10
At R13, between (3) and (6) Max. 1Ω 11
7. Starting motor
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Turn ignition switch to START and carry out troubleshooting.
Starting motor, between terminal B
B - power supply 20 - 30V 12
and chassis ground
Starting motor, between ST (1) and
S - start 20 - 30V 13
A. Starting motor test chassis ground
Voltage
Internal defect Starting motor, between ST (2) and
R - charge Max. 1V 14
chassis ground
If the above voltage is normal and the starting motor does not crank, starting motor has a defect in it
or engine is defective.
8. Alternator
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF (with only wiring harness R disconnected).
• Turn ignition switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
A. Alternator test
Voltage Alternator, between terminal R and chassis ground Max. 1V 15
Internal short circuit

20-508 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-1

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
9. Wiring harness assembly test
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A35, H15, R1, R13, S14 connectors from and install T-adapter.
• Carry out troubleshooting with ignition switch OFF.
Turn ignition switch ON during troubleshooting
Between battery relay terminal B and A35 (1) Max. 1Ω 16
Between A35 (2) and H15 (1) Max. 1Ω 17
A. Wiring harness Between H15 (4), J01 and R11 (5) Max. 1Ω 18
Disconnection in Between R11 (3) and ST (1) Max. 1Ω 19
Resistance Ω
harness or defective Between FB1 (3) and S14 (1) Max. 1Ω 20
contact in connector Between S14 (3) and R11 (1) Max. 1Ω 21
Between R11 (2) and R13 (6) Max. 1Ω 22
Between R13 (3), J04 and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 23
Resistance Ω Between A35 (2) and H15 (1) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 24
Between H15 (4), J01 and R11 (5) and other related
Min. 1MΩ 25
B. Wiring harness circuits and chassis ground
Short to chassis Between R11 (3) and ST (1) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 26
ground or within
Between FB1 (3) and S14 (1) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 27
harness
Contact with ground Between A14 (3) and R11 (1) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 28
circuit Between R11 (2) and R13 (6) and chassis ground Min. 1MΩ 29
Between R13 (2), J05, P02 (14 and other related circuits
Min. 1MΩ 30
and chassis ground
C. Wiring harness
Between ST(2), alternator terminal R, J02, D01 (6)
Contact with 24V Voltage Max. 1V 31
and P02 (11) and chassis ground
circuit

PC400LC-7L 20-509 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-1

Electrical circuit diagram for engine preheating, starting, charging

20-510 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-2

E-2
12

PREHEATER DOES NOT OPERATE


PREHEATING MONITOR DOES NOT LIGHT
1. When the starting switch is turned to the HEAT position, the preheating
Failure information • The preheater does not operate.
monitor does not light up.
• The preheating monitor starts lighting when the starting switch is turned to the HEAT position. After about 30 seconds, it start
flashing to notify that preheating is finished (It stops flashing in about 10 seconds).
Relative information
• Input of the preheating signal (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No. 04500: Monitor input 1)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Ignition switch system
If the preheater does not operate (the heater unit is not warmed), carry out troubleshooting
defective
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between P02 (18) and J02 (7) Below 1Ω 1
defective contact with
connector
3. Monitor panel
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position or HEAT position during troubleshooting.
At P02, between Ignition switch - OFF Below 1V 2
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
(18) and ground Ignition switch - HEAT 20 - 30V 3

PC400LC-7L 20-511 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-2

12
HEATER UNIT DOES NOT WARM
2. When the starting switch is turned to the HEAT position, the heater
Failure information • The preheater does not operate.
unit is not warmed.
• Check that the starting motor rotates normally.
Relative information
• (If the starting motor does not rotate, carry out troubleshooting in “E-1 Engine does not crank”.)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Ignition switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect H15 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position or HEAT position during troubleshooting.
A. Ignition switch test At H15, between Ignition switch - OFF Above 1MΩ 1
Resistance Ω
Internal disconnection (1) and (3) Ignition switch - HEAT Below 1Ω 2
2. Heater relay
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect H15 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position or HEAT position during troubleshooting.
A. Heater relay test Ignition switch Heater relay ---
Internal disconnection Continuity and
OFF Between coil terminal and grounding Continued 3
Resistance Ω
HEAT Between contact terminals Below 1Ω 4
3. Intake air heater
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Intake air heater test
Continuity Intake air heater, between terminals Continued 5
Internal disconnection
4. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between H15 (3), J02, and heater relay terminal Below 1Ω 6
Disconnection or Between starting motor terminal B and heater relay Below 1Ω 7
Resistance Ω
defective contact with Between heater relay and intake air heater Below 1Ω 8
connector Between air heater and engine Below 1Ω 9

20-512 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-2

12
Electrical circuit diagram for engine preheating, starting, charging

PC400LC-7L 20-513 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-3

E-3
12

AUTO ENGINE WARM-UP DEVICE DOES NOT WORK


Failure information • The auto engine warm-up device does not work.
• The auto engine warm-up device is activated, when the engine cooling water temperature is below 30°C, and raise the engine
rotation up to 1,200 rpm.
• The auto engine warm-up device is released by keeping the fuel dial opening at above 70% for more than 3 seconds, when
Relative information
the engine starting switch is in the ON position or after the engine is started.
• If the engine water temperature is below 10°C, the turbocharger protection function operates to keep the engine speed below
1,000 rpm for up to 5 seconds after the engine is started.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine cooling water temperature signal
• Turn the ignition switch ON for the trouble shooting
Compare the
monitor
Monitor code indication with
A. Engine cooling water Engine cooling water temperature (low temperature) 1
04107 the actual engine
temperature signal cooling water
fault temperate
If the display on the monitor panel is abnormal, carry out troubleshooting in “Engine water thermometer does not dis-
play normally.
2. Engine controller If step1 is not detected, the engine controller may be defective. (Since trouble is in the engine controller, troubleshooting
A. Engine controller test cannot be carried out.)

20-514 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-4

E-4
12

AUTO-DECELERATOR DOES NOT OPERATE


Failure information • The auto-decelerator does not operate.
• Since the auto-decelerator is set to 1,300 rpm, it does not operate if the fuel control dial is not set above this level.
• Check the display on the monitor panel while the engine is running.
Relative information
• If the display on the monitor panel is abnormal, carry out troubleshooting in “*** is not displayed normally in monitoring
function”.

--- Standard value and references for testing


Cause Monitoring code Item Normal display
01900 Lever operation: ON
1 Boom RAISE signal fault Pressure switch 1 Boom RAISE Lever NEUTRAL: OFF
01900 Lever operation: ON
2 Boom LOWER signal fault Pressure switch 1 Boom LOWER Lever NEUTRAL: OFF
Arm RETRACT signal 01900 Lever operation: ON
3 Arm RETRACT
fault Pressure switch 1 Lever NEUTRAL: OFF

4 Arm EXTEND signal fault 01900 Arm EXTEND Lever operation: ON


Pressure switch 1 Lever NEUTRAL: OFF

5 Bucket CURL signal fault 01901 Bucket CURL Lever operation: ON


Pressure switch 2 Lever NEUTRAL: OFF

6 Bucket DUMPING signal 01901 Bucket DUMPING Lever operation: ON


fault Pressure switch 2 Lever NEUTRAL: OFF
01900 Lever operation: ON
7 Swing signal fault Swing
Pressure switch 1 Lever NEUTRAL: OFF
01900 Lever operation: ON
8 Travel signal fault Pressure switch 1 Travel Lever NEUTRAL: OFF

9 Service signal fault 01901 Service Lever operation: ON


Pressure switch 2 Lever NEUTRAL: OFF

10 Pump controller defective As this is an internal failure, testing cannot be conducted. (If there is none of the causes listed in Item 1
through 9, the controller is judged as defective.

11 Engine controller defective As this is an internal failure, testing cannot be conducted. (If there is none of the causes listed in Item 1
through 9, the controller is judged as defective.

PC400LC-7L 20-515 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-5

E-5
12

ALL WORK EQUIPMENT, SWING AND TRAVEL DO NOT OPERATE


Failure information • All the work equipment, swing and travel do not move.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 9 fault If the fuse is blown, there is a big possibility that grounding fault occurred in the circuit. See Step 4B.
1. Safety lock switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S14 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. Safety lock switch test At S14, between Safety lock lever - Free Below 1Ω 1
Resistance Ω
Internal disconnection (1) and (2) Safety lock lever - Lock Above 1MΩ 2
2. PPC lock solenoid
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V08 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. PPC lock solenoid At V08, between (1) and (2) 20 - 60Ω 3
Internal disconnec-
Resistance Ω
tion, short circuit or At V08, between (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 4
ground fault
3. Assembled type diode D01
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Assembled type diode
Above 1MΩ
D01 Resistance Ω At D01, between (4) and (8) 5
(Νο Continuity)
Internal short
4. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (3) outlet and S14 (1) Below 1Ω 6
Disconnection or Between S14 (2) and J02 - V01 (2) Below 1Ω 7
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between V08 (1) to J13 and ground Below 1Ω 8

B. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (3) outlet and S14 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 9
Contact with Resistance Ω Between S14 (2) to J02 - V01 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 10
grounding circuit Between S14 (2) and D01 (4) and grounding Above 1MΩ 11

20-516 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-5

12
Electrical circuit diagram for PPC lock solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-517 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-6

E-6
12

ONE-TOUCH POWER MAX. FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE


Failure information • One-touch power max. function does not operate
• If the one-touch power max. switch is pressed while the engine is running, the one-touch power max. monitor is displayed
on the monitor panel.
Relative information
• Input condition of the one-touch power max. switch (left knob switch) (ON or OFF) can be checked in the monitoring
function. (Code No. 02200: Switch input 1)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 3 fault If the fuse is blown, there is a big possibility that grounding fault occurred in the circuit. See Step 2B.
1. One touch power max. switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M23 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. One touch power max. At M23, One touch pwr. max. sw. - released Min. 1MΩ 1
switch test Resistance Ω between (1) and
Internal disconnection (2) One touch pwr. max. sw. - Pressed Max. 1Ω 2

2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between FB1 (9) outlet and M23 (1) Max. 1Ω 3
defective contact with
connector
B. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (9) outlet and M23 (1) and grounding Min. 1MΩ 4
Contact with Resistance Ω Between FB1 (9) outlet and other related circuit and
Min. 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit grounding
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C01 and install T-adapter
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
At C01, One touch pwr. max. sw. - released Max. 1V 6
A. Pump controller test Voltage Between (11)
One touch pwr. max. sw. - Pressed 20 - 30V 7
and ground

20-518 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-6

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to one-touch power max. switch

PC400LC-7L 20-519 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-7

E-7
12

MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLY


MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
Failure Machine push-up function does not operate
(1)The machine push-up function does not operate.
information normally.
Relative
When the machine push-up function is set in the high pressure position, the solenoid is turned OFF.
information

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Machine push-up switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M38 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
Machine push-up switch
A. Machine push-up At M38, Low pressure position Below 1Ω 1
switch test Resistance Ω between (1) and
Internal disconnection (2) High pressure position Above 1MΩ 2
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M38 (2), J07 and V06 (2) and grounding Below 1V 3
Contact with Voltage
24V grounding circuit Between M38 (2) and D02 (3) and grounding Below 1V 4

20-520 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-7

12
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION IS NOT TURNED OFF
Failure information • Machine push-up function does not operate normally. (2)The machine push-up function is not turned OFF.
Relative information • When the machine push-up function is set in the low pressure position, the solenoid is turned ON.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 2 fault If the fuse is blown, there is a big possibility that grounding fault occurred in the circuit. See Step 4B.
1. Machine push-up switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M38 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
Machine push-up switch
A. Machine push-up At M38, Low pressure position Below 1Ω 1
switch test Resistance Ω between (1) and
High pressure position Above 1MΩ 2
Internal disconnection (2)
2. Machine push-up solenoid
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V06 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. Machine push-up At V06, between (1) and (2) 20 - 60Ω 3
solenoid
Internal disconnec- Resistance Ω
At V06, between (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 4
tion, short circuit or
ground fault
3. Assembled type diode D02
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Assembled type diode
Above 1MΩ
D02 Resistance Ω At D02, between (3) and (7) 5
(Νο Continuity)
Internal short
4. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (2) outlet and M38 (1) Below 1Ω 6
Disconnection or Between M38 (2) and J07 - V06 (2) Below 1Ω 7
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between V06 (1) and ground Below 1Ω 8
Between FB1 (2) outlet and M38 (1) and related circuits
B. Wiring harness test Above 1MΩ 9
and grounding
Contact with Resistance Ω
Between M38 (2) to J07 - V06 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 10
grounding circuit
Between M38 (2) and D02 (3) and grounding Above 1MΩ 11

PC400LC-7L 20-521 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-7

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to machine push-up solenoid

20-522 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-7

12

MEMORANDUM

PC400LC-7L 20-523 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-8

E-8
12-

ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT DOES NOT CHANGE


WHEN ATTACHMENT IS INSTALLED

(1)When working mode A or E is selected, attachment circuit is not switched to crusher


Failure information Attachment circuit does not change. circuit (reciprocation circuit).
(2)When working mode B is selected, attachment circuit is not switched to breaker circuit
(one-way circuit).
If the primary side (coil side) of the attachment return selector relay has a fault (short-circuit or disconnection), an error code is
Relative information displayed. A fault on the secondary side (contact side) cannot be detected, however.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Attachment return selection solenoid
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V12 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. Attachment return At V12, between (1) and (2) 20 - 60Ω 1
selection solenoid test Resistance Ω
At V12, between (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 2
Internal disconnection
2. Attachment return selection relay
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect V06 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
A. Attachment return At R20, between (3) and (5) Below 1Ω 3
selection relay
Internal Resistance Ω
At R20, between (3) and (6) Above 1MΩ 4
disconnection, short
circuit or ground fault
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position for this test
A. Wiring harness test Between J03 (8) and R20 (3) Below 1Ω 6
Disconnection or Between R20 (5) and V12 (2) Below 1Ω 7
Resistance Ω
defective contact with
connector Between C03 (3), (13), (23) and V12 (1) Below 1Ω 8
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between R20 (5) and V12 (2) and grounding Below 1V 9
grounding circuit

20-524 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-8

12
Electric Circuit Diagram for Attachment Return Selector Relay and Solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-525 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-9

E-9
12

NO DISPLAY IN MONITOR PANEL AT ALL


Failure information • No display in monitor panel at all.
When the engine starting switch is turned ON, there appears no display at all in the monitor panel.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 12 fault If the fuse is blown, there is a big possibility that grounding fault occurred in the circuit. See Step 2B.
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test From P01 (1), (2) to J07 to FB1 (12) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
defective contact with From P01 (6), (7) to J04 and grounding Below 1Ω 2
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Between P01 (1), (2) to J07 to FB1 (12) outlet or related
Contact with Resistance Ω Above 1MΩ 3
circuits and grounding
grounding circuit
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
Starting Switch
Voltage At P01, between (1), (2) and ground 20 - 30V 4
ON
A. Monitor panel test
Starting switch
Resistance Ω At P01, between (6), (7) and ground Below 1Ω 5
OFF

20-526 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-9

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Power Source in Monitor Panel

PC400LC-7L 20-527 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-10

E-10
12

PART OF DISPLAY ON MONITOR PANEL IS MISSING


Failure information • Part of display on monitor panel is missing Part of the display in the monitor panel is missing during starting switch in ON.
Relative information ---

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Turn the starting switch ON during the troubleshooting.
1 Monitor panel LCD fault If all the LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) in the monitor panel light up (i.e. the screen becomes totally white) by the
following switching operation, then the monitor panel is normal.
• Switching operation: [ ] + [A] (push switches simultaneously.)
2 Monitor panel defective If cause 1 is not detected, the monitor panel may be defective. (Since trouble is in the monitor panel, troubleshooting
cannot be carried out.)

E-11
MONITOR PANEL DISPLAYS CONTENTS IRRELEVANT TO THE MODEL
Failure information • The monitor panels displays contents that have nothing to do with the model on which it is installed.
Relative information ---

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Turn the starting switch in ON during the troubleshooting (monitoring).
1. Model code signal fault Monitoring code Item Normal display
(Internal failure) 00200 Controller model code PC400-a
If the display on the monitor panel is normal, troubleshoot Error Code [E217].
2. Monitor panel defective If cause 1 is not detected, the monitor panel may be defective. (Since trouble is in the monitor panel, troubleshooting cannot
be carried out.)

20-528 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-12

E-12
12

FUEL LEVEL MONITOR RED LAMP LIGHTS UP WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING


Failure information • The fuel level monitor red lamp lights up while the engine was running.
Relative information • If the fuel gauge shows in a red range on the monitor panel, the fuel level monitor lamp lights up red.
• (5) Input signal from the fuel level sensor (voltage) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
(Code No.: 04200 Fuel level sensor)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel level lowered
Check fuel level in fuel tank. If insufficient, refill fuel.
(system in normal condition)
2. Fuel level sensor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A60 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
Fuel level
At A60, between Approximately
A. Fuel level sensor test FULL (Upper limit) 1
Resistance Ω (1) and 12Ω
Internal disconnection
grounding EMPTY (Lower limit) 85 - 110Ω 2
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between P02 (2) and A60 (1) Below 1Ω 3
grounding circuit
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in OFF position.
Fuel level
At A60, between Approximately
FULL (Upper limit) 4
A. Monitor panel test Resistance Ω (2) and 12Ω
grounding EMPTY (Lower limit) 85 - 110Ω 5

Electrical Circuit Diagram for Fuel Level Sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-529 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-13

E-13
12

ENGINE WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY


1. While the engine water temperature rises normally, the temperature
gauge does not rise above the white range (C).
Failure • Engine water temperature gauge does not display
information correctly
2. While the engine water temperature is stabilized normally, the
temperature gauge rises up to the red range (H).
• The signal of the engine water high temperature sensor for the water temperature gauge is received from the engine controller
through the communication line.
Relative • If the engine water high temperature sensor system becomes defective, error code [E934] may be displayed.
information • Input from the engine water high temperature sensor (voltage and temperature) can be checked in the monitoring function.
(Code No. 04106: Engine water sensor voltage Hi,
Code No. 04102: Engine water temperature (High temperature))

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Engine water high temperature sensor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect TWH and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Engine water high At TWH, between (1) and (2) 3.5k - 90kΩ 1
sensor test - Internal
Resistance Ω At TWH, between (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 2
disconnection, short
circuit, ground fault At TWH, between (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 3
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between CB2 (27) and THW (1) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or Between CB2 (29) and THW (2) Below 1Ω 5
Resistance Ω
contact with
connector Between CB2 (39) and THW (2) Below 1Ω 6
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between CB2 (27) and TWH (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 7
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between CB2 (27) and TWH (1) and ground Below 1V 8
circuit
3. Engine controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect CB2 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
At CB2, between (27) and (39) 3.5k - 90kΩ 9
At CB2, between (29) and (39) 3.5k - 90kΩ 10
A. Engine controller test Resistance Ω At CB2, between (27) and grounding Above 1MΩ 11
At CB2, between (29) and grounding Above 1MΩ 12
At CB2, between (39) and grounding Above 1MΩ 13
4. Monitor panel If causes 1 - 3 are not detected, the monitor panel may be defective. (Since trouble is in the monitor panel,
troubleshooting cannot be carried out.)

20-530 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-13

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to engine water high temperature sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-531 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-14

E-14
12

HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE GAUGE DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY


Failure information • Hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not display correctly

1. Hydraulic oil temperature rises normally, but the display does not rise from the white range (C).

2. Hydraulic oil temperature remains stable, but the display rises up the red range (H).
Relative information • Input from the hydraulic oil temperature sensor can be confirmed in the monitor function.
(Code No.: 04401 Hydraulic oil temperature)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A61 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF.
Engine cooling water
temperature
A. Hydraulic oil At A61, between (1) and (2) 90 - 3.5kΩ 1
temperature sensor test
- Internal Resistance Ω 10 - 100°C At A61, between (2) and
Above 1MΩ 2
disconnection, short grounding
circuit, ground fault
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test Between P02 (12) and A61 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between P02 (13) and A61 (1) Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between P02 (12) and A61 (2) and ground Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between P02 (12) and A61 (2) and ground Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Engine cooling water
temperature
At P02, between (12) and (13) 90 - 3.5kΩ 7
A. Monitor panel test Resistance Ω 10 - 100°C At P02, between (12) and
90 - 3.5kΩ 8
ground

20-532 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-14

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-533 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-15

E-15
12

FUEL GAUGE DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY


Failure information • Fuel gauge does not display correctly

1. Though fuel was refilled, the display does not exceed the red range (E).

2. Though the remaining fuel level is low, the display does not drop below the green range (F).
Relative information • Input from the fuel level sensor (voltage) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
(Code No.: 04200 Fuel sensor voltage)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuel level sensor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A60 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
Fuel level
A. Fuel level sensor test - Approximately
FULL (Upper limit) 1
Internal At A60, between (1) and 12Ω
Resistance Ω
disconnection, short grounding
circuit, ground fault EMPTY (Lower limit) 85 - 110Ω 2

2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between P02 (2) and A60 (1) Below 1Ω 3
contact with
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between P02 (2) and A60 (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 4
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between P02 (2) and A60 (1) and ground Below 1V 5
circuit
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Fuel level
Approximately
FULL (Upper limit) 6
A. Monitor panel test Resistance Ω At P01, between (2) and ground 12Ω
EMPTY (Lower limit) 85 - 110Ω 7

20-534 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-15

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Fuel Level Sensor

PC400LC-7L 20-535 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-16

E-16
12

SWING LOCK MONITOR DOES NOT DISPLAY CORRECTLY


1. Though the swing lock switch was turned ON, the swing lock monitor
does not light up.
• Swing lock monitor does not display cor-
Failure information
rectly
2. Though the swing lock switch was turned OFF, the swing lock monitor
lights up.
• Input from the swing lock switch (ON or OFF) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 04502 Monitor input 3)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Swing lock switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect X05 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
Swing lock switch
A. Swing lock switch test OFF Above 1MΩ 1
Internal
Resistance Ω At X05, between (1) and (2)
disconnection, short ON Below 1Ω 2
circuit, ground fault
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Hold ignition switch in the ON position during troubleshooting.
A. Wiring harness test From P02 (17) to J02 and X05and A60 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From X05 (2) to J05 and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test From P02 (17) to J02 to X05 (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 5
Contact with Resistance Ω
From P02 (17) to C02 (38) and ground Above 1MΩ 6
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test From P02 (17) to J02 and X05 (1) and ground Below 1V 7
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit From P02 (17) to C02 (38) and ground Below 1V 8
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Swing lock switch
OFF At P01, between (17) and 20 − 30ς 9
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
ON ground Below 1V 10

20-536 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-16

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to swing holding brake solenoid

PC400LC-7L 20-537 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-17

E-17
12

WHEN MONITOR SWITCH IS OPERATED, NOTHING IS DISPLAYED


Failure information When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (1) When mode selector switch is operated, working mode monitor is not
displayed. displayed.
Relative information ---
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.

When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (2) When LCD monitor adjustment switch is operated, mode selection screen is
Failure information displayed. not displayed.
Relative information ---
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.

Failure information When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (3) When selector switch is operated, flow rate adjustment screen or flow rate
displayed. selection screen is not displayed.
Relative information ---
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.

Failure information When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (4) When maintenance switch is operated, item selection screen is not displayed.
displayed.
Relative information ---
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.

Failure information When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (5) When automatic deceleration switch is operated, automatic deceleration
displayed. monitor is not displayed.
Relative information When the automatic decelerator does not operate either, conduct the troubleshooting for E-4.
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.

Failure information When monitor switch is operated, nothing is (6) When travel speed selector switch is operated, travel speed monitor is not
displayed. displayed.
Relative information When the travel speed does not change either, conduct the troubleshooting for H-22.
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.

When monitor switch is operated, nothing is


Failure information displayed. (7) When wiper switch is operated, wiper monitor is not displayed.

Relative information When the wiper does not operate either, conduct the troubleshooting for E-18.
Presumed cause and Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting
standard value in
normalcy Monitor panel defective As this is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted.

20-538 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-17

12

MEMORANDUM

PC400LC-7L 20-539 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-18

E-18
12

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WINDOW WASHER DO NOT WORK


WINDSHIELD WIPER DOES NOT WORK
Failure information • Windshield wiper and window washer do not work. (1) The windshield wiper does not work.
• Input from the window rear limit switch (ON or OFF) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
Relative information
(Code No.: 04502 Monitor input 3)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Window rear limit switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W03 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF during troubleshooting.
Front window
A. Window rear limit When installed at front Above 1MΩ 1
switch test - Internal
Resistance Ω At W03, between (1) and (2)
disconnection, short When retracted at rear Below 1Ω 2
circuit, ground fault
2. Windshield wiper motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect W03 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Windshield wiper Continuity
motor test - Internal and resis- At W04, between (3) and (1) Continued 3
disconnection tance value
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test From P01 (9) and W04 (3) Below 1Ω 4
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From P01 (10) and W04 (1) Below 1Ω 5
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω From P02 (15) and W03 (2) Above 1MΩ 6
grounding circuit
4. Monitor panel (Window rear limit switch system)
• Turn the engine ignition switch OFF for preparations.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Hold ignition switch in the ON position during the troubleshooting.
Front window
A. Monitor panel When installed at front 20 - 30V 7
At P02, between (15) and
(Window rear limit Voltage
When retracted at rear ground Below 1V 8
switch system) test
5. Monitor panel (Windshield wiper motor system)
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
Windshield wiper switch
OFF Below 3V 9
A. Monitor panel At P01, between (9) and ground
Below 3V 20 -
(Windshield wiper Voltage At P01, between (10) and
ON 30V (Constant 10
motor system) test ground
cycle)

20-540 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-18

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Windshield Wiper Motor and Window Rear Limit Switch

PC400LC-7L 20-541 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-18

12
WINDSHIELD WASHER DOES NOT OPERATE
Failure information Windshield wiper and window washer do not work. (2) Windshield washer does not operate.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 4 If fuse No. 4 is broken, the circuit probably has grounding fault, etc. (See cause 3B.)
2. Windshield wiper motor
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A50 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF or keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
A. Windshield wiper At A50, between (1) and (2) 5 - 20Ω 1
motor test - Internal Resistance Ω
disconnection At A50, between (1) and ground Above 1MΩ 2

3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect A50 and P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test From FB1 (4) to J03 to J06 and A50 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From FB1 (4) to J04 and P01 (3) Below 1Ω 4
connector
From FB1 (4) to J03 to J06 A50 (1) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
B. Wiring harness test From FB1 (4) to D02 (4) and to other relative circuits and
Above 1MΩ 6
Contact with Resistance Ω grounding
grounding circuit From A50 (2) to J04 and P01 (3) and grounding Above 1MΩ 7
From A50 (2) to D02 (8) and grounding Above 1MΩ 8
4. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
Windshield wiper switch
OFF 20 - 30V 9
A. Monitor panel test Voltage At P01, between (3) and ground
ON Below 1V 10

20-542 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-18

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Window Washer Motor

PC400LC-7L 20-543 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-19

E-19
12

ALARM BUZZER CANNOT BE CANCELLED


Failure information • The alarm buzzer cannot be cancelled.
Relative information • Input from the alarm buzzer stop switch (ON or OFF) can be confirmed in the monitor function.
(Code No.: 04502 Monitor input 3)

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Alarm buzzer stop switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P03 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch OFF.
Alarm buzzer stop switch
A. Alarm buzzer stop Release Above 1MΩ 1
At P03, between (1) and
switch test - Internal Resistance Ω
(2) Depress Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P01, P02 and P03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test At P02 (16) and P03 (1) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From P03 (2) to J05 to grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Voltage Between P02 (16) and P03 (1) and grounding Below 1V 5
grounding circuit
3. Monitor panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect P02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
Alarm buzzer stop switch
Release At P02, between (16) and 20 - 30V 6
A. Monitor panel test Voltage
Depress ground Below 1V 7

20-544 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-19

12
Electrical circuit diagram related to alarm buzzer stop switch

PC400LC-7L 20-545 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-20

E-20
12

“BOOM RAISE” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION


Failure information • Boom Raise is not correctly displayed in monitor function
• Boom Raise is not correctly displayed in the monitor function on the monitor panel.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Boom RAISE PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S06 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment control
lever
A. Boom RAISE PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
At S06, between (1) and
hydraulic switch test - Resistance Ω
(2) Boom RAISE Below 1Ω 2
Internal disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S06 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (10) and S06 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S06 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (10) and S06 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between C03 (10) and S06 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (10) and 20 - 30V 7
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Boom RAISE ground Below 1V 8

20-546 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-20

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Boom RAISE PPC Hydraulic Switch

PC400LC-7L 20-547 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-21

E-21
12

“BOOM LOWER” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION


Failure information • Boom LOWER is not correctly displayed in monitor function
• Boom LOWER is not correctly displayed in the monitor function on the monitor panel.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Boom LOWER PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment control
lever
A. Boom LOWER PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
At S02, between (1) and
hydraulic switch test - Resistance Ω
(2) Boom LOWER Below 1Ω 2
Internal disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S02 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (20) and S02 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S02 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (20) and S02 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between C03 (20) and S02 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
RH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (20) and 20 - 30V 7
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Boom LOWER ground Below 1V 8

20-548 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-21

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Boom LOWER PPC Hydraulic Switch

PC400LC-7L 20-549 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-22

E-22
12

“ARM IN” IS NOT DISPLAYED NORMALLY IN MONITORING FUNCTION


Failure information • Arm IN is not displayed normally in monitoring • Arm IN is not displayed normally in monitoring function (special
function. function) of monitor panel.
Relative information ---

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


1. Arm IN PPC pressure sensor defective The arm IN PPC pressure sensor may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for error code [E247].

2. Pump controller defective If cause 1 is not the cause of the trouble, the pump controller may be defective (Troubleshooting cannot
be carried out since the defect is in the pump controller).

20-550 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-23

E-23
12

“ARM DUMPING” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION


• Arm DUMPING is not correctly displayed in monitor function
Failure information
• Arm DUMPING is not correctly displayed in the monitor function (special function) on the monitor panel.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Arm DUMPING PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S08 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
LH work equipment control
lever
A. Arm DUMPING PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
At S08, between (1) and
hydraulic switch test - Resistance Ω
(2) Arm DUMPING Below 1Ω 2
Internal disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S08 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (40) and S08 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S08 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (40) and S08 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between C03 (40) and S08 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
LH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (40) and 20 - 30V 7
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Arm DUMPING ground Below 1V 8

PC400LC-7L 20-551 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-23

Electrical Circuit Diagram for Arm DUMPING PPC Hydraulic Switch

20-552 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-24

E-24
12

“BUCKET CURL” IS NOT DISPLAYED NORMALLY IN MONITORING FUNC-


TION
Bucket CURL is not displayed normally in monitoring Bucket CURL is not displayed normally in monitoring function (special
Failure information
function. function) of monitor panel.
Relative information ---

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


1. Bucket CURL PPC pressure sensor
The bucket CURL PPC pressure sensor may be defective. Carry out troubleshooting for error code [E248].
defective
If cause 1 is not the cause of the trouble, the pump controller may be defective (Troubleshooting cannot be
2. Pump controller defective
carried out since the defect is in the pump controller).

PC400LC-7L 20-553 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-25

E-25
12

“BUCKET DUMPING” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNC-


TION
• Bucket DUMPING is not correctly displayed in monitor function.
Failure information
• Bucket DUMPING is not correctly displayed in the monitor function (special function) on the monitor panel.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Bucket DUMPING PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S05 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment control
lever
A. Bucket DUMPING NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
PPC hydraulic switch At S05, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
test - Internal (2) Bucket DUMPING Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S05 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (19) and S05 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S05 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C03 (19) and S05 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage Between C03 (19) and S05 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
RH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (19) and 20 - 30V 7
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Bucket DUMPING ground Below 1V 8

20-554 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-25

Electrical Circuit Diagram for Bucket DUMPING PPC hydraulic Switch

PC400LC-7L 20-555 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-26

E-26
12

“SWING” IS NOT DISPLAYED NORMALLY IN MONITORING FUNCTION


Failure information Swing is not displayed normally in monitoring function. Swing is not displayed normally in monitoring function (special
function) of monitor panel.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Swing left PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S07 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
LH work equipment control
lever
A. Swing left PPC NEUTRAL Min. 1MΩ 1
hydraulic switch test - At S07, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) Left swing position Max. 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Swing right PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
RH work equipment control
lever
A. Swing right PPC NEUTRAL Min. 1MΩ 3
hydraulic switch test - At S03, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) Right swing position Max. 1Ω 4
disconnection
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03, S07 and S03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C03 (29) and S07 (2) Max. 1Ω 5
Disconnection or Between C03 (29) and S03 (2) Max. 1Ω 6
Resistance Ω
contact with Between S07(1) and grounding Max. 1Ω 7
connector Between S07(1) and grounding Max. 1Ω 8
B. Wiring harness test Between C03 (29) and S07 (2) and grounding Min. 1MΩ 9
Contact with Resistance Ω
Between C03 (29) and S07 (2) and grounding Min. 1MΩ 10
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test Between C03 (29) and S07 (2) and grounding Max. 1V 11
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between C03 (29) and S03 (2) and grounding Max. 1V 12
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
LH work equipment
control lever
NEUTRAL 20 - 30V 13
At C03, between (29) and
A. Pump controller test Voltage Left or right swing
ground Max. 1V 14
position

20-556 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-26

Electrical Circuit Diagram for Right and Left Swing PPC hydraulic Switches

PC400LC-7L 20-557 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-27

E-27
12

“TRAVEL” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION


Failure information TRAVEL is not correctly displayed in monitor function
TRAVEL is not correctly displayed in the monitor function (special function) on the monitor panel.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Travel PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Travel control lever
A. Travel PPC hydraulic NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
At S30, between (1) and
switch test - Internal Resistance Ω
(2) Forward or reverse Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and S30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test From C03 (39) to J01 to S30 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From S30 (1) to J05 to grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test From C03 (39) to J01 to S30 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
Contact with Resistance Ω
From C03 (39) to A43 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 6
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test From C03 (39) to J01 to S30 (2) and grounding Below 1V 7
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit From C03 (39) and A43 (2) and grounding Below 1V 8
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during the troubleshooting.
Travel control lever
NEUTRAL At C03, between (39) and 20 - 30V 9
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Forward or backward ground Below 1V 10

20-558 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-27

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel PPC hydraulic Switch and Travel Alarm

PC400LC-7L 20-559 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-28

E-28
12

“TRAVEL DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN


MONITOR FUNCTION
Failure information • Travel Differential Pressure is not correctly displayed in monitor function
• Travel Differential Pressure is not correctly displayed in the monitor function (special function) on the monitor panel.
Relative information • When pressure difference is created between the right and left travel PPC circuits (in steering), the travel differential
mechanism is turned ON.

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Travel steering PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S31 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Travel control lever
A. Travel steering PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
hydraulic switch test - At S31, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) One side of right or left only Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C02 and S31 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C02 (16) and S31 (2) Below 1Ω 3
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with From S31 (1) to J05 to grounding Below 1Ω 4
connector
B. Wiring harness test
Contact with Resistance Ω Between C02 (16) and S31 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 5
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test
Contact with 24V Voltage From C02 (16) and S31 (2) and grounding Below 1V 6
circuit
3. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
Travel control lever
NEUTRAL 20 - 30V 7
At C03, between (39) and
A. Pump controller test Voltage One side of right or left
ground Below 1V 8
only

20-560 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-28

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel and Steering PPC hydraulic Switch

PC400LC-7L 20-561 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-29

E-29
12

“SERVICE” IS NOT CORRECTLY DISPLAYED IN MONITOR FUNCTION


Failure information • Service is not correctly displayed in monitor function.
• Service is not correctly displayed in the monitor function (special function) on the monitor panel.
Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Service (front) PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S10 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Service pedal
A. Service (front) PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 1
hydraulic switch test - At S10, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) Operated to front Below 1Ω 2
disconnection
2. Service (rear) PPC hydraulic switch
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect S11 and install T-adapter.
• Keep the engine running during troubleshooting.
Service pedal
A. Service (rear) PPC NEUTRAL Above 1MΩ 3
hydraulic switch test - At S10, between (1) and
Resistance Ω
Internal (2) Operated to rear Below 1Ω 4
disconnection
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C02, S10 and S11 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Have ignition switch ON for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between C02 (35) and S10 (2) Below 1Ω 5
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between C02 (35) and S11 (2) Below 1Ω 6
contact with
connector Between S10 (1) and grounding Below 1Ω 7
B. Wiring harness test Between C02 (35) and S10 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 8
Contact with Resistance Ω
Between C02 (35) and S11 (2) and grounding Above 1MΩ 9
grounding circuit
C. Wiring harness test Between C02 (35) and S10 (2) and grounding Below 1V 10
Contact with 24V Voltage
circuit Between C02 (35) and S11 (2) and grounding Below 1V 11
4. Pump controller
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
Service pedal
NEUTRAL At C02, between (35) and 20 - 30V
A. Pump controller test Voltage
Operated to front or rear ground Below 1V

20-562 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-29

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Service PPC hydraulic Switch

PC400LC-7L 20-563 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-30

E-30
12

TRAVEL ALARM DOES NOT SOUND OR DOES NOT STOP SOUNDING


• Travel alarm does not sound or does not stop sounding.

Failure information 1. The travel alarm does not sound while the machine is traveling.

2. The alarm begins to sound when the machine is at a standstill.


Relative information ---

• Digital Volt Ohm Meter. T-adapter kit.


• Do not mark on original page of service manual. Remove this page from the service manual and make a copy for recording information
while performing these tests.
• If you are unable to copy this page, record readings on a separate paper referring to the (No.) numbers listed on the right of the procedure.
• Follow each step throughout this procedure, do not skip steps, jump ahead or stop when a fault is found unless otherwise instructed to in the
procedure. It is important to complete all steps and record information for final analyzing.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 15 When fuse No. 15 is blown, there is a big possibility that ground fault occurred in the circuit. (See Step 3B.)
2. Travel signal
• Start the engine during troubleshooting (monitoring).
A. Travel signal test - Monitoring code Item Normal display
Internal Control lever operated: ON
01900 Travel
disconnection Control lever NEUTRAL: OFF
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (15) outlet to J03 and A43 (1) Below 1Ω 1
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between A43 (2) and J01 (19) Below 1Ω 2
connector
B. Wiring harness test Between FB1 (15) outlet to J03 and A43 and grounding Above 1MΩ 3
Contact with Resistance Ω Between FB1 (15) outlet and other related circuit and
grounding circuit grounding Above 1MΩ 4

4. Travel alarm
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect C03 and install T-adapter.
• Start the engine during the troubleshooting.
This is an internal failure, troubleshooting cannot be conducted. (If none of the causes listed in item 1 through 4 above is
A. Travel alarm test
found, the travel alarm is judged as defective.)

20-564 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-30

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Travel PPC Hydraulic Switch and Travel Alarm

PC400LC-7L 20-565 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

E-32
12

TROUBLESHOOTING FOR AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM


TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE FOR AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
The control panel of the air conditioner constantly monitors the sensors and other devices in the system.
When it detects any abnormality, “Self-diagnosis notice” is displayed by operating switches specially.
If you feel any abnormality in the air conditioner system, check the “Self-diagnosis notice” first according to the
procedure for “Troubleshooting by self-diagnosis notice”, and then;
• If the “Self-diagnosis notice” is displayed, continue the “Troubleshooting by self-diagnosis notice”.
• If the “Self-diagnosis notice” is not displayed, carry out the “Troubleshooting by failure phenomenon”.

TROUBLESHOOTING BY SELF-DIAGNOSIS NOTICE


Self-diagnosis notice Failure mode
E-- No failures
E11 Disconnection in recirculated air sensor
E12 Short-circuit in recirculated air sensor
E15 Disconnection in water temperature sensor
E16 Short-circuit in water temperature sensor
E18 Short-circuit in daylight sensor
E43 Abnormality in air outlet damper
E44 Abnormality in air mix damper
E45 Abnormality in recirculated and fresh air damper

Check the “Self-diagnosis notice” on the control panel according to the following procedure.

• How to display “Self-diagnosis notice”

1. Turn the starting switch ON.

2. Press OFF switch (1) and check that anything is not displayed on
display monitor (2).

3. Hold the UP switch ( ) and DOWN switch ( ) of temperature setting


switch (3) simultaneously for 3 seconds or more.

4. Check the “Self-diagnosis notice” displayed on display monitor (2).


• How to select “Self-diagnosis notice”
If multiple “Self-diagnosis notices” are recorded, press the UP switch
( ) or DOWN switch ( ) of temperature setting switch (3) to select
another notice.
• How to delete “Self-diagnosis notice”
When reproducing the “Self-diagnosis notices” or after removing the cause of a failure, press the switches on both sides of
recirc/fresh air selector switch (4) simultaneously for 3 seconds or more, and all the “Self-diagnosis notices” are deleted.
• Finishing display of “Self-diagnosis notice”
To finish display of the “Self-diagnosis notice”, press OFF switch (1) or turn the starting switch OFF.

20-566 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12
E-32-E11 DISCONNECTION IN RECIRCULATED AIR SENSOR
Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Disconnection in recirculated air sensor
E11
Contents of trouble • Disconnection in the recirculated air sensor system is detected.
• Fixes the recirculated air temperature for control.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Related information ---

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Recirculated air sensor
• Prepare with the ignition switch OFF
• Disconnect THi connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the ignition switch in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Recirculation air
sensor test - Internal Resistance Ω At THi, between (1) and (2) 300Ω − 430kΩ 1
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (12) and THi (2) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M29 (11) and THi (1) Max. 1Ω 3
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

E-32-E12 SHORT CIRCUIT IN RECIRCULATED AIR SPACE


Self-diagnosis
Trouble Short circuit in recirculated air sensor
E12
Contents of trouble • Short circuit in the recirculated air sensor system is detected.
• Fixes the recirculated air temperature for control.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF
and ON> + <Starting air conditioner>
Related information ---

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Recirculated air sensor
• Prepare with the ignition switch OFF
• Disconnect THi connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the ignition switch in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Recirculation air
sensor test - Internal Resistance Ω At THi, between (1) and (2) 300Ω − 430kΩ 1
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (12) and THi (2) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M29 (11) and THi (1) Max. 1Ω 3
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

PC400LC-7L 20-567 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12
E-32-E15 DISCONNECTION IN WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Disconnection in water temperature sensor
E15
Contents of trouble • Disconnection in the water temperature sensor system is detected.
• Ignores the warm-up control and fixes the engine water temperature at 60°C for control.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Related information ---

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Water temperature sensor
• Prepare with the ignition switch OFF
• Disconnect THw connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the ignition switch in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Water temperature
sensor test - Internal Resistance Ω At THw, between (1) and (2) 95Ω − 455kΩ 1
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (14) and THw (2) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M29 (11) and THw (1) Max. 1Ω 3
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

E-32-E16 SHORT CIRCUIT IN WATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR


Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Short circuit in water temperature sensor
E16
Contents of trouble • Short circuit in the water temperature sensor system is detected.
• Ignores the warm-up control and fixes the engine water temperature at 60×C for control.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Related information ---

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Water temperature sensor
• Prepare with the ignition switch OFF
• Disconnect THw connection and install T-adapter.
• Keep the ignition switch in the OFF position for troubleshooting.
A. Water temperature
sensor test - Internal Resistance Ω At THw, between (1) and (2) 95Ω − 455kΩ 1
disconnection
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (14) and THw (2) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M29 (11) and THw (1) Max. 1Ω 3
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

20-568 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12
E-32-E18 SHORT IN DAYLIGHT SENSOR
Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Short circuit in daylight sensor
E18
Contents of trouble • Short circuit in the daylight sensor system is detected.
• Assumes that the daylight sensor is not installed for control.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Related information ---

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Daylight sensor The daylight sensor may be defective. Check it directly
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between M30 (16) and P15 (2) Max. 1Ω 1
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M30 (3) and P15 (1) Max. 1Ω 2
connector
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

E-32-E43 ABNORMALITY IN AIR OUTLET DAMPER


Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Trouble Abnormality in air outlet damper
E43
Contents of trouble • Abnormality in air outlet servomotor system is detected.
• Stops the air outlet servomotor.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Do not connect the power cables to the motor terminals directly to drive the motor. Doing so can damage the motor out-
Related information
put shaft and break the motor coils.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Air outlet servo motor The air outlet servo motor may be defective. Check it directly
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect Mv1, M29 and M30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Between Mv1 (1) and M30 (3) Max. 1Ω 1
A. Wiring harness test Between Mv1 (3) and M29 (11) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between Mv1 (5) and M30 (9) Max. 1Ω 3
contact with
connector Between Mv1 (6) and M29 (8) Max. 1Ω 4
Between Mv1 (7) and M29 (9) Max. 1Ω 5
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

PC400LC-7L 20-569 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12
E-32-E44 ABNORMALITY IN AIR MIX DAMPER
Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Abnormality in air mix damper
E44
Contents of trouble • Abnormality in air mix servomotor system is detected.
• Stops the air mix servomotor.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Do not connect the power cables to the motor terminals directly to drive the motor. Doing so can damage the
Related information
motor output shaft and break the motor coils.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Air mix servo motor The air mix servo motor may be defective. Check it directly
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect Mam, M29 and M30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Between Mam (1) and M29 (11) Max. 1Ω 1
A. Wiring harness test Between Mam (3) and M30 (3) Max. 1Ω 2
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between Mam (5) and M30 (2) Max. 1Ω 3
contact with
connector Between Mam (6) and M29 (4) Max. 1Ω 4
Between Mam (7) and M29 (5) Max. 1Ω 5
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
3. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

E-32-E45 ABNORMALITY IN RECIRCULATED AND FRESH AIR DAMPER


Self-diagnosis notice
Trouble Abnormality in recirculated and fresh air damper
E45
Contents of trouble • Abnormality in recirculated and fresh air servomotor system is detected.
• Stops the recirculated and fresh air servomotor.
• When the following condition is satisfied, the operation returns to normalcy.
Action of control panel
<Completion of removal of cause> + <Deletion of self-diagnosis notice> + <Turning starting switch OFF and ON> +
<Starting air conditioner>
Do not connect the power cables to the motor terminals directly to drive the motor. Doing so can damage the motor output
Related information
shaft and break the motor coils.

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Recirculated and fresh air
The recirculated and fresh air servo motor may be defective. Check it directly
servo motor
2. Fuse (in unit) If the fuse (in unit) is broken, the circuit probably has a ground fault, etc. Check the related circuits.
3. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect Mrf, M29 and M33 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between Mrf (1) and M29 (6) Max. 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between Mrf (3) and M29 (7) Max. 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
contact with
connector Between Mrf (7) and M33 (3) Max. 1Ω 3
If neither of Steps 1 and 2 is the cause of the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS
4. Air conditioner system
COMPENT, Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

20-570 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Air Conditioner

PC400LC-7L 20-571 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12
E-32 - TROUBLESHOOTING BY FAILURE PHENOMENON
Trouble • The air conditioner does not operate. 1. The air conditioner does not operate at all.
Related information ---

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse No. 11 If the fuse is broken, the circuit probably has a ground fault, etc. Refer to cause 3.
2. Wiring harness
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M27, M29 and M30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
A. Wiring harness test Between fuse (11) and M33 (3) Max. 1Ω 1
Disconnection or Between M27 (14) and M30 (6) Max. 1Ω 2
Resistance Ω
contact with Between M33 (2) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 3
connector Between M29 (12) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 4
B. Wiring harness Between fuse (11) and M33 (3) and chassis ground Min. 1Ω 5
Contact with ground Resistance Ω
Between M27 (14) and M30 (6) and chassis ground Min. 1Ω 6
circuit
3. Air conditioner unit
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M33 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
A. Air conditioner unit Voltage At M33, between (2) and (3) 20 - 30V 7
test If the above voltage is normal and the air conditioner does not operate, the air conditioner is defective.
4. Control panel
• With ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M33 and M29 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch to the ON position for this test.
8
Voltage Between M30 (6) and M29 (12) 20 - 30V
A. Control panel test 9
If the above voltage is normal and the air conditioner does not operate, the control panel is defective.

20-572 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12

Trouble • The air conditioner does not operate. 2. Air does not come out (Air flow is insufficient).
Related information

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse (in unit) If the fuse (in the unit) is broken, the circuit probably has a grounding fault, etc. Check the related circuits.
2. Blower relay
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector R30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch OFF.
A. Blower relay (on coil
Resistance Ω At R30, between (1) and (3) 140 - 340Ω 1
side) test
3. Blower relay
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector R30 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch OFF.
A. Blower relay (on
Voltage At R30, between (4) and ground 20 - 30V 2
contact side) test
4. Power transistor
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Turn ignition switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
Operate in rang of Low, If air flow can be changed with fan switch, power
A. Power transistor test Fan switch 3
Medium and High transistor is normal.
5. Blower motor
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector NB and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON and carry out troubleshooting.
A. Blower motor test Fan switch
At MB, between (1) and (2) 20 - 30V 4
Voltage ON
If the above voltage is normal and the blower motor does not rotate, the blower motor is defective.
6. Wiring harness
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect R30, R31, Mb, Ptr, M27, M29 and M30 and install T-adapters.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Between fuse 11 outlet, fuse in unit, R30 (3), R31 (1) and
Max. 1Ω 5
M30 (6)
Between M29 (3) and R30 (1) Max. 1Ω 6
A. Wiring harness test Between M29 (12) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 7
Disconnection or
Resistance Ω Between Mb (1) and R30 (4) Max. 1Ω 8
contact with
Between Mb (2) and Ptr (3) Max. 1Ω 9
connector
Between Ptr (1) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 10
Between Ptr (2) and M30 (7) Max. 1Ω 11
Between Ptr (4) and M30 (8) Max. 1Ω 12
7. Air conditioner unit If none of Steps 1 - 6 is the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS COMPONENT,
Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

PC400LC-7L 20-573 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12

Trouble • The air conditioner does not operate. 3. Air is not cooled (Cooling capacity is low).
Related information

Steps Circuit Diagnostic Procedures For Code [---] Specifications No. Readings
1. Fuse (in unit) If the fuse (in the unit) is broken, the circuit probably has a grounding fault, etc. Check the related circuits.
2. Compressor relay
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector R31 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch OFF.
A. Compressor relay (on
Resistance Ω At R31, between (1) and (2) 140 - 340Ω 1
coil side) test
3. Compressor relay
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector R31 and install T-adapter.
• Turn ignition switch ON and carry out troubleshooting (Setting of temperature: Highest cooling position).
A. Compressor relay (on
Voltage At R31, between (4) and ground (Fan switch ON) 20 - 30V 2
contact side) test
4. Thermostat (Internal defect) The thermostat may be defective. Check it directly. 3
5. High/Low pressure switch
• Prepare with ignition switch OFF.
• Disconnect connector P17 and install T-adapter.
• Keep ignition switch OFF and carry out troubleshooting.
A. High/Low pressure
Resistance Ω At P17, between (1) and (2) Max. 1Ω 4
switch test
6. Compressor clutch The compressor clutch may be defective. Check it directly. 5
7. Compressor The compressor may be defective. Check it directly. 6
8. Wiring harness
• Prepare with ignition switch in the OFF position.
• Disconnect M30, M29, P17, R31, ST1and install T-adapters.
• Keep ignition switch to the OFF position for this test.
Between M30 (4) and P17 (1) Max. 1Ω 7
Between P17 (2) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 8
A. Wiring harness test Between fuse 11 outlet, R31 (2), fuse in unit, R31 (1) and
Max. 1Ω 9
Disconnection or M30 (6)
Resistance Ω
contact with Between ST1 (1) and R31 (3) Max. 1Ω 10
connector Between M29 (2) and ST1 (2) Max. 1Ω 11
Between M29 (12) and chassis ground Max. 1Ω 12
Between R31 (4) and M34 (1) Max. 1Ω 13
9. Air conditioner unit If none of Steps 1 - 8 is the trouble, the air conditioner system may be defective. Refer to CHASSIS COMPONENT,
Shop Manual, “Air conditioner”.

20-574 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12
Electrical Circuit Diagram for Air Conditioner

PC400LC-7L 20-575 1
TROUBLESHOOTING E-32

12

MEMORANDUM

20-576 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING OF HYDRAULIC AND
MECHANICAL SYSTEM (H MODE)

12
SYSTEM CHART FOR HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-603
INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-605
H-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-606
ALL WORK EQUIPMENT LACK POWER, OR TRAVEL AND SWING SPEEDS ARE SLOW . . . . . 20-606
H-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-607
ENGINE SPEED SHARPLY DROPS OR ENGINE STALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-607
H-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-608
NO WORK EQUIPMENT, TRAVEL OR SWING MOVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-608
H-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-608
ABNORMAL NOISE IS HEARD FROM AROUND HYDRAULIC PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-608
H-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-609
AUTO-DECELERATOR DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-609
H-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-609
FINE CONTROL MODE DOES NOT FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-609
H-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-610
BOOM MOVES SLOWLY OR LACKS POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-610
H-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-611
ARM MOVES SLOWLY OR LACKS POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-611
H-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-612
BUCKET MOVES SLOWLY OR LACKS POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-612
H-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-612
WORK EQUIPMENT DOES NOT MOVE IN ITS SINGLE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-612
H-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-613
WORK EQUIPMENT HYDRAULIC DRIFT TOO FAST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-613
H-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
WORK EQUIPMENT HAS BIG TIME LAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
H-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
OTHER WORK EQUIPMENT MOVES WHEN RELIEVING SINGLE CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
H-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
ONE-TOUCH POWER MAX. FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-614
H-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-615
MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-615
H-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-615
IN COMPOUND OPERATION, WORK EQUIPMENT WITH LARGER LOAD MOVES SLOWLY . . 20-615
H-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-616
IN SWING + BOOM RAISE OPERATION, BOOM MOVES SLOWLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-616
H-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-616
IN SWING + TRAVEL, TRAVEL SPEED DROPS SHARPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-616
H-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-617
MACHINE SWERVES IN TRAVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-617
H-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-618
MACHINE TRAVELS SLOWLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-618
H-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-619
MACHINE CANNOT BE EASILY STEERED OR LACKS POWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-619
H-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-620
TRAVEL SPEED DOES NOT SHIFT, OR IT IS SLOWER OR FASTER THAN PRESET SPEED. . . . 20-620
H-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-620

PC400LC-7L 20-601 1
TESTING AND ADJUSTING TABLE OF CONTENTS

TRACK SHOE DOES NOT TURN (ON ONE SIDE ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-620
H-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-621
MACHINE DOES NOT SWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-621
H-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-622
SWING ACCELERATION IS POOR, OR SWING SPEED IS SLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-622
H-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-623
EXCESSIVE OVERRUN WHEN STOPPING SWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-623
H-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-624
THERE IS BIG SHOCK WHEN STOPPING SWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-624
H-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-624
THERE IS BIG ABNORMAL NOISE CAUSED WHEN STOPPING SWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-624
H-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-625
SWING NATURAL DRIFT IS TOO BIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-625
H-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-626
ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT DOES NOT CHANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-626
H-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-626
FLOW RATE IN ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT CANNOT BE ADJUSTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-626

20-602 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM CHART FOR HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

SYSTEM CHART FOR HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS


12

PC400LC-7L 20-603 1
TROUBLESHOOTING SYSTEM CHART FOR HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

12 This is a system chart that has been drawn up by simplifying the whole hydraulic circuit chart (See Section 90
FOLDOUTs for complete hydraulic schematic). Use it as a reference material when troubleshooting the hydraulic and
mechanical systems.

20-604 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE

INFORMATION CONTAINED IN TROUBLESHOOTING TABLE


12

Troubleshooting Table and Related Circuit Diagram collectively carry the following information. Carry out
troubleshooting work after fully grasping their contents.
Failure information Phenomena occurring on machine
Relative information Information on occurred failures and troubleshooting

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting

Cause for presumed failure (The <Contents>


3 attached No. for filing and • The standard values in normalcy by which to judge “good” or “no good” about presumed causes.
reference purpose only. It does
not stand for any priority) • References for making judgement of “good” or “no good”.
4

PC400LC-7L 20-605 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-1

H-1
12

ALL WORK EQUIPMENT LACK POWER, OR TRAVEL AND SWING SPEEDS


ARE SLOW
Failure information All the work equipment lack power, or their travel and swing speeds are slow.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Control lever Unload pressure
Malfunctioning of
1
unload valve
All control levers in NEUTRAL 4.12±1.0 MPa {42±10 kgf/cm2}(597±142 psi)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Control lever Main relief pressure

Arm, DIGGING 33.34 - 36.77 MPa {340 - 375kgf/cm2}


Improper adjustment or (4836 - 5333 psi)
2 malfunctioning of main
relief valve If the pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, malfunctioning of main relief valve or its internal
failure is suspected. In that case, check the valve itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Malfunctioning of self Control lever Control circuit source pressure
3 pressure decompression
valve
All control levers in NEUTRAL 2.84 - 3.43MPa {29 - 35kgf/cm2}
(412 - 497 psi)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Oil pressure to be measured Measurement condition Oil pressure ratio
Improper adjustment or
4 malfunctioning of PC Pump delivery pressure Swing lock: ON 1
valve PC valve output pressure Arm: Digging relief Approx. 0.6 (Approx. 3/5)
If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, malfunctioning of PC valve or its internal
failure is suspected. In that case, check the valve itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel speed Travel control lever LS-EPC output pressure
5 Malfunctioning of LS-
EPC valve Lo NEUTRAL Approx. 1.37MPa {Approx. 14 kgf/cm2}
(199 psi)
Hi OPERATED 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2}
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Oil pressure ratio
Oil pressure to be measured All control levers in Travel without load (control lever held at half
Improper adjustment or NEUTRAL stroke)
6 malfunctioning of LS
valve Pump delivery pressure 1
Nearly equal pressure
LS valve output pressure Approx. 0.6 (Approx. 3/5)
If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, malfunctioning of LS valve or its internal
failure is suspected. In that case, check the valve itself.

7 Malfunctioning of servo Malfunctioning of servo piston is suspected. Check the piston itself.
piston
If none of the above listed causes is detected, the piston pump is suspected of deteriorated performance,
8 Piston pump defective
malfunctioning or internal failure.

20-606 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-2

H-2
12

ENGINE SPEED SHARPLY DROPS OR ENGINE STALLS


Failure information The engine speed sharply drops or the engine stalls.
Relative information Relative Information

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Control lever Main relief pressure
Improper adjustment or
1 malfunctioning of main relief Arm, DIGGING 33.34 - 36.77 MPa {340 - 375 kgf/cm2}
valve (4835 - 5333 psi)
If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, malfunctioning of the main relief valve
or its internal failure is suspected. In that case, check the valve itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Oil pressure to be measured Measurement condition Oil pressure ratio
Improper adjustment or Pump delivery pressure 1
2 malfunctioning of PC valve Swing lock: ON
PC valve output pressure Arm: Digging relief Approx. 0.6 (Approx. 3/5)
If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, malfunctioning of the PC valve or its
internal failure is suspected. In that case, check the valve itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Oil pressure ratio
Oil pressure to be measured All control levers in Travel without load (control lever held at half
Improper adjustment or NEUTRAL stroke)
3 malfunctioning of LS valve
Pump delivery pressure 1
Nearly equal pressure
LS valve output pressure Approx. 0.6 (Approx. 3/5)
If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, malfunctioning of the LS valve or its
internal failure is suspected. In that case, check the valve itself.

4 Orifice or filter in servo The orifice or filter in the pump servo equipment is suspected of clogging. Check the equipment itself.
equipment clogged

5 Malfunction of servo The servo piston is suspected of malfunction. Check the piston itself.
piston

PC400LC-7L 20-607 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-3

H-3
12

NO WORK EQUIPMENT, TRAVEL OR SWING MOVE


Failure information No work equipment nor travel and swing functions can be set in motion.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Safety lock lever Solenoid output pressure
Malfunctioning of PPC lock
1
solenoid valve Locked 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Released 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
2 Malfunctioning of self Control lever Control circuit source pressure
pressure decompression valve
All control levers in NEUTRAL position 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2}(412 - 497 psi)
The piston pump is suspected of malfunctioning or an internal failure. Diagnose it in the following manner.
3 Piston pump defective • Remove the main oil pressure measurement plug and crank the engine. If oil flows out, it is in normal
condition.

4 Damper defective It is presumed that the pump shaft does not rotate due to some internal failure of the damper. Check the damper
itself.

H-4
ABNORMAL NOISE IS HEARD FROM AROUND HYDRAULIC PUMP
Failure information An abnormal noise is heard from around the hydraulic pump.
Relative information ---

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


1 Hydraulic oil level lowered Make a visual check.
2 Quality of hydraulic oil bad Air may have get mixed with the oil. Make a visual check.

3 Hydraulic tank cap breather It is presumed that the breather in the cap of hydraulic tanks is clogged, thereby causing negative pressure inside
clogged the tank. Make a visual check.
Hydraulic tank strainer It is presumed that the strainer in the hydraulic tank is clogged, thereby causing
4 clogged negative pressure in the suction circuit. Make a visual check.
5 Piston pump defective The piston pump is suspected of an internal failure. Check the pump itself.

20-608 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-5

H-5
12

AUTO-DECELERATOR DOES NOT WORK


Failure information The auto-decelerator does not work.
Relative information • This troubleshooting mode is applied when the auto-decelerator does not work, while operating the travel control
lever. (A shuttle valve is provided between PPC valve and the hydraulic switch only in the travel circuit -actually
located inside PPC valve)
• Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel control lever PPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of travel PPC NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
1
valve (shuttle valve)

Operation Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)

H-6
FINE CONTROL MODE DOES NOT FUNCTION
Failure information The fine control mode poorly functions or its response is slow.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel speed Travel control lever LS-EPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of LS- EPC
1 valve Approx. 1.37 MPa {Approx. 14 kgf/cm2}
Lo NEUTRAL
(Approx. 199 psi)
Hi OPERATED 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
2 Orifice in LS circuit clogged The orifice in the LS circuit is presumed to be clogged. Check the orifice itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Oil pressure ratio
Oil pressure to be measured All control levers in Travel without load (control lever held at half
NEUTRAL stroke)
3 Improper adjustment or
malfunctioning of LS valve Pump delivery pressure 1
Nearly equal oil pressure
PC valve output pressure Approx. 0.6 (Approx. 3/5)

If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, malfunctioning of the LS valve or its internal
failure is suspected. In that case, check the valve itself.

4 Malfunctioning of servo Malfunctioning of the servo piston is suspected. Check the piston itself.
piston

PC400LC-7L 20-609 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-7

H-7
12

BOOM MOVES SLOWLY OR LACKS POWER


Failure information The boom moves slowly or lacks power
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
R.H. work equipment control lever PPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of right PPC
1
valve (in boom circuit) NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Boom RAISE
Boom LOWER Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)

Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.


Travel lever Solenoid output pressure
Malfunction of merge/ divide
2
solenoid valve Neutral 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Operated (Note) 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)
Malfunctioning of merge/ The merge/divide valve of control valve (main and LS valves) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve
3 divide valve (main and LS
itself.
valves)
Malfunctioning of boom
4 control valve (spool) The spool in the boom control valve (Lo - Hi) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

Malfunctioning of boom
5 control valve (pressure The pressure compensation valve in the boom control valve (Lo ïHi) is presumed to malfunction. Check the
compensation valve) valve itself.

Malfunctioning of boom
6 control valve (regeneration The regeneration valve in the boom control valve (Lo) or the seal is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve
itself.
valve)

7 Malfunctioning of boom The lock valve in the boom control valve (Lo) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
control valve (lock valve)

8 Malfunction of boom control The check valve in the boom control valve (Hi) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
valve (check valve)
Malfunctioning of safety
The safety valve for the lock valve is presumed to malfunction, or the seal is suspected to be defective. Check
9 valve for lock valve or the valve itself.
seal defective
Malfunctioning of boom
10 control valve (suction valve) or The suction valve (bottom side) in the boom control valve (Lo) is presumed to malfunction, or the seal is
seal defective suspected to be defective.

Malfunctioning of boom
The safety and suction valves (head side) in the boom control valve (Lo) are presumed to malfunction, or the
11 control valve (safety and
suction valves) or seal defective seal is suspected to be defective. Check those valves themselves.
Malfunctioning of LS shuttle LS shuttle valves in the left travel control valve, bucket control valve and service control valve are presumed to
12 valve (left travel, bucket and malfunction. Check those valves themselves.
service valves)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
13 Boom cylinder defective Boom cylinder Amount oil leakage from cylinder
Raise relief 20 cc/min

Note: Operate the travel lever finely to a degree that the PPC oil pressure switch is turned ON.

20-610 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-8

H-8
12

ARM MOVES SLOWLY OR LACKS POWER


Failure information The arm moves slowly, or lacks power.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
L.H. work equipment control lever PPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of left PPC
1
valve (arm circuit) NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Arm DIGGING
Arm DUMPING Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)

Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.


Travel lever Solenoid output pressure
Malfunctioning of merge/
2
divide solenoid valve Neutral 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Operated (Note) 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)
Malfunctioning of merge/
3 divide valve (main and LS The merge/divide valve of control valve (main and LS valves) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
valves)
Malfunctioning of arm control
4 valve (spool) The spool in the arm control valve (Lo Hi) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

Malfunctioning of arm control


5 valve (pressure compensation The pressure compensation valve in the arm control valve (Lo Hi) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve
valve) itself.

Malfunctioning of arm control The generation valve in the arm control valve (Lo) is presumed to malfunction, or the seal is suspected to be
6 valve (regeneration valve) defective. Check the valve itself.
Malfunctioning of arm control The safety and suction valves in the arm control valve (Lo Hi) are presumed to malfunction, or the seal is
7 valve (safety and suction suspected of defect. Check those valves themselves.
valves) or seal defective

8 Malfunction of arm control The quick return valve in the arm control valve (Hi) is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
valve (quick return valve)
Malfunctioning of LS shuttle
9 valve (right travel, boom, left LS shuttle valves in the right travel control valve, boom control valve, left travel control valve, bucket control
travel, bucket and service valve and service valve are presumed to malfunction. Check those valves themselves.
valves)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
10 Arm cylinder defective Arm cylinder Amount oil leakage from cylinder
Digging relief 20 cc/min

Note: Operate the travel lever finely to a degree that the PPC oil pressure switch is turned ON.

PC400LC-7L 20-611 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-9

H-9
12

BUCKET MOVES SLOWLY OR LACKS POWER


Failure information The bucket moves slowly, or lacks power.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
R.H. work equipment control lever PPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of right PPC valve
1 (bucket circuit) NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Bucket DIGGING Above 2.75MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2}
Bucket DUMPING (Above 398 psi)
Malfunctioning of bucket control
2 valve (spool) The spool in the bucket control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

Malfunctioning of bucket control The pressure compensation valve in the bucket control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve
3 valve (pressure compensation valve) itself.
Malfunctioning of bucket control
The safety and suction valves in the bucket control valve are presumed to malfunction, or the seal is
4 valve (safety and suction valves) or suspected to be defective. Check those valves themselves.
seal defective
Malfunction of LS shuttle valve
5 (service valve) The LS shuttle valve in the service control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.


6 Bucket cylinder defective Bucket cylinder Amount oil leakage from cylinder
Digging relief 20 cc/min

H-10
WORK EQUIPMENT DOES NOT MOVE IN ITS SINGLE OPERATION
Work equipment does not move in its single operation
Failure information (1) The boom does not move when operated independently.
(2) The arm does not move when operated independently.
(3) The bucket does not move when operated independently.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Work equipment control lever PPC valve output pressure
1 Malfunctioning of PPC valve
NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Operated Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)
Malfunctioning of work
2 equipment control valve The spool in the work equipment control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
(spool)

20-612 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-11

H-11
12

WORK EQUIPMENT HYDRAULIC DRIFT TOO FAST


Failure information Work equipment has a bit too fast hydraulic drift
(1) Hydraulic drift of the boom is a bit too fast.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
1 Boom cylinder defective Boom cylinder Amount oil leakage from cylinder
Raise relief 20 cc/min
Boom control lever (lock valve)
2 The seal at lock valve in the boom control lever is suspected to be defective. Check the valve itself.
seal defective

3 Seal at safety valve for lock valve The seal at the safety valve in the lock valve (Lo) is suspected to be defective. Check the valve itself.
defective

Failure information Work equipment has a bit too fast hydraulic drift
(2) Hydraulic drift of the arm is a bit too fast.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
1 Arm cylinder defective Arm cylinder Amount oil leakage from cylinder
Digging relief 20 cc/min
The seal for safety and suction valves (bottom side) in the arm control valve (Lo Hi) is suspected to be
Arm control valve (safety and defective. Check the valve itself.
2 suction valves) seal defective (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by changing for other safety and suction
valves.)

3 Arm control valve (spool) seal The seal for spool in the arm control valve (Lo Hi) is suspected to be defective. Check the seal itself.
defective

Arm control valve (pressure


The seal for pressure compensation valve (bottom side) in the arm control valve
4 compensation (Lo Hi) is suspected to be defective. Check the seal itself.
valve) seal defective

Failure information Work equipment has a bit too fast hydraulic drift
(3) Hydraulic drift of the bucket is a bit too fast.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
1 Bucket cylinder defective Bucket cylinder Amount oil leakage from cylinder
Digging relief 20 cc/min
The seal for the safety and suction valves (bottom side) in the bucket control lever is suspected to be
Bucket control valve (safety and
2 suction valves) seal defective defective. Check the seal itself.
(Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by changing for other safety and suction valves.)
Bucket control valve (spool) seal
3 defective The seal for spool in the bucket control valve is suspected to be defective. Check the seal itself.

Bucket control valve


4 (pressure compensation The seal for pressure compensation valve (bottom side) in the bucket control valve is suspected to be
defective. Check the seal itself.
valve) seal defective

PC400LC-7L 20-613 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-12

H-12
12

WORK EQUIPMENT HAS BIG TIME LAG


Failure information The work equipment has a big time lag.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel speed Travel control lever LS-EPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of LS-EPC
1
valve Lo NEUTRAL Approx. 1.37 MPa {14 kgf/cm2}(199 psi)
Hi Operation 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Malfunctioning of control valve
2 (regeneration valve) - with The regeneration valve in the control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
boom and arm only
The safety and suction valves (boom : head side, arm and bucket : bottom side) of the control valve are presumed
3 Malfunctioning of control to malfunction. Check those valves themselves directly.
valves (safety & suction valve)
(Whether they are defective or not may well be determined by changing them for other safety and suction valves.)

4 Malfunctioning of control valve The pressure compensation valve of the control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself directly.
(pressure compensation valve)

H-13
OTHER WORK EQUIPMENT MOVES WHEN RELIEVING SINGLE CIRCUIT
Failure information Other work equipment moves when relieving the single circuit of specific work equipment.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting

1 Control valve (pressure The seal for pressure compression valve in the control valve is suspected to be defective. Check the seal
compensation valve) seal defective itself.

H-14
ONE-TOUCH POWER MAX. FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK
Failure information One-touch power max. function does not work.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Swing lock switch Solenoid valve output pressure
1 Malfunctioning of 2-stage
solenoid valve OFF 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
ON 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)
Malfunctioning of main
2 The main relief valve of control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
relief valve

20-614 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-15

H-15
12

MACHINE PUSH-UP FUNCTION DOES NOT WORK


Failure information The machine push-up function does not work
Relative information When carrying out troubleshooting, set the working mode in A-mode.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Prepare with starting switch OFF, then run engine at high idling and carry out troubleshooting.
Machine push-up switch Solenoid outlet pressure
Malfunction of machine push-up
1
solenoid valve OFF Min. 2.75 MPa {Min. 28 kgf/cm2} (Min. 398 psi)
ON 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2}
Malfunction of boom 2 control The safety-suction valve of the boom control valve (Lo) (on the high-pressure setting side on the head
2
valve (safety-suction valve) side) may be malfunctioning. Check it directly.

H-16
IN COMPOUND OPERATION, WORK EQUIPMENT WITH LARGER LOAD
MOVES SLOWLY
Failure information In a compound operation, work equipment with larger load tends to move slowly.
Relative information ---

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


The pressure compensation valve for the work equipment with larger load is presumed to malfunction.
Check the valve itself.

Combination of compound operation Work equipment with larger load Work equipment with
smaller load
Boom RAISE +
Boom Arm
arm DIGGING
Malfunctioning of pressure Boom RAISE +
1 compensation valve for work Arm Boom
arm DUMPING
equipment with larger load
Boom RAISE + Boom Bucket
bucket DIGGING
Arm DUMPING +
bucket DIGGING Arm Bucket

Boom LOWER + Arm Boom


arm DUMPING

PC400LC-7L 20-615 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-17

H-17
12

IN SWING + BOOM RAISE OPERATION, BOOM MOVES SLOWLY


Failure information In a compound operation of swing + boom RAISE, the boom tends to move slowly.
Relative information If the boom moves slowly in the single operation of boom RAISE, carry out the H-7 check first.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting

Malfunctioning of LS select valve The LS select valve of control valve is presumed to malfunction, or the seal is suspected to be defective.
1 or seal defective Check the valve and seal themselves.

H-18
IN SWING + TRAVEL, TRAVEL SPEED DROPS SHARPLY
Failure information In a compound operation of swing + travel, the travel speed drops sharply.
Relative information If the travel speed is slow in the single operation of travel, carry out the H-20 check first.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting

Malfunctioning of LS shuttle The LS shuttle valve in the left travel control valve or the swing control valve is presumed to malfunction.
1
valve (left travel and swing) Check both of them directly.

20-616 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-19

H-19
12

MACHINE SWERVES IN TRAVEL


Failure information The machine tends to swerve while traveling.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel control lever PPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of travel PPC
1 Operated to Forward
valve
Operated to Reverse Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)

Differential output between right and


left sides 0.4 MPa {4 kgf/cm2} (56 psi)

Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.


2 Malfunctioning of self-pressure Control lever Control circuit source pressure
decompression valve
All control levers in NEUTRAL 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Oil Pressure ratio
Oil pressure to be measured All control levers in Travel without load (control lever held at
Improper adjustment or
3 malfunctioning of LS valve NEUTRAL half stroke)
Pump delivery pressure 1
Nearly equal pressure Approx. 0.6
LS valve output pressure (Approx. 3/5)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel control lever PPC valve output pressure
4 Malfunctioning of travel
interlocking solenoid valve NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Operating one side only 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)

5 Malfunctioning of travel The travel interlocking valve of control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
interlocking valve

6 Malfunctioning of travel control The spool in the travel interlocking valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the spool itself.
valve (spool)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
7 Malfunction of travel motor Travel control lever Amount of oil leakage from travel motor
Travel relief 40 l/min (10.56 gal/min)
The final drive is suspected of an internal failure. Check the inside of the final drive directly.
8 Final drive defective (An internal failure in the final drive may well be determined by an abnormal noise from within, abnormal heat
or metal chip or dust contained in the drained oil.)

PC400LC-7L 20-617 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-20

H-20
12

MACHINE TRAVELS SLOWLY


Failure information The machine's travel speed is slow.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel control lever PPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of travel PPC Operated to Forward
1
valve Operated to Reverse Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)

Output differential between right


and left Below 0.4 MPa {Below 4 kgf/cm2} (56 psi)
or front and rear
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Malfunctioning of
2 self-pressure decompression Control lever Control circuit source pressure
valve
All control levers in NEUTRAL 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel speed Travel control lever LS-EPC valve output pressure
3 Malfunctioning of LS-EPC
valve Lo NEUTRAL Approx. 1.37 MPa {Approx. 14 kgf/cm2}
(0.0199 psi)
Hi Operated 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Malfunction of travel control
4 valve (spool) The spool in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the spool itself.

Malfunctioning of travel
5 control valve (pressure The pressure compensation valve in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
compensation valve)

6 Malfunctioning of travel The suction valve in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
control valve (suction valve)
Malfunctioning of LS shuttle
7 valve (bucket) The LS shuttle valve in the bucket control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.


7 Malfunction of travel motor Travel control lever Amount of oil leakage from travel motor
Travel relief 40 l/min (10.56 gal/min)
The final drive is suspected of an internal failure. Check the inside of the final drive directly.
8 Final drive defective (An internal failure in the final drive may well be determined by an abnormal noise from within, abnormal heat or
metal chip or dust contained in the drained oil.)

20-618 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-21

H-21
12

MACHINE CANNOT BE EASILY STEERED OR LACKS POWER


Failure information The machine cannot be easily steered.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel control lever PPC valve output pressure (steering)
Malfunctioning of travel PPC valve
1
(steering spool) NEUTRAL on both sides 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Operating one side only Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel control lever Solenoid valve output pressure
2 Malfunctioning of travel interlocking
solenoid valve NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Operating one side only 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)
Malfunctioning of travel interlocking
3 The travel interlocking valve of control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
valve
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel control lever Solenoid valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of merge/ divide
4 solenoid valve NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
OPERATED 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)
Malfunctioning of merge/ divide
5 valve The merge/divide valve of control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

6 Malfunction of travel The spool in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the spool itself.
control valve (spool)

7 Malfunctioning of travel control The pressure compensation valve in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve
valve (pressure compensation valve) itself.
Malfunctioning of travel control
8 valve (suction valve) The suction valve in the travel control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

Malfunctioning of LS shuttle valve


9 (bucket) The LS shuttle valve in the bucket control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

Check valve seal defective at LS oil The seal in the check valve of LS oil pressure pick-up port is suspected to be defective. Check the seal
10
pressure pick-up port itself.

Malfunctioning of travel motor The seal in the check valve of the travel motor is suspected to be defective. Check the seal itself.
11 (safety valve) (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the motors between forward
and reverse, or right and left.)
The seal in the check valve of the travel motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
Malfunctioning of travel motor
12 (check valve) (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the motors between forward
and reverse, or right and left.)

PC400LC-7L 20-619 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-22

H-22
12

TRAVEL SPEED DOES NOT SHIFT, OR IT IS SLOWER OR FASTER THAN


PRESET SPEED.
Failure information Travel speed does not shift, or it is slower or faster than preset speed.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel speed Travel control lever Monitoring [01500]
Lo 690mA
Mi Fine control (to the extent that the 740mA
decelerator is released)
Hi 0 mA
1 Malfunctioning of LS-EPC valve
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel speed Travel control lever LS-EPC valve output pressure
Approx.
Lo NEUTRAL
1.37 MPa {14 kgf/cm2}(0.0199 psi)
Hi Operation 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
Travel speed Travel control lever Solenoid output pressure
2 Malfunctioning of travel
speed solenoid valve Lo NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)

Hi Operation 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2}


(412 - 497 psi)
Malfunctioning of travel motor
3 The travel motor is presumed to malfunction when shifting speed. Check the speed shifting portion directly.
(speed shifting)

H-23
TRACK SHOE DOES NOT TURN (ON ONE SIDE ONLY)
Failure information A track shoe does not turn (only on one side).
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting

1 Travel control valve (suction valve) seat The suction valve seat in the travel control valve is suspected of defect. Check the seat itself.
defective
2 Travel motor (safety valve) seat defective The safety valve seat in the travel motor is suspected of defect. Check the seat itself.
3 Travel motor (check valve) seat defective The check valve seat in the travel motor is suspected of defect. Check the seat itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
4 Travel Motor speed Travel control lever Amount of oil leakage from travel motor
Travel relief 40 l/min (10.56 gal/min)

The final drive is suspected of an internal failure. Check the inside of the final drive directly.
5 Final drive defective (A failure inside the final drive may well be determined by an abnormal noise from within,
abnormal heat generated or metal dust or chips contained in the drained oil.)

20-620 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-24

H-24
12

MACHINE DOES NOT SWING


Failure information Machine does not swing
(1) The machine swings neither to the right nor to the left.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
R.H. work equipment control lever Solenoid valve output pressure
1 Malfunctioning of swing
holding brake solenoid valve NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Swing operated 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2}(412 - 497 psi)
Malfunctioning of swing motor The parking brake portion of the swing motor is presumed to malfunction.
2 (holding brake) Check it directly.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
L.H. work equipment
Swing lock switch Swing relief pressure
Improper adjustment or control lever
3 malfunctioning of swing motor
(safety valve) ON Swing relief 27.95 - 32.85 MPa {285 - 335 kgf/cm2}
(4,053 - 4,764 psi)
If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, the safety valve is presumed to mal-
function, or suspected of an internal failure. Check the valve itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
4 Swing motor defective L.H. work equipment control lever Amount of oil leakage from swing motor
Swing relief Below 11 l/min (2.9 gal/min)
The swing machinery is suspected of an internal failure. Check the inside of the swing machinery directly.
5 Swing machinery defective (A failure inside the swing machinery may well be determined by an abnormal noise from within, abnormal
heat generated or metal dust or chips contained in the drained oil.)

Failure information Machine does not swing


(2) The machine does not swing in one direction.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
L.H. work equipment control lever PPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of swing PPC
1 valve NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Swing operated Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)

2 Malfunctioning of swing con- The spool in the swing control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the spool itself.
trol valve (spool)
The seal in the suction valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
Swing motor (suction valve)
3 seal defective (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left suction valves and
watching if there is any change.)

Swing motor (check valve) seal The


seal in the check valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
4 (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left check valves and
defective
watching the result.)

PC400LC-7L 20-621 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-25

H-25
12

SWING ACCELERATION IS POOR, OR SWING SPEED IS SLOW


Failure information Swing acceleration is poor, or swing speed is slow
(1) Swing acceleration is poor, or swing speed is slow.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Malfunctioning of LS shuttle valve
1 The LS shuttle valves for all the control valves are presumed to malfunction. Check them directly.
(all LS shuttles)
2 Malfunctioning of swing The swing holding brake portion of the swing motor is presumed to malfunction.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
L.H. work equipment
Swing lock switch control lever Swing relief pressure
Improper adjustment or
3 malfunctioning of swing motor
(safety valve) ON Swing relief 27.95 - 32.85 MPa {285 - 335 kgf/cm2}
(4,053 - 4,764 psi)
If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, the safety valve is presumed to
malfunction, or suspected of an internal failure. Check the valve itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
4 Swing motor defective L.H. work equipment control lever Amount of oil leakage from swing motor
Swing relief Below11 l/min (2.9 gal/min)
Inside of the swing machinery is presumed to malfunction. Check itself.
5 Swing machinery defective (Whether it is defective or not may well be determined by abnormal noise, abnormal generation of heat and
the mixture of the metal particles in drain oil.)

Swing acceleration is poor, or swing speed is slow.


Failure information
(2) Swing acceleration is poor only on one side, or swing speed is slow.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
L.H. work equipment control lever PPC valve output pressure
1 Malfunctioning of swing PPC
valve NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Swing operated Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)
Malfunctioning of swing The spool in the swing control valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
2
control valve (spool)
Malfunctioning of swing
The pressure compensation valve in the swing motor is presumed to malfunction.
3 control valve (pressure Check the valve itself.
compensation valve)
The seal in the suction valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
4 Swing motor (suction valve) (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left suction valves and
seal defective
watching the result.)
The seal in the check valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
5 Swing motor (check valve) seal (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left check valves and
defective
watching the result.)

20-622 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-26

H-26
12

EXCESSIVE OVERRUN WHEN STOPPING SWING


Failure information Excessive overrun when stopping swing.
(1) The work equipment overruns excessively when stopping swing.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.

Swing lock switch L.H. work equipment Swing relief pressure


Improper adjustment or control lever
1 malfunctioning of swing motor
(safety valve) ON Swing relief 27.95 - 32.85 MPa {285 - 335 kgf/cm2}
(4,053 - 4,764 psi)
If the oil pressure does not return to normalcy even after the adjustment, the safety valve is presumed to mal-
function, or suspected of an internal failure. Check the valve itself.
Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
L.H. work equipment control
2 Swing motor defective lever Amount of oil leakage from swing motor

Swing relief Below11 l/min (2.9 gal/min)

Excessive overrun when stopping swing


Failure information (2) Swing acceleration is poor only on one side, or swing speed is slow.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
L.H. work equipment control lever PPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of swing PPC
1 valve NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Swing operated Above2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)

Swing PPC slow return valve The PPC slow return valve is suspected of clogging. Check the valve itself.
2 (Whether the valve is clogged or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left valves and watching
clogged
the result.)

3 Malfunctioning of swing The spool in the swing control valve is resumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
control valve (spool)
The seal in the suction valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
Swing motor (suction
4 (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left suction valves and
valve) seal defective watching the result.)

Swing motor (check The seal in the check valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
5 (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left check valves and
valve) seal defective
watching the result.)

PC400LC-7L 20-623 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-27

H-27
12

THERE IS BIG SHOCK WHEN STOPPING SWING


Failure information There is a big shock caused when stopping a swing motion.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
L.H. work equipment control lever PPC valve output pressure
Malfunctioning of swing PPC
1
valve NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2}(0 psi)
Swing operated Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2} (Above 398 psi)
The swing PPC slow return valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
Malfunctioning of swing PPC
2 (Whether the valve malfunctions or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left valves and
slow return valve watching the result.)

Malfunctioning of swing motor


3 (shockless valve) The swing motor shockless valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

H-28
THERE IS BIG ABNORMAL NOISE CAUSED WHEN STOPPING SWING
Failure information There is a big abnormal noise caused when stopping a swing motion.
Relative information Set the working mode at A mode for the troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Malfunctioning of
1 backpressure valve The backpressure valve is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.

Malfunction of swing motor


2 The safety valve in the swing motor is presumed to malfunction. Check the valve itself.
(safety valve)

Malfunction of swing motor The seal in suction valve of the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the seal itself.
3 (Whether the seal is defective or not may well be determined by swapping the right and left valves and watching the
(suction valve) result.)

The swing machinery is suspected of an internal failure. Check the inside of the machinery itself.
4 Swing machinery defective (A failure inside the swing machinery may well be determined by monitoring abnormal noise, abnormal heat
generated or metal dust or chips contained in the drained oil.)

20-624 1 PC400LC-7L
TROUBLESHOOTING H-29

H-29
12

SWING NATURAL DRIFT IS TOO BIG


Failure information Swing natural drift is too big.
(1) When the swing holding brake is activated.
• When the swing lock switch is ON position, or the swing holding brake release switch is in the normal position, the
Relative information swing brake is activated and the swing is fixed with a disc brake.
• Set the working mode in A mode for troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Stop engine for preparations. Start troubleshooting at engine high idling.
R.H. work equipment control lever Solenoid valve output pressure
Swing and holding brake solenoid
1
valve malfunctioned NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Swing operated 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2}(412 - 497 psi)

2 Swing motor (parking brake The parking portion of the swing motor is suspected of malfunctioning and interior failure. Check that
portion) malfunctioned portion directly.

Swing natural drift is too big.


Failure information (2) When the swing holding brake is released.
• When the swing holding brake release switch is in the emergency condition, the swing brake is released and the
Relative information swing is retained only hydraulically.
• Set the working mode in A mode for troubleshooting.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting

1 Swing control valve (spool) The seal in the spool of the swing control valve is suspected of defect. Check the spool itself directly.
malfunctioned
Swing control valve (pressure
2 compensation valve) The pressure compensation valve seal in the swing control valve is suspected of defect. Check the valve itself
malfunctioned directly.

3 Swing motor (safety valve) The safety valve seal in the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the valve itself directly.
defective

4 Swing motor (suction valve) The suction valve seal in the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the valve itself directly.
defective
Swing motor (check valve)
5 defective The check valve seal in the swing motor is suspected of defect. Check the valve itself directly.

Swing motor (shockless valve) The shockless valve in the swing motor is suspected of malfunction or the seal is suspected of defect. Check the
6 malfunctioned or seal defective valve or seal itself directly.

PC400LC-7L 20-625 1
TROUBLESHOOTING H-30

H-30
12

ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT DOES NOT CHANGE


When attachment is installed

Failure information The return circuit of the attachment circuit does not change.
• If an attachment is installed, the service circuit changes according to the selected working mode as shown below.
1) In mode A or E: The double acting circuit is selected and the safety valve is set to the low pressure.
Relative information 2) In mode B: The single acting circuit is selected and the safety valve is set to the high pressure.
Setting of the safety valve on only port B side is changed. Port A is always set to the low pressure.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting


Keep the engine stopped for the preparations, and keep it running at high idling during the trou-
bleshooting.
Malfunction of attachment return Working mode Solenoid valve output pressure
1
selector solenoid valve
Mode E or A 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
Mode B 2.84 - 3.43 MPa {29 - 35 kgf/cm2} (412 - 497 psi)

2 Malfunction of 2 attachment return The attachment return selector valve may have a malfunction. Check it directly.
selector valve
Malfunction of service 3 control valve The safety valve of the service control valve (on port B side) may have a
3 (safety valve) malfunction. Check it directly.

H-31
FLOW RATE IN ATTACHMENT CIRCUIT CANNOT BE ADJUSTED
When attachment is installed

Failure information Flow rate in attachment circuit cannot be adjusted.


• If an attachment is installed, the flow rate in the service circuit changes according to the selected working mode.
Relative information • How to adjust the flow rate in modes A and E is different from that in mode B. For details, see OPERATION
MANUAL.

Cause Standard value in normalcy and references for troubleshooting

1 Malfunction of attachment flow The attachment flow rate adjustment EPC valve may have a malfunction. Check it directly.
rate adjustment EPC valve
Keep the engine stopped for the preparations, and keep it running at high idling during the trouble-
shooting.
Wiring harness connector Service pedal PPC valve output pressure
2 Malfunction of service PPC valve
Disconnect connector V30 of
In NEUTRAL 0 MPa {0 kgf/cm2} (0 psi)
attachment flow rate adjustment
EPC valve. Operated Above 2.75 MPa {Above 28 kgf/cm2}
(Above 398 psi)

20-626 1 PC400LC-7L

You might also like